diff --git a/nova/files/pike b/nova/files/pike
deleted file mode 120000
index d5e8ce2..0000000
--- a/nova/files/pike
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-ocata
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/api-paste.ini.Debian b/nova/files/pike/api-paste.ini.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9da196f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/api-paste.ini.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+############
+# Metadata #
+############
+{%- from "nova/map.jinja" import controller with context %}
+[composite:metadata]
+use = egg:Paste#urlmap
+/: meta
+
+[pipeline:meta]
+pipeline = cors metaapp
+
+[app:metaapp]
+paste.app_factory = nova.api.metadata.handler:MetadataRequestHandler.factory
+
+#############
+# OpenStack #
+#############
+
+[composite:osapi_compute]
+use = call:nova.api.openstack.urlmap:urlmap_factory
+/: oscomputeversions
+# v21 is an exactly feature match for v2, except it has more stringent
+# input validation on the wsgi surface (prevents fuzzing early on the
+# API). It also provides new features via API microversions which are
+# opt into for clients. Unaware clients will receive the same frozen
+# v2 API feature set, but with some relaxed validation
+/v2: openstack_compute_api_v21_legacy_v2_compatible
+/v2.1: openstack_compute_api_v21
+
+[composite:openstack_compute_api_v21]
+use = call:nova.api.auth:pipeline_factory_v21
+noauth2 = cors http_proxy_to_wsgi compute_req_id faultwrap request_log sizelimit osprofiler noauth2 osapi_compute_app_v21
+keystone = cors http_proxy_to_wsgi compute_req_id faultwrap request_log sizelimit osprofiler authtoken keystonecontext {% if controller.audit.enabled %}audit {% endif %}osapi_compute_app_v21
+
+[composite:openstack_compute_api_v21_legacy_v2_compatible]
+use = call:nova.api.auth:pipeline_factory_v21
+noauth2 = cors http_proxy_to_wsgi compute_req_id faultwrap request_log sizelimit osprofiler noauth2 legacy_v2_compatible osapi_compute_app_v21
+keystone = cors http_proxy_to_wsgi compute_req_id faultwrap request_log sizelimit osprofiler authtoken keystonecontext {% if controller.audit.enabled %}audit {% endif %}legacy_v2_compatible osapi_compute_app_v21
+
+[filter:request_id]
+paste.filter_factory = oslo_middleware:RequestId.factory
+
+[filter:request_log]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.api.openstack.requestlog:RequestLog.factory
+
+[filter:compute_req_id]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.api.compute_req_id:ComputeReqIdMiddleware.factory
+
+[filter:faultwrap]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.api.openstack:FaultWrapper.factory
+
+[filter:noauth2]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.api.openstack.auth:NoAuthMiddleware.factory
+
+[filter:osprofiler]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.profiler:WsgiMiddleware.factory
+
+[filter:sizelimit]
+paste.filter_factory = oslo_middleware:RequestBodySizeLimiter.factory
+
+[filter:http_proxy_to_wsgi]
+paste.filter_factory = oslo_middleware.http_proxy_to_wsgi:HTTPProxyToWSGI.factory
+
+[filter:legacy_v2_compatible]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.api.openstack:LegacyV2CompatibleWrapper.factory
+
+[app:osapi_compute_app_v21]
+paste.app_factory = nova.api.openstack.compute:APIRouterV21.factory
+
+[pipeline:oscomputeversions]
+pipeline = cors faultwrap request_log http_proxy_to_wsgi oscomputeversionapp
+
+[app:oscomputeversionapp]
+paste.app_factory = nova.api.openstack.compute.versions:Versions.factory
+
+{%- if controller.audit.enabled %}
+[filter:audit]
+paste.filter_factory = {{ controller.get("audit", {}).get("filter_factory", "keystonemiddleware.audit:filter_factory")   }}
+audit_map_file = {{ controller.get("audit", {}).get("map_file", "/etc/pycadf/nova_api_audit_map.conf")  }}
+{%- endif %}
+##########
+# Shared #
+##########
+
+[filter:cors]
+paste.filter_factory = oslo_middleware.cors:filter_factory
+oslo_config_project = nova
+
+[filter:keystonecontext]
+paste.filter_factory = nova.api.auth:NovaKeystoneContext.factory
+
+[filter:authtoken]
+paste.filter_factory = keystonemiddleware.auth_token:filter_factory
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/api-paste.ini.RedHat b/nova/files/pike/api-paste.ini.RedHat
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..08fd76a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/api-paste.ini.RedHat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+api-paste.ini.Debian
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/libvirt.Debian b/nova/files/pike/libvirt.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b80fab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/libvirt.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Defaults for libvirt-bin initscript (/etc/init.d/libvirt-bin)
+# This is a POSIX shell fragment
+
+# Start libvirtd to handle qemu/kvm:
+start_libvirtd="yes"
+
+# options passed to libvirtd, add "-l" to listen on tcp
+{%- if grains.get('init', None) != 'systemd' %}
+libvirtd_opts="-d -l"
+LIBVIRTD_ARGS="--listen"
+
+{%- else %}
+# Don't use "-d" option with systemd
+libvirtd_opts="-l"
+LIBVIRTD_ARGS="--listen"
+{%- endif %}
+# pass in location of kerberos keytab
+#export KRB5_KTNAME=/etc/libvirt/libvirt.keytab
+
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/libvirtd.conf.Debian b/nova/files/pike/libvirtd.conf.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fab737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/libvirtd.conf.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+{%- from "nova/map.jinja" import compute with context %}
+# Master libvirt daemon configuration file
+#
+# For further information consult http://libvirt.org/format.html
+#
+# NOTE: the tests/daemon-conf regression test script requires
+# that each "PARAMETER = VALUE" line in this file have the parameter
+# name just after a leading "#".
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# Network connectivity controls
+#
+
+# Flag listening for secure TLS connections on the public TCP/IP port.
+# NB, must pass the --listen flag to the libvirtd process for this to
+# have any effect.
+#
+# It is necessary to setup a CA and issue server certificates before
+# using this capability.
+#
+# This is enabled by default, uncomment this to disable it
+#listen_tls = 0
+
+
+listen_tls = 0
+listen_tcp = 1
+auth_tcp = "none"
+
+
+# Listen for unencrypted TCP connections on the public TCP/IP port.
+# NB, must pass the --listen flag to the libvirtd process for this to
+# have any effect.
+#
+# Using the TCP socket requires SASL authentication by default. Only
+# SASL mechanisms which support data encryption are allowed. This is
+# DIGEST_MD5 and GSSAPI (Kerberos5)
+#
+# This is disabled by default, uncomment this to enable it.
+#listen_tcp = 1
+
+
+
+# Override the port for accepting secure TLS connections
+# This can be a port number, or service name
+#
+#tls_port = "16514"
+
+# Override the port for accepting insecure TCP connections
+# This can be a port number, or service name
+#
+#tcp_port = "16509"
+
+
+# Override the default configuration which binds to all network
+# interfaces. This can be a numeric IPv4/6 address, or hostname
+#
+#listen_addr = "192.168.0.1"
+
+
+# Flag toggling mDNS advertizement of the libvirt service.
+#
+# Alternatively can disable for all services on a host by
+# stopping the Avahi daemon
+#
+# This is disabled by default, uncomment this to enable it
+#mdns_adv = 1
+
+# Override the default mDNS advertizement name. This must be
+# unique on the immediate broadcast network.
+#
+# The default is "Virtualization Host HOSTNAME", where HOSTNAME
+# is subsituted for the short hostname of the machine (without domain)
+#
+#mdns_name = "Virtualization Host Joe Demo"
+
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# UNIX socket access controls
+#
+
+# Set the UNIX domain socket group ownership. This can be used to
+# allow a 'trusted' set of users access to management capabilities
+# without becoming root.
+#
+# This is restricted to 'root' by default.
+unix_sock_group = "{{ compute.get('libvirt_service_group', 'libvirtd') }}"
+
+# Set the UNIX socket permissions for the R/O socket. This is used
+# for monitoring VM status only
+#
+# Default allows any user. If setting group ownership may want to
+# restrict this to:
+#unix_sock_ro_perms = "0777"
+
+# Set the UNIX socket permissions for the R/W socket. This is used
+# for full management of VMs
+#
+# Default allows only root. If PolicyKit is enabled on the socket,
+# the default will change to allow everyone (eg, 0777)
+#
+# If not using PolicyKit and setting group ownership for access
+# control then you may want to relax this to:
+unix_sock_rw_perms = "0770"
+
+# Set the name of the directory in which sockets will be found/created.
+#unix_sock_dir = "/var/run/libvirt"
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# Authentication.
+#
+#  - none: do not perform auth checks. If you can connect to the
+#          socket you are allowed. This is suitable if there are
+#          restrictions on connecting to the socket (eg, UNIX
+#          socket permissions), or if there is a lower layer in
+#          the network providing auth (eg, TLS/x509 certificates)
+#
+#  - sasl: use SASL infrastructure. The actual auth scheme is then
+#          controlled from /etc/sasl2/libvirt.conf. For the TCP
+#          socket only GSSAPI & DIGEST-MD5 mechanisms will be used.
+#          For non-TCP or TLS sockets,  any scheme is allowed.
+#
+#  - polkit: use PolicyKit to authenticate. This is only suitable
+#            for use on the UNIX sockets. The default policy will
+#            require a user to supply their own password to gain
+#            full read/write access (aka sudo like), while anyone
+#            is allowed read/only access.
+#
+# Set an authentication scheme for UNIX read-only sockets
+# By default socket permissions allow anyone to connect
+#
+# To restrict monitoring of domains you may wish to enable
+# an authentication mechanism here
+auth_unix_ro = "none"
+
+# Set an authentication scheme for UNIX read-write sockets
+# By default socket permissions only allow root. If PolicyKit
+# support was compiled into libvirt, the default will be to
+# use 'polkit' auth.
+#
+# If the unix_sock_rw_perms are changed you may wish to enable
+# an authentication mechanism here
+auth_unix_rw = "none"
+
+# Change the authentication scheme for TCP sockets.
+#
+# If you don't enable SASL, then all TCP traffic is cleartext.
+# Don't do this outside of a dev/test scenario. For real world
+# use, always enable SASL and use the GSSAPI or DIGEST-MD5
+# mechanism in /etc/sasl2/libvirt.conf
+#auth_tcp = "sasl"
+#auth_tcp = "none"
+
+# Change the authentication scheme for TLS sockets.
+#
+# TLS sockets already have encryption provided by the TLS
+# layer, and limited authentication is done by certificates
+#
+# It is possible to make use of any SASL authentication
+# mechanism as well, by using 'sasl' for this option
+#auth_tls = "none"
+
+
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# TLS x509 certificate configuration
+#
+
+
+# Override the default server key file path
+#
+#key_file = "/etc/pki/libvirt/private/serverkey.pem"
+
+# Override the default server certificate file path
+#
+#cert_file = "/etc/pki/libvirt/servercert.pem"
+
+# Override the default CA certificate path
+#
+#ca_file = "/etc/pki/CA/cacert.pem"
+
+# Specify a certificate revocation list.
+#
+# Defaults to not using a CRL, uncomment to enable it
+#crl_file = "/etc/pki/CA/crl.pem"
+
+
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# Authorization controls
+#
+
+
+# Flag to disable verification of our own server certificates
+#
+# When libvirtd starts it performs some sanity checks against
+# its own certificates.
+#
+# Default is to always run sanity checks. Uncommenting this
+# will disable sanity checks which is not a good idea
+#tls_no_sanity_certificate = 1
+
+# Flag to disable verification of client certificates
+#
+# Client certificate verification is the primary authentication mechanism.
+# Any client which does not present a certificate signed by the CA
+# will be rejected.
+#
+# Default is to always verify. Uncommenting this will disable
+# verification - make sure an IP whitelist is set
+#tls_no_verify_certificate = 1
+
+
+# A whitelist of allowed x509  Distinguished Names
+# This list may contain wildcards such as
+#
+#    "C=GB,ST=London,L=London,O=Red Hat,CN=*"
+#
+# See the POSIX fnmatch function for the format of the wildcards.
+#
+# NB If this is an empty list, no client can connect, so comment out
+# entirely rather than using empty list to disable these checks
+#
+# By default, no DN's are checked
+#tls_allowed_dn_list = ["DN1", "DN2"]
+
+
+# A whitelist of allowed SASL usernames. The format for usernames
+# depends on the SASL authentication mechanism. Kerberos usernames
+# look like username@REALM
+#
+# This list may contain wildcards such as
+#
+#    "*@EXAMPLE.COM"
+#
+# See the POSIX fnmatch function for the format of the wildcards.
+#
+# NB If this is an empty list, no client can connect, so comment out
+# entirely rather than using empty list to disable these checks
+#
+# By default, no Username's are checked
+#sasl_allowed_username_list = ["joe@EXAMPLE.COM", "fred@EXAMPLE.COM" ]
+
+
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# Processing controls
+#
+
+# The maximum number of concurrent client connections to allow
+# over all sockets combined.
+#max_clients = 20
+
+
+# The minimum limit sets the number of workers to start up
+# initially. If the number of active clients exceeds this,
+# then more threads are spawned, upto max_workers limit.
+# Typically you'd want max_workers to equal maximum number
+# of clients allowed
+#min_workers = 5
+#max_workers = 20
+
+
+# The number of priority workers. If all workers from above
+# pool will stuck, some calls marked as high priority
+# (notably domainDestroy) can be executed in this pool.
+#prio_workers = 5
+
+# Total global limit on concurrent RPC calls. Should be
+# at least as large as max_workers. Beyond this, RPC requests
+# will be read into memory and queued. This directly impact
+# memory usage, currently each request requires 256 KB of
+# memory. So by default upto 5 MB of memory is used
+#
+# XXX this isn't actually enforced yet, only the per-client
+# limit is used so far
+#max_requests = 20
+
+# Limit on concurrent requests from a single client
+# connection. To avoid one client monopolizing the server
+# this should be a small fraction of the global max_requests
+# and max_workers parameter
+#max_client_requests = 5
+
+#################################################################
+#
+# Logging controls
+#
+
+# Logging level: 4 errors, 3 warnings, 2 information, 1 debug
+# basically 1 will log everything possible
+#log_level = 3
+
+# Logging filters:
+# A filter allows to select a different logging level for a given category
+# of logs
+# The format for a filter is one of:
+#    x:name
+#    x:+name
+#      where name is a string which is matched against source file name,
+#      e.g., "remote", "qemu", or "util/json", the optional "+" prefix
+#      tells libvirt to log stack trace for each message matching name,
+#      and x is the minimal level where matching messages should be logged:
+#    1: DEBUG
+#    2: INFO
+#    3: WARNING
+#    4: ERROR
+#
+# Multiple filter can be defined in a single @filters, they just need to be
+# separated by spaces.
+#
+# e.g. to only get warning or errors from the remote layer and only errors
+# from the event layer:
+#log_filters="3:remote 4:event"
+
+# Logging outputs:
+# An output is one of the places to save logging information
+# The format for an output can be:
+#    x:stderr
+#      output goes to stderr
+#    x:syslog:name
+#      use syslog for the output and use the given name as the ident
+#    x:file:file_path
+#      output to a file, with the given filepath
+# In all case the x prefix is the minimal level, acting as a filter
+#    1: DEBUG
+#    2: INFO
+#    3: WARNING
+#    4: ERROR
+#
+# Multiple output can be defined, they just need to be separated by spaces.
+# e.g. to log all warnings and errors to syslog under the libvirtd ident:
+#log_outputs="3:syslog:libvirtd"
+#
+
+# Log debug buffer size: default 64
+# The daemon keeps an internal debug log buffer which will be dumped in case
+# of crash or upon receiving a SIGUSR2 signal. This setting allows to override
+# the default buffer size in kilobytes.
+# If value is 0 or less the debug log buffer is deactivated
+#log_buffer_size = 64
+
+
+##################################################################
+#
+# Auditing
+#
+# This setting allows usage of the auditing subsystem to be altered:
+#
+#   audit_level == 0  -> disable all auditing
+#   audit_level == 1  -> enable auditing, only if enabled on host (default)
+#   audit_level == 2  -> enable auditing, and exit if disabled on host
+#
+#audit_level = 2
+#
+# If set to 1, then audit messages will also be sent
+# via libvirt logging infrastructure. Defaults to 0
+#
+#audit_logging = 1
+
+###################################################################
+# UUID of the host:
+# Provide the UUID of the host here in case the command
+# 'dmidecode -s system-uuid' does not provide a valid uuid. In case
+# 'dmidecode' does not provide a valid UUID and none is provided here, a
+# temporary UUID will be generated.
+# Keep the format of the example UUID below. UUID must not have all digits
+# be the same.
+
+# NB This default all-zeros UUID will not work. Replace
+# it with the output of the 'uuidgen' command and then
+# uncomment this entry
+#host_uuid = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+###################################################################
+# Keepalive protocol:
+# This allows libvirtd to detect broken client connections or even
+# dead client.  A keepalive message is sent to a client after
+# keepalive_interval seconds of inactivity to check if the client is
+# still responding; keepalive_count is a maximum number of keepalive
+# messages that are allowed to be sent to the client without getting
+# any response before the connection is considered broken.  In other
+# words, the connection is automatically closed approximately after
+# keepalive_interval * (keepalive_count + 1) seconds since the last
+# message received from the client.  If keepalive_interval is set to
+# -1, libvirtd will never send keepalive requests; however clients
+# can still send them and the deamon will send responses.  When
+# keepalive_count is set to 0, connections will be automatically
+# closed after keepalive_interval seconds of inactivity without
+# sending any keepalive messages.
+#
+#keepalive_interval = 5
+#keepalive_count = 5
+#
+# If set to 1, libvirtd will refuse to talk to clients that do not
+# support keepalive protocol.  Defaults to 0.
+#
+#keepalive_required = 1
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/nova-compute.conf.Debian b/nova/files/pike/nova-compute.conf.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a58482b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/nova-compute.conf.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,10993 @@
+{%- from "nova/map.jinja" import compute with context %}
+[DEFAULT]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+compute_manager=nova.compute.manager.ComputeManager
+network_device_mtu=65000
+use_neutron = True
+security_group_api=neutron
+image_service=nova.image.glance.GlanceImageService
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When returning instance metadata, this is the class that is used
+# for getting vendor metadata when that class isn't specified in the individual
+# request. The value should be the full dot-separated path to the class to use.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid dot-separated class path that can be imported.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 13.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#vendordata_driver=nova.api.metadata.vendordata_json.JsonFileVendorData
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is used to enable or disable quota checking for tenant networks.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * quota_networks
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# CRUD operations on tenant networks are only available when using nova-network
+# and nova-network is itself deprecated.
+#enable_network_quota=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option controls the number of private networks that can be created per
+# project (or per tenant).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enable_network_quota
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# CRUD operations on tenant networks are only available when using nova-network
+# and nova-network is itself deprecated.
+#quota_networks=3
+
+#
+# This option specifies the name of the availability zone for the
+# internal services. Services like nova-scheduler, nova-network,
+# nova-conductor are internal services. These services will appear in
+# their own internal availability_zone.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing an availability zone name
+# * 'internal' is the default value
+#
+#  (string value)
+#internal_service_availability_zone=internal
+
+#
+# Default compute node availability_zone.
+#
+# This option determines the availability zone to be used when it is not
+# specified in the VM creation request. If this option is not set,
+# the default availability zone 'nova' is used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing an availability zone name
+# * 'nova' is the default value
+#
+#  (string value)
+#default_availability_zone=nova
+
+# Length of generated instance admin passwords. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#password_length=12
+
+#
+# Time period to generate instance usages for. It is possible to define optional
+# offset to given period by appending @ character followed by a number defining
+# offset.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# *  period, example: ``hour``, ``day``, ``month` or ``year``
+# *  period with offset, example: ``month@15`` will result in monthly audits
+#    starting on 15th day of month.
+#  (string value)
+#instance_usage_audit_period=month
+{% if pillar.ceilometer is defined %}
+instance_usage_audit = True
+instance_usage_audit_period = hour
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# Start and use a daemon that can run the commands that need to be run with
+# root privileges. This option is usually enabled on nodes that run nova compute
+# processes.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_rootwrap_daemon=false
+
+#
+# Path to the rootwrap configuration file.
+#
+# Goal of the root wrapper is to allow a service-specific unprivileged user to
+# run a number of actions as the root user in the safest manner possible.
+# The configuration file used here must match the one defined in the sudoers
+# entry.
+#  (string value)
+#rootwrap_config=/etc/nova/rootwrap.conf
+rootwrap_config=/etc/nova/rootwrap.conf
+
+# Explicitly specify the temporary working directory. (string value)
+#tempdir=<None>
+
+#
+# Determine if monkey patching should be applied.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``monkey_patch_modules``: This must have values set for this option to
+#   have any effect
+#  (boolean value)
+#monkey_patch=false
+
+#
+# List of modules/decorators to monkey patch.
+#
+# This option allows you to patch a decorator for all functions in specified
+# modules.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+# * nova.api.ec2.cloud:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+# * [...]
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``monkey_patch``: This must be set to ``True`` for this option to
+#   have any effect
+#  (list value)
+#monkey_patch_modules=nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+
+#
+# Defines which driver to use for controlling virtualization.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``libvirt.LibvirtDriver``
+# * ``xenapi.XenAPIDriver``
+# * ``fake.FakeDriver``
+# * ``ironic.IronicDriver``
+# * ``vmwareapi.VMwareVCDriver``
+# * ``hyperv.HyperVDriver``
+#  (string value)
+#compute_driver=<None>
+compute_driver = {{ compute.get('compute_driver', 'libvirt.LibvirtDriver') }}
+
+#
+# Allow destination machine to match source for resize. Useful when
+# testing in single-host environments. By default it is not allowed
+# to resize to the same host. Setting this option to true will add
+# the same host to the destination options.
+#  (boolean value)
+#allow_resize_to_same_host=false
+allow_resize_to_same_host=true
+
+#
+# Availability zone to use when user doesn't specify one.
+#
+# This option is used by the scheduler to determine which availability
+# zone to place a new VM instance into if the user did not specify one
+# at the time of VM boot request.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing an availability zone name
+# * Default value is None.
+#  (string value)
+#default_schedule_zone=<None>
+
+#
+# Image properties that should not be inherited from the instance
+# when taking a snapshot.
+#
+# This option gives an opportunity to select which image-properties
+# should not be inherited by newly created snapshots.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list whose item is an image property. Usually only the image
+#   properties that are only needed by base images can be included
+#   here, since the snapshots that are created from the base images
+#   doesn't need them.
+# * Default list: ['cache_in_nova', 'bittorrent']
+#  (list value)
+#non_inheritable_image_properties=cache_in_nova,bittorrent
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is used to decide when an image should have no external
+# ramdisk or kernel. By default this is set to 'nokernel', so when an
+# image is booted with the property 'kernel_id' with the value
+# 'nokernel', Nova assumes the image doesn't require an external kernel
+# and ramdisk.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# When an image is booted with the property 'kernel_id' with the value
+# 'nokernel', Nova assumes the image doesn't require an external kernel and
+# ramdisk. This option allows user to change the API behaviour which should not
+# be allowed and this value "nokernel" should be hard coded.
+#null_kernel=nokernel
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When creating multiple instances with a single request using the
+# os-multiple-create API extension, this template will be used to build
+# the display name for each instance. The benefit is that the instances
+# end up with different hostnames. Example display names when creating
+# two VM's: name-1, name-2.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Valid keys for the template are: name, uuid, count.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# This config changes API behaviour. All changes in API behaviour should be
+# discoverable.
+#multi_instance_display_name_template=%(name)s-%(count)d
+
+#
+# Maximum number of devices that will result in a local image being
+# created on the hypervisor node.
+#
+# A negative number means unlimited. Setting max_local_block_devices
+# to 0 means that any request that attempts to create a local disk
+# will fail. This option is meant to limit the number of local discs
+# (so root local disc that is the result of --image being used, and
+# any other ephemeral and swap disks). 0 does not mean that images
+# will be automatically converted to volumes and boot instances from
+# volumes - it just means that all requests that attempt to create a
+# local disk will fail.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Creating a local disk is not allowed.
+# * Negative number: Allows unlimited number of local discs.
+# * Positive number: Allows only these many number of local discs.
+#                        (Default value is 3).
+#  (integer value)
+#max_local_block_devices=3
+
+#
+# A list of monitors that can be used for getting compute metrics.
+# You can use the alias/name from the setuptools entry points for
+# nova.compute.monitors.* namespaces. If no namespace is supplied,
+# the "cpu." namespace is assumed for backwards-compatibility.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An empty list will disable the feature(Default).
+# * An example value that would enable both the CPU and NUMA memory
+#   bandwidth monitors that used the virt driver variant:
+#   ["cpu.virt_driver", "numa_mem_bw.virt_driver"]
+#  (list value)
+#compute_monitors =
+
+#
+# The default format an ephemeral_volume will be formatted with on creation.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``ext2``
+# * ``ext3``
+# * ``ext4``
+# * ``xfs``
+# * ``ntfs`` (only for Windows guests)
+#  (string value)
+#default_ephemeral_format=<None>
+
+#
+# Determine if instance should boot or fail on VIF plugging timeout.
+#
+# Nova sends a port update to Neutron after an instance has been scheduled,
+# providing Neutron with the necessary information to finish setup of the port.
+# Once completed, Neutron notifies Nova that it has finished setting up the
+# port, at which point Nova resumes the boot of the instance since network
+# connectivity is now supposed to be present. A timeout will occur if the reply
+# is not received after a given interval.
+#
+# This option determines what Nova does when the VIF plugging timeout event
+# happens. When enabled, the instance will error out. When disabled, the
+# instance will continue to boot on the assumption that the port is ready.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Instances should fail after VIF plugging timeout
+# * False: Instances should continue booting after VIF plugging timeout
+#  (boolean value)
+#vif_plugging_is_fatal=true
+vif_plugging_is_fatal=true
+
+#
+# Timeout for Neutron VIF plugging event message arrival.
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for Neutron vif plugging events to
+# arrive before continuing or failing (see 'vif_plugging_is_fatal').
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vif_plugging_is_fatal - If ``vif_plugging_timeout`` is set to zero and
+#   ``vif_plugging_is_fatal`` is False, events should not be expected to
+#   arrive at all.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vif_plugging_timeout=300
+vif_plugging_timeout=300
+
+# Path to '/etc/network/interfaces' template.
+#
+# The path to a template file for the '/etc/network/interfaces'-style file,
+# which
+# will be populated by nova and subsequently used by cloudinit. This provides a
+# method to configure network connectivity in environments without a DHCP
+# server.
+#
+# The template will be rendered using Jinja2 template engine, and receive a
+# top-level key called ``interfaces``. This key will contain a list of
+# dictionaries, one for each interface.
+#
+# Refer to the cloudinit documentaion for more information:
+#
+#   https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/datasources.html
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A path to a Jinja2-formatted template for a Debian '/etc/network/interfaces'
+#   file. This applies even if using a non Debian-derived guest.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``flat_inject``: This must be set to ``True`` to ensure nova embeds network
+#   configuration information in the metadata provided through the config drive.
+#  (string value)
+#injected_network_template=$pybasedir/nova/virt/interfaces.template
+
+#
+# The image preallocation mode to use.
+#
+# Image preallocation allows storage for instance images to be allocated up
+# front
+# when the instance is initially provisioned. This ensures immediate feedback is
+# given if enough space isn't available. In addition, it should significantly
+# improve performance on writes to new blocks and may even improve I/O
+# performance to prewritten blocks due to reduced fragmentation.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * "none"  => no storage provisioning is done up front
+# * "space" => storage is fully allocated at instance start
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, space
+#preallocate_images=none
+
+#
+# Enable use of copy-on-write (cow) images.
+#
+# QEMU/KVM allow the use of qcow2 as backing files. By disabling this,
+# backing files will not be used.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_cow_images=true
+{%- if compute.image is defined and compute.image.use_cow is defined %}
+use_cow_images = {{ compute.image.use_cow }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# Force conversion of backing images to raw format.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Backing image files will be converted to raw image format
+# * False: Backing image files will not be converted
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``compute_driver``: Only the libvirt driver uses this option.
+#  (boolean value)
+#force_raw_images=true
+force_raw_images=true
+
+#
+# Name of the mkfs commands for ephemeral device.
+#
+# The format is <os_type>=<mkfs command>
+#  (multi valued)
+#virt_mkfs =
+
+#
+# Enable resizing of filesystems via a block device.
+#
+# If enabled, attempt to resize the filesystem by accessing the image over a
+# block device. This is done by the host and may not be necessary if the image
+# contains a recent version of cloud-init. Possible mechanisms require the nbd
+# driver (for qcow and raw), or loop (for raw).
+#  (boolean value)
+#resize_fs_using_block_device=false
+
+# Amount of time, in seconds, to wait for NBD device start up. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#timeout_nbd=10
+
+#
+# Location of cached images.
+#
+# This is NOT the full path - just a folder name relative to '$instances_path'.
+# For per-compute-host cached images, set to '_base_$my_ip'
+#  (string value)
+#image_cache_subdirectory_name=_base
+
+# Should unused base images be removed? (boolean value)
+#remove_unused_base_images=true
+
+#
+# Unused unresized base images younger than this will not be removed.
+#  (integer value)
+#remove_unused_original_minimum_age_seconds=86400
+remove_unused_original_minimum_age_seconds=86400
+
+#
+# Generic property to specify the pointer type.
+#
+# Input devices allow interaction with a graphical framebuffer. For
+# example to provide a graphic tablet for absolute cursor movement.
+#
+# If set, the 'hw_pointer_model' image property takes precedence over
+# this configuration option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None: Uses default behavior provided by drivers (mouse on PS2 for
+#         libvirt x86)
+# * ps2mouse: Uses relative movement. Mouse connected by PS2
+# * usbtablet: Uses absolute movement. Tablet connect by USB
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * usbtablet must be configured with VNC enabled or SPICE enabled and SPICE
+#   agent disabled. When used with libvirt the instance mode should be
+#   configured as HVM.
+#   (string value)
+# Allowed values: <None>, ps2mouse, usbtablet
+#pointer_model=usbtablet
+
+#
+# Defines which physical CPUs (pCPUs) can be used by instance
+# virtual CPUs (vCPUs).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A comma-separated list of physical CPU numbers that virtual CPUs can be
+#   allocated to by default. Each element should be either a single CPU number,
+#   a range of CPU numbers, or a caret followed by a CPU number to be
+#   excluded from a previous range. For example:
+#
+#     vcpu_pin_set = "4-12,^8,15"
+#  (string value)
+#vcpu_pin_set=<None>
+{%- if compute.vcpu_pin_set is defined %}
+vcpu_pin_set={{ compute.vcpu_pin_set }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# Number of huge/large memory pages to reserved per NUMA host cell.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of valid key=value which reflect NUMA node ID, page size
+#   (Default unit is KiB) and number of pages to be reserved.
+#
+#     reserved_huge_pages = node:0,size:2048,count:64
+#     reserved_huge_pages = node:1,size:1GB,count:1
+#
+#   In this example we are reserving on NUMA node 0 64 pages of 2MiB
+#   and on NUMA node 1 1 page of 1GiB.
+#  (dict value)
+#reserved_huge_pages=<None>
+
+#
+# Amount of disk resources in MB to make them always available to host. The
+# disk usage gets reported back to the scheduler from nova-compute running
+# on the compute nodes. To prevent the disk resources from being considered
+# as available, this option can be used to reserve disk space for that host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing amount of disk in MB to reserve
+#   for the host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#reserved_host_disk_mb=0
+
+#
+# Amount of memory in MB to reserve for the host so that it is always available
+# to host processes. The host resources usage is reported back to the scheduler
+# continuously from nova-compute running on the compute node. To prevent the
+# host
+# memory from being considered as available, this option is used to reserve
+# memory for the host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing amount of memory in MB to reserve
+#   for the host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#reserved_host_memory_mb=512
+reserved_host_memory_mb = {{ compute.get('reserved_host_memory_mb', '512') }}
+
+#
+# This option helps you specify virtual CPU to physical CPU allocation ratio.
+#
+# From Ocata (15.0.0) this is used to influence the hosts selected by
+# the Placement API. Note that when Placement is used, the CoreFilter
+# is redundant, because the Placement API will have already filtered
+# out hosts that would have failed the CoreFilter.
+#
+# This configuration specifies ratio for CoreFilter which can be set
+# per compute node. For AggregateCoreFilter, it will fall back to this
+# configuration value if no per-aggregate setting is found.
+#
+# NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0, the value
+# set on the scheduler node(s) or compute node(s) will be used
+# and defaulted to 16.0'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid positive integer or float value
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+{%- if compute.cpu_allocation_ratio is defined %}
+cpu_allocation_ratio = {{ compute.cpu_allocation_ratio }}
+{%- else  %}
+#cpu_allocation_ratio=0.0
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# This option helps you specify virtual RAM to physical RAM
+# allocation ratio.
+#
+# From Ocata (15.0.0) this is used to influence the hosts selected by
+# the Placement API. Note that when Placement is used, the RamFilter
+# is redundant, because the Placement API will have already filtered
+# out hosts that would have failed the RamFilter.
+#
+# This configuration specifies ratio for RamFilter which can be set
+# per compute node. For AggregateRamFilter, it will fall back to this
+# configuration value if no per-aggregate setting found.
+#
+# NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0, the value
+# set on the scheduler node(s) or compute node(s) will be used and
+# defaulted to 1.5.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid positive integer or float value
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+{%- if compute.ram_allocation_ratio is defined %}
+ram_allocation_ratio = {{ compute.ram_allocation_ratio }}
+{%- else  %}
+#ram_allocation_ratio=0.0
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# Defines which physical CPUs (pCPUs) can be used by instance
+# virtual CPUs (vCPUs).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A comma-separated list of physical CPU numbers that virtual CPUs can be
+#   allocated to by default. Each element should be either a single CPU number,
+#   a range of CPU numbers, or a caret followed by a CPU number to be
+#   excluded from a previous range. For example:
+#
+#     vcpu_pin_set = "4-12,^8,15"
+#  (string value)
+{%- if compute.vcpu_pin_set is defined %}
+vcpu_pin_set = {{ compute.vcpu_pin_set }}
+{%- else  %}
+#vcpu_pin_set=<None>
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# This option helps you specify virtual disk to physical disk
+# allocation ratio.
+#
+# From Ocata (15.0.0) this is used to influence the hosts selected by
+# the Placement API. Note that when Placement is used, the DiskFilter
+# is redundant, because the Placement API will have already filtered
+# out hosts that would have failed the DiskFilter.
+#
+# A ratio greater than 1.0 will result in over-subscription of the
+# available physical disk, which can be useful for more
+# efficiently packing instances created with images that do not
+# use the entire virtual disk, such as sparse or compressed
+# images. It can be set to a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in order
+# to preserve a percentage of the disk for uses other than
+# instances.
+#
+# NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0, the value
+# set on the scheduler node(s) or compute node(s) will be used and
+# defaulted to 1.0'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid positive integer or float value
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#disk_allocation_ratio=0.0
+
+#
+# Console proxy host to be used to connect to instances on this host. It is the
+# publicly visible name for the console host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Current hostname (default) or any string representing hostname.
+#  (string value)
+#console_host=socket.gethostname()
+
+#
+# Name of the network to be used to set access IPs for instances. If there are
+# multiple IPs to choose from, an arbitrary one will be chosen.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None (default)
+# * Any string representing network name.
+#  (string value)
+#default_access_ip_network_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Whether to batch up the application of IPTables rules during a host restart
+# and apply all at the end of the init phase.
+#  (boolean value)
+#defer_iptables_apply=false
+
+#
+# Specifies where instances are stored on the hypervisor's disk.
+# It can point to locally attached storage or a directory on NFS.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * $state_path/instances where state_path is a config option that specifies
+#   the top-level directory for maintaining nova's state. (default) or
+#   Any string representing directory path.
+#  (string value)
+#instances_path=$state_path/instances
+instances_path = {{ compute.instances_path }}
+
+#
+# This option enables periodic compute.instance.exists notifications. Each
+# compute node must be configured to generate system usage data. These
+# notifications are consumed by OpenStack Telemetry service.
+#  (boolean value)
+#instance_usage_audit=false
+
+#
+# Maximum number of 1 second retries in live_migration. It specifies number
+# of retries to iptables when it complains. It happens when an user continuously
+# sends live-migration request to same host leading to concurrent request
+# to iptables.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing retry count.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#live_migration_retry_count=30
+
+#
+# This option specifies whether to start guests that were running before the
+# host rebooted. It ensures that all of the instances on a Nova compute node
+# resume their state each time the compute node boots or restarts.
+#  (boolean value)
+#resume_guests_state_on_host_boot=false
+resume_guests_state_on_host_boot={{ compute.get('resume_guests_state_on_host_boot', True) }}
+
+#
+# Number of times to retry network allocation. It is required to attempt network
+# allocation retries if the virtual interface plug fails.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing retry count.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#network_allocate_retries=0
+
+#
+# Limits the maximum number of instance builds to run concurrently by
+# nova-compute. Compute service can attempt to build an infinite number of
+# instances, if asked to do so. This limit is enforced to avoid building
+# unlimited instance concurrently on a compute node. This value can be set
+# per compute node.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * 0 : treated as unlimited.
+# * Any positive integer representing maximum concurrent builds.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#max_concurrent_builds=10
+
+#
+# Maximum number of live migrations to run concurrently. This limit is enforced
+# to avoid outbound live migrations overwhelming the host/network and causing
+# failures. It is not recommended that you change this unless you are very sure
+# that doing so is safe and stable in your environment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0 : treated as unlimited.
+# * Negative value defaults to 0.
+# * Any positive integer representing maximum number of live migrations
+#   to run concurrently.
+#  (integer value)
+#max_concurrent_live_migrations=1
+{%- if compute.max_concurrent_live_migrations is defined %}
+max_concurrent_live_migrations = {{ compute.max_concurrent_live_migrations }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# Number of times to retry block device allocation on failures. Starting with
+# Liberty, Cinder can use image volume cache. This may help with block device
+# allocation performance. Look at the cinder image_volume_cache_enabled
+# configuration option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 60 (default)
+# * If value is 0, then one attempt is made.
+# * Any negative value is treated as 0.
+# * For any value > 0, total attempts are (value + 1)
+#  (integer value)
+#block_device_allocate_retries=60
+block_device_allocate_retries=600
+
+#
+# Number of greenthreads available for use to sync power states.
+#
+# This option can be used to reduce the number of concurrent requests
+# made to the hypervisor or system with real instance power states
+# for performance reasons, for example, with Ironic.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing greenthreads count.
+#  (integer value)
+#sync_power_state_pool_size=1000
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait between runs of the image cache manager.
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * 0: run at the default rate.
+# * -1: disable
+# * Any other value
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#image_cache_manager_interval=2400
+image_cache_manager_interval=0
+
+#
+# Interval to pull network bandwidth usage info.
+#
+# Not supported on all hypervisors. If a hypervisor doesn't support bandwidth
+# usage, it will not get the info in the usage events.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#bandwidth_poll_interval=600
+
+#
+# Interval to sync power states between the database and the hypervisor.
+#
+# The interval that Nova checks the actual virtual machine power state
+# and the power state that Nova has in its database. If a user powers
+# down their VM, Nova updates the API to report the VM has been
+# powered down. Should something turn on the VM unexpectedly,
+# Nova will turn the VM back off to keep the system in the expected
+# state.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If ``handle_virt_lifecycle_events`` in workarounds_group is
+#   false and this option is negative, then instances that get out
+#   of sync between the hypervisor and the Nova database will have
+#   to be synchronized manually.
+#  (integer value)
+#sync_power_state_interval=600
+
+#
+# Interval between instance network information cache updates.
+#
+# Number of seconds after which each compute node runs the task of
+# querying Neutron for all of its instances networking information,
+# then updates the Nova db with that information. Nova will never
+# update it's cache if this option is set to 0. If we don't update the
+# cache, the metadata service and nova-api endpoints will be proxying
+# incorrect network data about the instance. So, it is not recommended
+# to set this option to 0.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+# * Any value <=0 will disable the sync. This is not recommended.
+#  (integer value)
+#heal_instance_info_cache_interval=60
+heal_instance_info_cache_interval = {{ compute.heal_instance_info_cache_interval }}
+
+#
+# Interval for reclaiming deleted instances.
+#
+# A value greater than 0 will enable SOFT_DELETE of instances.
+# This option decides whether the server to be deleted will be put into
+# the SOFT_DELETED state. If this value is greater than 0, the deleted
+# server will not be deleted immediately, instead it will be put into
+# a queue until it's too old (deleted time greater than the value of
+# reclaim_instance_interval). The server can be recovered from the
+# delete queue by using the restore action. If the deleted server remains
+# longer than the value of reclaim_instance_interval, it will be
+# deleted by a periodic task in the compute service automatically.
+#
+# Note that this option is read from both the API and compute nodes, and
+# must be set globally otherwise servers could be put into a soft deleted
+# state in the API and never actually reclaimed (deleted) on the compute
+# node.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer(in seconds) greater than 0 will enable
+#   this option.
+# * Any value <=0 will disable the option.
+#  (integer value)
+#reclaim_instance_interval=0
+
+#
+# Interval for gathering volume usages.
+#
+# This option updates the volume usage cache for every
+# volume_usage_poll_interval number of seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer(in seconds) greater than 0 will enable
+#   this option.
+# * Any value <=0 will disable the option.
+#  (integer value)
+#volume_usage_poll_interval=0
+
+#
+# Interval for polling shelved instances to offload.
+#
+# The periodic task runs for every shelved_poll_interval number
+# of seconds and checks if there are any shelved instances. If it
+# finds a shelved instance, based on the 'shelved_offload_time' config
+# value it offloads the shelved instances. Check 'shelved_offload_time'
+# config option description for details.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any value <= 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``shelved_offload_time``
+#  (integer value)
+#shelved_poll_interval=3600
+
+#
+# Time before a shelved instance is eligible for removal from a host.
+#
+# By default this option is set to 0 and the shelved instance will be
+# removed from the hypervisor immediately after shelve operation.
+# Otherwise, the instance will be kept for the value of
+# shelved_offload_time(in seconds) so that during the time period the
+# unshelve action will be faster, then the periodic task will remove
+# the instance from hypervisor after shelved_offload_time passes.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Instance will be immediately offloaded after being
+#      shelved.
+# * Any value < 0: An instance will never offload.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: The instance will exist for
+#   the specified number of seconds before being offloaded.
+#  (integer value)
+#shelved_offload_time=0
+
+#
+# Interval for retrying failed instance file deletes.
+#
+# This option depends on 'maximum_instance_delete_attempts'.
+# This option specifies how often to retry deletes whereas
+# 'maximum_instance_delete_attempts' specifies the maximum number
+# of retry attempts that can be made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``maximum_instance_delete_attempts`` from instance_cleaning_opts
+#   group.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_delete_interval=300
+
+#
+# Interval (in seconds) between block device allocation retries on failures.
+#
+# This option allows the user to specify the time interval between
+# consecutive retries. 'block_device_allocate_retries' option specifies
+# the maximum number of retries.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds enables the option.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``block_device_allocate_retries`` in compute_manager_opts group.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#block_device_allocate_retries_interval=3
+block_device_allocate_retries_interval=10
+
+#
+# Interval between sending the scheduler a list of current instance UUIDs to
+# verify that its view of instances is in sync with nova.
+#
+# If the CONF option 'scheduler_tracks_instance_changes' is
+# False, the sync calls will not be made. So, changing this option will
+# have no effect.
+#
+# If the out of sync situations are not very common, this interval
+# can be increased to lower the number of RPC messages being sent.
+# Likewise, if sync issues turn out to be a problem, the interval
+# can be lowered to check more frequently.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option has no impact if ``scheduler_tracks_instance_changes``
+#   is set to False.
+#  (integer value)
+#scheduler_instance_sync_interval=120
+
+#
+# Interval for updating compute resources.
+#
+# This option specifies how often the update_available_resources
+# periodic task should run. A number less than 0 means to disable the
+# task completely. Leaving this at the default of 0 will cause this to
+# run at the default periodic interval. Setting it to any positive
+# value will cause it to run at approximately that number of seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#update_resources_interval=0
+
+#
+# Time interval after which an instance is hard rebooted automatically.
+#
+# When doing a soft reboot, it is possible that a guest kernel is
+# completely hung in a way that causes the soft reboot task
+# to not ever finish. Setting this option to a time period in seconds
+# will automatically hard reboot an instance if it has been stuck
+# in a rebooting state longer than N seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default).
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#reboot_timeout=0
+
+#
+# Maximum time in seconds that an instance can take to build.
+#
+# If this timer expires, instance status will be changed to ERROR.
+# Enabling this option will make sure an instance will not be stuck
+# in BUILD state for a longer period.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default)
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#instance_build_timeout=0
+
+#
+# Interval to wait before un-rescuing an instance stuck in RESCUE.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default)
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#rescue_timeout=0
+
+#
+# Automatically confirm resizes after N seconds.
+#
+# Resize functionality will save the existing server before resizing.
+# After the resize completes, user is requested to confirm the resize.
+# The user has the opportunity to either confirm or revert all
+# changes. Confirm resize removes the original server and changes
+# server status from resized to active. Setting this option to a time
+# period (in seconds) will automatically confirm the resize if the
+# server is in resized state longer than that time.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default)
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#resize_confirm_window=0
+
+#
+# Total time to wait in seconds for an instance toperform a clean
+# shutdown.
+#
+# It determines the overall period (in seconds) a VM is allowed to
+# perform a clean shutdown. While performing stop, rescue and shelve,
+# rebuild operations, configuring this option gives the VM a chance
+# to perform a controlled shutdown before the instance is powered off.
+# The default timeout is 60 seconds.
+#
+# The timeout value can be overridden on a per image basis by means
+# of os_shutdown_timeout that is an image metadata setting allowing
+# different types of operating systems to specify how much time they
+# need to shut down cleanly.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds (default value is 60).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#shutdown_timeout=60
+
+#
+# The compute service periodically checks for instances that have been
+# deleted in the database but remain running on the compute node. The
+# above option enables action to be taken when such instances are
+# identified.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * reap: Powers down the instances and deletes them(default)
+# * log: Logs warning message about deletion of the resource
+# * shutdown: Powers down instances and marks them as non-
+#   bootable which can be later used for debugging/analysis
+# * noop: Takes no action
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * running_deleted_instance_poll
+# * running_deleted_instance_timeout
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: noop, log, shutdown, reap
+#running_deleted_instance_action=reap
+
+#
+# Time interval in seconds to wait between runs for the clean up action.
+# If set to 0, above check will be disabled. If "running_deleted_instance
+# _action" is set to "log" or "reap", a value greater than 0 must be set.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds enables the option.
+# * 0: Disables the option.
+# * 1800: Default value.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * running_deleted_instance_action
+#  (integer value)
+#running_deleted_instance_poll_interval=1800
+
+#
+# Time interval in seconds to wait for the instances that have
+# been marked as deleted in database to be eligible for cleanup.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds(default is 0).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * "running_deleted_instance_action"
+#  (integer value)
+#running_deleted_instance_timeout=0
+
+#
+# The number of times to attempt to reap an instance's files.
+#
+# This option specifies the maximum number of retry attempts
+# that can be made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer defines how many attempts are made.
+# * Any value <=0 means no delete attempts occur, but you should use
+#   ``instance_delete_interval`` to disable the delete attempts.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``instance_delete_interval`` in interval_opts group can be used to disable
+#   this option.
+#  (integer value)
+#maximum_instance_delete_attempts=5
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the message queue topic that the compute service 'listens' on. It is
+# used when the compute service is started up to configure the queue, and
+# whenever an RPC call to the compute service is made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string, but there is almost never any reason to ever change this value
+#   from its default of 'compute'.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#compute_topic=compute
+
+#
+# Sets the scope of the check for unique instance names.
+#
+# The default doesn't check for unique names. If a scope for the name check is
+# set, a launch of a new instance or an update of an existing instance with a
+# duplicate name will result in an ''InstanceExists'' error. The uniqueness is
+# case-insensitive. Setting this option can increase the usability for end
+# users as they don't have to distinguish among instances with the same name
+# by their IDs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * '': An empty value means that no uniqueness check is done and duplicate
+#   names are possible.
+# * "project": The instance name check is done only for instances within the
+#   same project.
+# * "global": The instance name check is done for all instances regardless of
+#   the project.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: '', project, global
+#osapi_compute_unique_server_name_scope =
+
+#
+# Enable new services on this host automatically.
+#
+# When a new service (for example "nova-compute") starts up, it gets
+# registered in the database as an enabled service. Sometimes it can be useful
+# to register new services in disabled state and then enabled them at a later
+# point in time. This option can set this behavior for all services per host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``True``: Each new service is enabled as soon as it registers itself.
+# * ``False``: Services must be enabled via a REST API call or with the CLI
+#   with ``nova service-enable <hostname> <binary>``, otherwise they are not
+#   ready to use.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enable_new_services=true
+
+#
+# Template string to be used to generate instance names.
+#
+# This template controls the creation of the database name of an instance. This
+# is *not* the display name you enter when creating an instance (via Horizon
+# or CLI). For a new deployment it is advisable to change the default value
+# (which uses the database autoincrement) to another value which makes use
+# of the attributes of an instance, like ``instance-%(uuid)s``. If you
+# already have instances in your deployment when you change this, your
+# deployment will break.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string which either uses the instance database ID (like the
+#   default)
+# * A string with a list of named database columns, for example ``%(id)d``
+#   or ``%(uuid)s`` or ``%(hostname)s``.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * not to be confused with: ``multi_instance_display_name_template``
+#  (string value)
+#instance_name_template=instance-%08x
+
+#
+# Number of times to retry live-migration before failing.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * If == -1, try until out of hosts (default)
+# * If == 0, only try once, no retries
+# * Integer greater than 0
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#migrate_max_retries=-1
+
+#
+# Configuration drive format
+#
+# Configuration drive format that will contain metadata attached to the
+# instance when it boots.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * iso9660: A file system image standard that is widely supported across
+#   operating systems. NOTE: Mind the libvirt bug
+#   (https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1246201) - If your hypervisor
+#   driver is libvirt, and you want live migrate to work without shared storage,
+#   then use VFAT.
+# * vfat: For legacy reasons, you can configure the configuration drive to
+#   use VFAT format instead of ISO 9660.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when one of the following alternatives occur:
+#   1. force_config_drive option set to 'true'
+#   2. the REST API call to create the instance contains an enable flag for
+#      config drive option
+#   3. the image used to create the instance requires a config drive,
+#      this is defined by img_config_drive property for that image.
+# * A compute node running Hyper-V hypervisor can be configured to attach
+#   configuration drive as a CD drive. To attach the configuration drive as a CD
+#   drive, set config_drive_cdrom option at hyperv section, to true.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: iso9660, vfat
+#config_drive_format=iso9660
+config_drive_format={{ compute.get('config_drive_format', compute.get('config_drive', {}).get('format', 'vfat')) }}
+
+#
+# Force injection to take place on a config drive
+#
+# When this option is set to true configuration drive functionality will be
+# forced enabled by default, otherwise user can still enable configuration
+# drives via the REST API or image metadata properties.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Force to use of configuration drive regardless the user's input in the
+#         REST API call.
+# * False: Do not force use of configuration drive. Config drives can still be
+#          enabled via the REST API or image metadata properties.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Use the 'mkisofs_cmd' flag to set the path where you install the
+#   genisoimage program. If genisoimage is in same path as the
+#   nova-compute service, you do not need to set this flag.
+# * To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the
+#   'mkisofs_cmd' value to the full path to an mkisofs.exe installation.
+#   Additionally, you must set the qemu_img_cmd value in the hyperv
+#   configuration section to the full path to an qemu-img command
+#   installation.
+#  (boolean value)
+#force_config_drive=false
+force_config_drive={{ compute.get('config_drive', {}).get('forced', True)|lower }}
+
+#
+# Name or path of the tool used for ISO image creation
+#
+# Use the mkisofs_cmd flag to set the path where you install the genisoimage
+# program. If genisoimage is on the system path, you do not need to change
+# the default value.
+#
+# To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the mkisofs_cmd value
+# to the full path to an mkisofs.exe installation. Additionally, you must set
+# the qemu_img_cmd value in the hyperv configuration section to the full path
+# to an qemu-img command installation.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Name of the ISO image creator program, in case it is in the same directory
+#   as the nova-compute service
+# * Path to ISO image creator program
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when config drives are enabled.
+# * To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the qemu_img_cmd
+#   value in the hyperv configuration section to the full path to an qemu-img
+#   command installation.
+#  (string value)
+#mkisofs_cmd=genisoimage
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# nova-console-proxy is used to set up multi-tenant VM console access.
+# This option allows pluggable driver program for the console session
+# and represents driver to use for the console proxy.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing fully classified class name of console driver.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# This option no longer does anything. Previously this option had only two
+# valid,
+# in-tree values: nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy and
+# nova.console.fake.FakeConsoleProxy. The latter of these was only used in tests
+# and has since been replaced.
+#console_driver=nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Represents the message queue topic name used by nova-console
+# service when communicating via the AMQP server. The Nova API uses a message
+# queue to communicate with nova-console to retrieve a console URL for that
+# host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing topic exchange name
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#console_topic=console
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option allows you to change the message topic used by nova-consoleauth
+# service when communicating via the AMQP server. Nova Console Authentication
+# server authenticates nova consoles. Users can then access their instances
+# through VNC clients. The Nova API service uses a message queue to
+# communicate with nova-consoleauth to get a VNC console.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * 'consoleauth' (default) or Any string representing topic exchange name.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#consoleauth_topic=consoleauth
+
+# DEPRECATED: The driver to use for database access (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 13.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#db_driver=nova.db
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Default flavor to use for the EC2 API only.
+# The Nova API does not support a default flavor.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: The EC2 API is deprecated.
+#default_flavor=m1.small
+
+#
+# Default pool for floating IPs.
+#
+# This option specifies the default floating IP pool for allocating floating
+# IPs.
+#
+# While allocating a floating ip, users can optionally pass in the name of the
+# pool they want to allocate from, otherwise it will be pulled from the
+# default pool.
+#
+# If this option is not set, then 'nova' is used as default floating pool.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing a floating IP pool name
+#  (string value)
+#default_floating_pool=nova
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Autoassigning floating IP to VM
+#
+# When set to True, floating IP is auto allocated and associated
+# to the VM upon creation.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#auto_assign_floating_ip=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Full class name for the DNS Manager for floating IPs.
+#
+# This option specifies the class of the driver that provides functionality
+# to manage DNS entries associated with floating IPs.
+#
+# When a user adds a DNS entry for a specified domain to a floating IP,
+# nova will add a DNS entry using the specified floating DNS driver.
+# When a floating IP is deallocated, its DNS entry will automatically be
+# deleted.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Full Python path to the class to be used
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#floating_ip_dns_manager=nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Full class name for the DNS Manager for instance IPs.
+#
+# This option specifies the class of the driver that provides functionality
+# to manage DNS entries for instances.
+#
+# On instance creation, nova will add DNS entries for the instance name and
+# id, using the specified instance DNS driver and domain. On instance deletion,
+# nova will remove the DNS entries.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Full Python path to the class to be used
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#instance_dns_manager=nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# If specified, Nova checks if the availability_zone of every instance matches
+# what the database says the availability_zone should be for the specified
+# dns_domain.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#instance_dns_domain =
+
+#
+# Abstracts out IPv6 address generation to pluggable backends.
+#
+# nova-network can be put into dual-stack mode, so that it uses
+# both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. In dual-stack mode, by default, instances
+# acquire IPv6 global unicast addresses with the help of stateless address
+# auto-configuration mechanism.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this option only works with nova-network.
+# * use_ipv6: this option only works if ipv6 is enabled for nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: rfc2462, account_identifier
+#ipv6_backend=rfc2462
+
+#
+# The IP address which the host is using to connect to the management network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String with valid IP address. Default is IPv4 address of this host.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * metadata_host
+# * my_block_storage_ip
+# * routing_source_ip
+# * vpn_ip
+#  (string value)
+#my_ip=10.89.104.70
+{%- if compute.my_ip is defined %}
+my_ip={{ compute.my_ip }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# The IP address which is used to connect to the block storage network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String with valid IP address. Default is IP address of this host.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * my_ip - if my_block_storage_ip is not set, then my_ip value is used.
+#  (string value)
+#my_block_storage_ip=$my_ip
+
+#
+# Hostname, FQDN or IP address of this host. Must be valid within AMQP key.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String with hostname, FQDN or IP address. Default is hostname of this host.
+#  (string value)
+#host=lcy01-22
+{%- if compute.host is defined %}
+host={{ compute.host }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# Assign IPv6 and IPv4 addresses when creating instances.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this only works with nova-network.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_ipv6=false
+
+#
+# This option is a list of full paths to one or more configuration files for
+# dhcpbridge. In most cases the default path of '/etc/nova/nova-dhcpbridge.conf'
+# should be sufficient, but if you have special needs for configuring
+# dhcpbridge,
+# you can change or add to this list.
+#
+# Possible values
+#
+#     A list of strings, where each string is the full path to a dhcpbridge
+#     configuration file.
+#  (multi valued)
+dhcpbridge_flagfile=/etc/nova/nova.conf
+
+#
+# The location where the network configuration files will be kept. The default
+# is
+# the 'networks' directory off of the location where nova's Python module is
+# installed.
+#
+# Possible values
+#
+#     A string containing the full path to the desired configuration directory
+#  (string value)
+#networks_path=$state_path/networks
+
+#
+# This is the name of the network interface for public IP addresses. The default
+# is 'eth0'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a network interface name
+#  (string value)
+#public_interface=eth0
+
+#
+# The location of the binary nova-dhcpbridge. By default it is the binary named
+# 'nova-dhcpbridge' that is installed with all the other nova binaries.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing the full path to the binary for dhcpbridge
+#  (string value)
+dhcpbridge=/usr/bin/nova-dhcpbridge
+
+#
+# This is the public IP address of the network host. It is used when creating a
+# SNAT rule.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     force_snat_range
+#  (string value)
+#routing_source_ip=$my_ip
+
+#
+# The lifetime of a DHCP lease, in seconds. The default is 86400 (one day).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer value.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#dhcp_lease_time=86400
+
+#
+# Despite the singular form of the name of this option, it is actually a list of
+# zero or more server addresses that dnsmasq will use for DNS nameservers. If
+# this is not empty, dnsmasq will not read /etc/resolv.conf, but will only use
+# the servers specified in this option. If the option use_network_dns_servers is
+# True, the dns1 and dns2 servers from the network will be appended to this
+# list,
+# and will be used as DNS servers, too.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of strings, where each string is either an IP address or a FQDN.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     use_network_dns_servers
+#  (multi valued)
+#dns_server =
+
+#
+# When this option is set to True, the dns1 and dns2 servers for the network
+# specified by the user on boot will be used for DNS, as well as any specified
+# in
+# the `dns_server` option.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     dns_server
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_network_dns_servers=false
+
+#
+# This option is a list of zero or more IP address ranges in your network's DMZ
+# that should be accepted.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of strings, each of which should be a valid CIDR.
+#  (list value)
+#dmz_cidr =
+
+#
+# This is a list of zero or more IP ranges that traffic from the
+# `routing_source_ip` will be SNATted to. If the list is empty, then no SNAT
+# rules are created.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of strings, each of which should be a valid CIDR.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     routing_source_ip
+#  (multi valued)
+#force_snat_range =
+
+#
+# The path to the custom dnsmasq configuration file, if any.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     The full path to the configuration file, or an empty string if there is no
+#     custom dnsmasq configuration file.
+#  (string value)
+#dnsmasq_config_file =
+
+#
+# This is the class used as the ethernet device driver for linuxnet bridge
+# operations. The default value should be all you need for most cases, but if
+# you
+# wish to use a customized class, set this option to the full dot-separated
+# import path for that class.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a dot-separated class path that Nova can import.
+#  (string value)
+#linuxnet_interface_driver=nova.network.linux_net.LinuxBridgeInterfaceDriver
+
+#
+# The name of the Open vSwitch bridge that is used with linuxnet when connecting
+# with Open vSwitch."
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a valid bridge name.
+#  (string value)
+#linuxnet_ovs_integration_bridge=br-int
+
+#
+# When True, when a device starts up, and upon binding floating IP addresses,
+# arp
+# messages will be sent to ensure that the arp caches on the compute hosts are
+# up-to-date.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     send_arp_for_ha_count
+#  (boolean value)
+#send_arp_for_ha=false
+
+#
+# When arp messages are configured to be sent, they will be sent with the count
+# set to the value of this option. Of course, if this is set to zero, no arp
+# messages will be sent.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer greater than or equal to 0
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     send_arp_for_ha
+#  (integer value)
+#send_arp_for_ha_count=3
+
+#
+# When set to True, only the firt nic of a VM will get its default gateway from
+# the DHCP server.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_single_default_gateway=false
+
+#
+# One or more interfaces that bridges can forward traffic to. If any of the
+# items
+# in this list is the special keyword 'all', then all traffic will be forwarded.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of zero or more interface names, or the word 'all'.
+#  (multi valued)
+#forward_bridge_interface=all
+
+#
+# This option determines the IP address for the network metadata API server.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#    * Any valid IP address. The default is the address of the Nova API server.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * metadata_port
+#  (string value)
+#metadata_host=$my_ip
+
+#
+# This option determines the port used for the metadata API server.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * metadata_host
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#metadata_port=8775
+
+#
+# This expression, if defined, will select any matching iptables rules and place
+# them at the top when applying metadata changes to the rules.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any string representing a valid regular expression, or an empty string
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * iptables_bottom_regex
+#  (string value)
+#iptables_top_regex =
+
+#
+# This expression, if defined, will select any matching iptables rules and place
+# them at the bottom when applying metadata changes to the rules.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any string representing a valid regular expression, or an empty string
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * iptables_top_regex
+#  (string value)
+#iptables_bottom_regex =
+
+#
+# By default, packets that do not pass the firewall are DROPped. In many cases,
+# though, an operator may find it more useful to change this from DROP to
+# REJECT,
+# so that the user issuing those packets may have a better idea as to what's
+# going on, or LOGDROP in order to record the blocked traffic before DROPping.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * A string representing an iptables chain. The default is DROP.
+#  (string value)
+#iptables_drop_action=DROP
+
+#
+# This option represents the period of time, in seconds, that the ovs_vsctl
+# calls
+# will wait for a response from the database before timing out. A setting of 0
+# means that the utility should wait forever for a response.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any positive integer if a limited timeout is desired, or zero if the
+#     calls should wait forever for a response.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#ovs_vsctl_timeout=120
+
+#
+# This option is used mainly in testing to avoid calls to the underlying network
+# utilities.
+#  (boolean value)
+#fake_network=false
+
+#
+# This option determines the number of times to retry ebtables commands before
+# giving up. The minimum number of retries is 1.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any positive integer
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * ebtables_retry_interval
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#ebtables_exec_attempts=3
+
+#
+# This option determines the time, in seconds, that the system will sleep in
+# between ebtables retries. Note that each successive retry waits a multiple of
+# this value, so for example, if this is set to the default of 1.0 seconds, and
+# ebtables_exec_attempts is 4, after the first failure, the system will sleep
+# for
+# 1 * 1.0 seconds, after the second failure it will sleep 2 * 1.0 seconds, and
+# after the third failure it will sleep 3 * 1.0 seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any non-negative float or integer. Setting this to zero will result in
+# no
+#     waiting between attempts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * ebtables_exec_attempts
+#  (floating point value)
+#ebtables_retry_interval=1.0
+
+#
+# This option determines whether the network setup information is injected into
+# the VM before it is booted. While it was originally designed to be used only
+# by
+# nova-network, it is also used by the vmware and xenapi virt drivers to control
+# whether network information is injected into a VM.
+#  (boolean value)
+#flat_injected=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the bridge used for simple network interfaces when no
+# bridge is specified in the VM creation request.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a valid network bridge, such as 'br100'
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#flat_network_bridge=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the address of the DNS server for a simple network. If this option is
+# not specified, the default of '8.8.4.4' is used.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#flat_network_dns=8.8.4.4
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is the name of the virtual interface of the VM on which the bridge
+# will be built. While it was originally designed to be used only by
+# nova-network, it is also used by libvirt for the bridge interface name.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid virtual interface name, such as 'eth0'
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#flat_interface=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the VLAN number used for private networks. Note that the when creating
+# the networks, if the specified number has already been assigned, nova-network
+# will increment this number until it finds an available VLAN.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option
+# for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer between 1 and 4094. Values outside of that range will raise a
+#     ValueError exception. Default = 100.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``network_manager``, ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 4094
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#vlan_start=100
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is the name of the virtual interface of the VM on which the VLAN
+# bridge will be built. While it was originally designed to be used only by
+# nova-network, it is also used by libvirt and xenapi for the bridge interface
+# name.
+#
+# Please note that this setting will be ignored in nova-network if the
+# configuration option for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid virtual interface name, such as 'eth0'
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options. While
+# this option has an effect when using neutron, it incorrectly override the
+# value
+# provided by neutron and should therefore not be used.
+#vlan_interface=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option represents the number of networks to create if not explicitly
+# specified when the network is created. The only time this is used is if a CIDR
+# is specified, but an explicit network_size is not. In that case, the subnets
+# are created by diving the IP address space of the CIDR by num_networks. The
+# resulting subnet sizes cannot be larger than the configuration option
+# `network_size`; in that event, they are reduced to `network_size`, and a
+# warning is logged.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer is technically valid, although there are practical
+#     limits based upon available IP address space and virtual interfaces. The
+#     default is 1.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``network_size``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#num_networks=1
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the public IP address for the cloudpipe VPN servers. It defaults to
+# the
+# IP address of the host.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option
+# for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address. The default is $my_ip, the IP address of the VM.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``network_manager``, ``use_neutron``, ``vpn_start``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#vpn_ip=$my_ip
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the port number to use as the first VPN port for private networks.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option
+# for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager', or if you specify a value the 'vpn_start'
+# parameter when creating a network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer representing a valid port number. The default is 1000.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``vpn_ip``, ``network_manager``
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#vpn_start=1000
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the number of addresses in each private subnet.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer that is less than or equal to the available network
+#     size. Note that if you are creating multiple networks, they must all fit
+# in
+#     the available IP address space. The default is 256.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``num_networks``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#network_size=256
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the fixed IPv6 address block when creating a network.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IPv6 CIDR. The default value is "fd00::/48".
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#fixed_range_v6=fd00::/48
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the default IPv4 gateway. It is used only in the testing suite.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``gateway_v6``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#gateway=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the default IPv6 gateway. It is used only in the testing suite.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``gateway``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#gateway_v6=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option represents the number of IP addresses to reserve at the top of the
+# address range for VPN clients. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer, 0 or greater. The default is 0.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``network_manager``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#cnt_vpn_clients=0
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the number of seconds to wait before disassociating a deallocated
+# fixed
+# IP address. This is only used with the nova-network service, and has no effect
+# when using neutron for networking.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer, zero or greater. The default is 600 (10 minutes).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#fixed_ip_disassociate_timeout=600
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines how many times nova-network will attempt to create a
+# unique MAC address before giving up and raising a
+# `VirtualInterfaceMacAddressException` error.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer. The default is 5.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#create_unique_mac_address_attempts=5
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Determines whether unused gateway devices, both VLAN and bridge, are deleted
+# if
+# the network is in nova-network VLAN mode and is multi-hosted.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``vpn_ip``, ``fake_network``
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#teardown_unused_network_gateway=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When this option is True, a call is made to release the DHCP for the instance
+# when that instance is terminated.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+force_dhcp_release=true
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When this option is True, whenever a DNS entry must be updated, a fanout cast
+# message is sent to all network hosts to update their DNS entries in multi-host
+# mode.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#update_dns_entries=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the time, in seconds, to wait between refreshing DNS
+# entries for the network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Either -1 (default), or any positive integer. A negative value will
+# disable
+#     the updates.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#dns_update_periodic_interval=-1
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option allows you to specify the domain for the DHCP server.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string that is a valid domain name.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#dhcp_domain=novalocal
+dhcp_domain={{ compute.get('dhcp_domain', 'novalocal') }}
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option allows you to specify the L3 management library to be used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any dot-separated string that represents the import path to an L3
+#     networking library.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#l3_lib=nova.network.l3.LinuxNetL3
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# THIS VALUE SHOULD BE SET WHEN CREATING THE NETWORK.
+#
+# If True in multi_host mode, all compute hosts share the same dhcp address. The
+# same IP address used for DHCP will be added on each nova-network node which is
+# only visible to the VMs on the same host.
+#
+# The use of this configuration has been deprecated and may be removed in any
+# release after Mitaka. It is recommended that instead of relying on this
+# option,
+# an explicit value should be passed to 'create_networks()' as a keyword
+# argument
+# with the name 'share_address'.
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 2014.2.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#share_dhcp_address=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: Whether to use Neutron or Nova Network as the back end for
+# networking. Defaults to False (indicating Nova network).Set to True to use
+# neutron. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#use_neutron=true
+
+#
+# URL for LDAP server which will store DNS entries
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid LDAP URL representing the server
+#  (uri value)
+#ldap_dns_url=ldap://ldap.example.com:389
+
+# Bind user for LDAP server (string value)
+#ldap_dns_user=uid=admin,ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
+
+# Bind user's password for LDAP server (string value)
+#ldap_dns_password=password
+
+#
+# Hostmaster for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid string representing LDAP DNS hostmaster.
+#  (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_hostmaster=hostmaster@example.org
+
+#
+# DNS Servers for LDAP DNS driver
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid URL representing a DNS server
+#  (multi valued)
+#ldap_dns_servers=dns.example.org
+
+#
+# Base distinguished name for the LDAP search query
+#
+# This option helps to decide where to look up the host in LDAP.
+#  (string value)
+#ldap_dns_base_dn=ou=hosts,dc=example,dc=org
+
+#
+# Refresh interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# Time interval, a secondary/slave DNS server waits before requesting for
+# primary DNS server's current SOA record. If the records are different,
+# secondary DNS server will request a zone transfer from primary.
+#
+# NOTE: Lower values would cause more traffic.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_refresh=1800
+
+#
+# Retry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# Time interval, a secondary/slave DNS server should wait, if an
+# attempt to transfer zone failed during the previous refresh interval.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_retry=3600
+
+#
+# Expiry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# Time interval, a secondary/slave DNS server holds the information
+# before it is no longer considered authoritative.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_expiry=86400
+
+#
+# Minimum interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# It is Minimum time-to-live applies for all resource records in the
+# zone file. This value is supplied to other servers how long they
+# should keep the data in cache.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_minimum=7200
+
+# DEPRECATED: The topic network nodes listen on (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#network_topic=network
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Default value for multi_host in networks.
+#
+# nova-network service can operate in a multi-host or single-host mode.
+# In multi-host mode each compute node runs a copy of nova-network and the
+# instances on that compute node use the compute node as a gateway to the
+# Internet. Where as in single-host mode, a central server runs the nova-network
+# service. All compute nodes forward traffic from the instances to the
+# cloud controller which then forwards traffic to the Internet.
+#
+# If this options is set to true, some rpc network calls will be sent directly
+# to host.
+#
+# Note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#multi_host=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Driver to use for network creation.
+#
+# Network driver initializes (creates bridges and so on) only when the
+# first VM lands on a host node. All network managers configure the
+# network using network drivers. The driver is not tied to any particular
+# network manager.
+#
+# The default Linux driver implements vlans, bridges, and iptables rules
+# using linux utilities.
+#
+# Note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead
+# of Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#network_driver=nova.network.linux_net
+
+#
+# Firewall driver to use with ``nova-network`` service.
+#
+# This option only applies when using the ``nova-network`` service. When using
+# another networking services, such as Neutron, this should be to set to the
+# ``nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver``.
+#
+# If unset (the default), this will default to the hypervisor-specified
+# default driver.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.virt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver
+# * nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver
+# * nova.virt.libvirt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver
+# * [...]
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``use_neutron``: This must be set to ``False`` to enable ``nova-network``
+#   networking
+#  (string value)
+#firewall_driver=<None>
+firewall_driver = nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver
+
+#
+# Determine whether to allow network traffic from same network.
+#
+# When set to true, hosts on the same subnet are not filtered and are allowed
+# to pass all types of traffic between them. On a flat network, this allows
+# all instances from all projects unfiltered communication. With VLAN
+# networking, this allows access between instances within the same project.
+#
+# This option only applies when using the ``nova-network`` service. When using
+# another networking services, such as Neutron, security groups or other
+# approaches should be used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Network traffic should be allowed pass between all instances on the
+#   same network, regardless of their tenant and security policies
+# * False: Network traffic should not be allowed pass between instances unless
+#   it is unblocked in a security group
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``use_neutron``: This must be set to ``False`` to enable ``nova-network``
+#   networking
+# * ``firewall_driver``: This must be set to
+#   ``nova.virt.libvirt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver`` to ensure the
+#   libvirt firewall driver is enabled.
+#  (boolean value)
+#allow_same_net_traffic=true
+
+#
+# Filename that will be used for storing websocket frames received
+# and sent by a proxy service (like VNC, spice, serial) running on this host.
+# If this is not set, no recording will be done.
+#  (string value)
+#record=<None>
+
+# Run as a background process. (boolean value)
+#daemon=false
+
+# Disallow non-encrypted connections. (boolean value)
+#ssl_only=false
+
+# Set to True if source host is addressed with IPv6. (boolean value)
+#source_is_ipv6=false
+
+# Path to SSL certificate file. (string value)
+#cert=self.pem
+
+# SSL key file (if separate from cert). (string value)
+#key=<None>
+
+#
+# Path to directory with content which will be served by a web server.
+#  (string value)
+#web=/usr/share/spice-html5
+
+#
+# The directory where the Nova python modules are installed.
+#
+# This directory is used to store template files for networking and remote
+# console access. It is also the default path for other config options which
+# need to persist Nova internal data. It is very unlikely that you need to
+# change this option from its default value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The full path to a directory.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``state_path``
+#  (string value)
+#pybasedir=/build/nova-elxmSs/nova-15.0.2
+
+#
+# The directory where the Nova binaries are installed.
+#
+# This option is only relevant if the networking capabilities from Nova are
+# used (see services below). Nova's networking capabilities are targeted to
+# be fully replaced by Neutron in the future. It is very unlikely that you need
+# to change this option from its default value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The full path to a directory.
+#  (string value)
+#bindir=/usr/local/bin
+
+#
+# The top-level directory for maintaining Nova's state.
+#
+# This directory is used to store Nova's internal state. It is used by a
+# variety of other config options which derive from this. In some scenarios
+# (for example migrations) it makes sense to use a storage location which is
+# shared between multiple compute hosts (for example via NFS). Unless the
+# option ``instances_path`` gets overwritten, this directory can grow very
+# large.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The full path to a directory. Defaults to value provided in ``pybasedir``.
+#  (string value)
+state_path=/var/lib/nova
+
+#
+# Number of seconds indicating how frequently the state of services on a
+# given hypervisor is reported. Nova needs to know this to determine the
+# overall health of the deployment.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * service_down_time
+#   report_interval should be less than service_down_time. If service_down_time
+#   is less than report_interval, services will routinely be considered down,
+#   because they report in too rarely.
+#  (integer value)
+#report_interval=10
+report_interval = {{ compute.get('report_interval', '60') }}
+
+#
+# Maximum time in seconds since last check-in for up service
+#
+# Each compute node periodically updates their database status based on the
+# specified report interval. If the compute node hasn't updated the status
+# for more than service_down_time, then the compute node is considered down.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * report_interval (service_down_time should not be less than report_interval)
+#  (integer value)
+#service_down_time=60
+service_down_time=90
+
+#
+# Enable periodic tasks.
+#
+# If set to true, this option allows services to periodically run tasks
+# on the manager.
+#
+# In case of running multiple schedulers or conductors you may want to run
+# periodic tasks on only one host - in this case disable this option for all
+# hosts but one.
+#  (boolean value)
+#periodic_enable=true
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to randomly delay when starting the periodic task
+# scheduler to reduce stampeding.
+#
+# When compute workers are restarted in unison across a cluster,
+# they all end up running the periodic tasks at the same time
+# causing problems for the external services. To mitigate this
+# behavior, periodic_fuzzy_delay option allows you to introduce a
+# random initial delay when starting the periodic task scheduler.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer (in seconds)
+# * 0 : disable the random delay
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#periodic_fuzzy_delay=60
+
+# List of APIs to be enabled by default. (list value)
+enabled_apis=osapi_compute,metadata
+
+#
+# List of APIs with enabled SSL.
+#
+# Nova provides SSL support for the API servers. enabled_ssl_apis option
+# allows configuring the SSL support.
+#  (list value)
+#enabled_ssl_apis =
+
+#
+# IP address on which the OpenStack API will listen.
+#
+# The OpenStack API service listens on this IP address for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (string value)
+#osapi_compute_listen=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port on which the OpenStack API will listen.
+#
+# The OpenStack API service listens on this port number for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#osapi_compute_listen_port=8774
+
+#
+# Number of workers for OpenStack API service. The default will be the number
+# of CPUs available.
+#
+# OpenStack API services can be configured to run as multi-process (workers).
+# This overcomes the problem of reduction in throughput when API request
+# concurrency increases. OpenStack API service will run in the specified
+# number of processes.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer
+# * None (default value)
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#osapi_compute_workers=<None>
+
+#
+# IP address on which the metadata API will listen.
+#
+# The metadata API service listens on this IP address for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (string value)
+#metadata_listen=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port on which the metadata API will listen.
+#
+# The metadata API service listens on this port number for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#metadata_listen_port=8775
+
+#
+# Number of workers for metadata service. If not specified the number of
+# available CPUs will be used.
+#
+# The metadata service can be configured to run as multi-process (workers).
+# This overcomes the problem of reduction in throughput when API request
+# concurrency increases. The metadata service will run in the specified
+# number of processes.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer
+# * None (default value)
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#metadata_workers=<None>
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for network (string value)
+# Allowed values: nova.network.manager.FlatManager, nova.network.manager.FlatDHCPManager, nova.network.manager.VlanManager
+#network_manager=nova.network.manager.VlanManager
+
+#
+# This option specifies the driver to be used for the servicegroup service.
+#
+# ServiceGroup API in nova enables checking status of a compute node. When a
+# compute worker running the nova-compute daemon starts, it calls the join API
+# to join the compute group. Services like nova scheduler can query the
+# ServiceGroup API to check if a node is alive. Internally, the ServiceGroup
+# client driver automatically updates the compute worker status. There are
+# multiple backend implementations for this service: Database ServiceGroup
+# driver
+# and Memcache ServiceGroup driver.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+#     * db : Database ServiceGroup driver
+#     * mc : Memcache ServiceGroup driver
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+#     * service_down_time (maximum time since last check-in for up service)
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: db, mc
+#servicegroup_driver=db
+
+#
+# From oslo.log
+#
+
+# If set to true, the logging level will be set to DEBUG instead of the default
+# INFO level. (boolean value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+#debug=false
+debug=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: If set to false, the logging level will be set to WARNING instead
+# of the default INFO level. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#verbose=true
+verbose=true
+
+# The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any
+# existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration
+# files, see the Python logging module documentation. Note that when logging
+# configuration files are used then all logging configuration is set in the
+# configuration file and other logging configuration options are ignored (for
+# example, logging_context_format_string). (string value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/log_config
+#log_config_append=<None>
+
+# Defines the format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default:
+# %(default)s . This option is ignored if log_config_append is set. (string
+# value)
+#log_date_format=%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
+
+# (Optional) Name of log file to send logging output to. If no default is set,
+# logging will go to stderr as defined by use_stderr. This option is ignored if
+# log_config_append is set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logfile
+#log_file=<None>
+
+# (Optional) The base directory used for relative log_file  paths. This option
+# is ignored if log_config_append is set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logdir
+log_dir=/var/log/nova
+
+# Uses logging handler designed to watch file system. When log file is moved or
+# removed this handler will open a new log file with specified path
+# instantaneously. It makes sense only if log_file option is specified and Linux
+# platform is used. This option is ignored if log_config_append is set. (boolean
+# value)
+#watch_log_file=false
+
+# Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED and will be
+# changed later to honor RFC5424. This option is ignored if log_config_append is
+# set. (boolean value)
+#use_syslog=false
+
+# Syslog facility to receive log lines. This option is ignored if
+# log_config_append is set. (string value)
+#syslog_log_facility=LOG_USER
+
+# Log output to standard error. This option is ignored if log_config_append is
+# set. (boolean value)
+#use_stderr=false
+
+# Format string to use for log messages with context. (string value)
+#logging_context_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Format string to use for log messages when context is undefined. (string
+# value)
+#logging_default_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Additional data to append to log message when logging level for the message is
+# DEBUG. (string value)
+#logging_debug_format_suffix=%(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d
+
+# Prefix each line of exception output with this format. (string value)
+#logging_exception_prefix=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d ERROR %(name)s %(instance)s
+
+# Defines the format string for %(user_identity)s that is used in
+# logging_context_format_string. (string value)
+#logging_user_identity_format=%(user)s %(tenant)s %(domain)s %(user_domain)s %(project_domain)s
+
+# List of package logging levels in logger=LEVEL pairs. This option is ignored
+# if log_config_append is set. (list value)
+#default_log_levels=amqp=WARN,amqplib=WARN,boto=WARN,qpid=WARN,sqlalchemy=WARN,suds=INFO,oslo.messaging=INFO,iso8601=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,websocket=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.util.retry=WARN,urllib3.util.retry=WARN,keystonemiddleware=WARN,routes.middleware=WARN,stevedore=WARN,taskflow=WARN,keystoneauth=WARN,oslo.cache=INFO,dogpile.core.dogpile=INFO
+
+# Enables or disables publication of error events. (boolean value)
+#publish_errors=false
+
+# The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. (string value)
+#instance_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. (string
+# value)
+#instance_uuid_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# Interval, number of seconds, of log rate limiting. (integer value)
+#rate_limit_interval=0
+
+# Maximum number of logged messages per rate_limit_interval. (integer value)
+#rate_limit_burst=0
+
+# Log level name used by rate limiting: CRITICAL, ERROR, INFO, WARNING, DEBUG or
+# empty string. Logs with level greater or equal to rate_limit_except_level are
+# not filtered. An empty string means that all levels are filtered. (string
+# value)
+#rate_limit_except_level=CRITICAL
+
+# Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. (boolean value)
+#fatal_deprecations=false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Size of RPC connection pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_conn_pool_size
+#rpc_conn_pool_size=30
+
+# The pool size limit for connections expiration policy (integer value)
+#conn_pool_min_size=2
+
+# The time-to-live in sec of idle connections in the pool (integer value)
+#conn_pool_ttl=1200
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_address
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address=*
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+# Allowed values: redis, sentinel, dummy
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_matchmaker
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker=redis
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_contexts
+#rpc_zmq_contexts=1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_topic_backlog
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog=<None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_ipc_dir
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir=/var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_host
+#rpc_zmq_host=localhost
+
+# Number of seconds to wait before all pending messages will be sent after
+# closing a socket. The default value of -1 specifies an infinite linger period.
+# The value of 0 specifies no linger period. Pending messages shall be discarded
+# immediately when the socket is closed. Positive values specify an upper bound
+# for the linger period. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_cast_timeout
+#zmq_linger=-1
+zmq_linger=30
+
+# The default number of seconds that poll should wait. Poll raises timeout
+# exception when timeout expired. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_poll_timeout
+#rpc_poll_timeout=1
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a name service record about existing target (
+# < 0 means no timeout). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_expire
+#zmq_target_expire=300
+
+# Update period in seconds of a name service record about existing target.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_update
+#zmq_target_update=180
+
+# Use PUB/SUB pattern for fanout methods. PUB/SUB always uses proxy. (boolean
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_pub_sub
+#use_pub_sub=false
+
+# Use ROUTER remote proxy. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_router_proxy
+#use_router_proxy=false
+
+# This option makes direct connections dynamic or static. It makes sense only
+# with use_router_proxy=False which means to use direct connections for direct
+# message types (ignored otherwise). (boolean value)
+#use_dynamic_connections=false
+
+# How many additional connections to a host will be made for failover reasons.
+# This option is actual only in dynamic connections mode. (integer value)
+#zmq_failover_connections=2
+
+# Minimal port number for random ports range. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_min_port
+#rpc_zmq_min_port=49153
+
+# Maximal port number for random ports range. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65536
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_max_port
+#rpc_zmq_max_port=65536
+
+# Number of retries to find free port number before fail with ZMQBindError.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries
+#rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries=100
+
+# Default serialization mechanism for serializing/deserializing
+# outgoing/incoming messages (string value)
+# Allowed values: json, msgpack
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_serialization
+#rpc_zmq_serialization=json
+
+# This option configures round-robin mode in zmq socket. True means not keeping
+# a queue when server side disconnects. False means to keep queue and messages
+# even if server is disconnected, when the server appears we send all
+# accumulated messages to it. (boolean value)
+#zmq_immediate=true
+
+# Enable/disable TCP keepalive (KA) mechanism. The default value of -1 (or any
+# other negative value) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default;
+# 0 and 1 (or any other positive value) mean to disable and enable the option
+# respectively. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive=-1
+
+# The duration between two keepalive transmissions in idle condition. The unit
+# is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in Windows
+# etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means to skip
+# any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_idle=-1
+
+# The number of retransmissions to be carried out before declaring that remote
+# end is not available. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and
+# 0) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_cnt=-1
+
+# The duration between two successive keepalive retransmissions, if
+# acknowledgement to the previous keepalive transmission is not received. The
+# unit is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in
+# Windows etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means
+# to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_intvl=-1
+
+# Maximum number of (green) threads to work concurrently. (integer value)
+#rpc_thread_pool_size=100
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a sent/received message after which it is not
+# tracked anymore by a client/server. (integer value)
+#rpc_message_ttl=300
+
+# Wait for message acknowledgements from receivers. This mechanism works only
+# via proxy without PUB/SUB. (boolean value)
+#rpc_use_acks=false
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for an ack from a cast/call. After each retry
+# attempt this timeout is multiplied by some specified multiplier. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_base=15
+
+# Number to multiply base ack timeout by after each retry attempt. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_multiplier=2
+
+# Default number of message sending attempts in case of any problems occurred:
+# positive value N means at most N retries, 0 means no retries, None or -1 (or
+# any other negative values) mean to retry forever. This option is used only if
+# acknowledgments are enabled. (integer value)
+#rpc_retry_attempts=3
+
+# List of publisher hosts SubConsumer can subscribe on. This option has higher
+# priority then the default publishers list taken from the matchmaker. (list
+# value)
+#subscribe_on =
+
+# Size of executor thread pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_thread_pool_size
+#executor_thread_pool_size=64
+executor_thread_pool_size=70
+
+# Seconds to wait for a response from a call. (integer value)
+#rpc_response_timeout=60
+rpc_response_timeout = 3600
+
+{%- set rabbit_port = compute.message_queue.get('port', 5671 if compute.message_queue.get('ssl',{}).get('enabled', False) else 5672) %}
+
+{%- if compute.message_queue.members is defined %}
+transport_url = rabbit://{% for member in compute.message_queue.members -%}
+                             {{ compute.message_queue.user }}:{{ compute.message_queue.password }}@{{ member.host }}:{{ member.get('port', rabbit_port) }}
+                             {%- if not loop.last -%},{%- endif -%}
+                         {%- endfor -%}
+                             /{{ compute.message_queue.virtual_host }}
+{%- else %}
+transport_url = rabbit://{{ compute.message_queue.user }}:{{ compute.message_queue.password }}@{{ compute.message_queue.host }}:{{ rabbit_port}}/{{ compute.message_queue.virtual_host }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# DEPRECATED: The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers
+# include amqp and zmq. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rpc_backend=rabbit
+
+# The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an
+# exchange name specified in the transport_url option. (string value)
+#control_exchange=openstack
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.periodic_task
+#
+
+# Some periodic tasks can be run in a separate process. Should we run them here?
+# (boolean value)
+#run_external_periodic_tasks=true
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.service
+#
+
+# Enable eventlet backdoor.  Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>,
+# where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in
+# listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port
+# is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port
+# number within the specified range of port numbers.  The chosen port is
+# displayed in the service's log file. (string value)
+#backdoor_port=<None>
+
+# Enable eventlet backdoor, using the provided path as a unix socket that can
+# receive connections. This option is mutually exclusive with 'backdoor_port' in
+# that only one should be provided. If both are provided then the existence of
+# this option overrides the usage of that option. (string value)
+#backdoor_socket=<None>
+
+# Enables or disables logging values of all registered options when starting a
+# service (at DEBUG level). (boolean value)
+#log_options=true
+
+# Specify a timeout after which a gracefully shutdown server will exit. Zero
+# value means endless wait. (integer value)
+#graceful_shutdown_timeout=60
+
+
+[api]
+#
+# Options under this group are used to define Nova API.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# This determines the strategy to use for authentication: keystone or noauth2.
+# 'noauth2' is designed for testing only, as it does no actual credential
+# checking. 'noauth2' provides administrative credentials only if 'admin' is
+# specified as the username.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: keystone, noauth2
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/auth_strategy
+#auth_strategy=keystone
+auth_strategy=keystone
+
+#
+# When True, the 'X-Forwarded-For' header is treated as the canonical remote
+# address. When False (the default), the 'remote_address' header is used.
+#
+# You should only enable this if you have an HTML sanitizing proxy.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_forwarded_for
+#use_forwarded_for=false
+
+#
+# When gathering the existing metadata for a config drive, the EC2-style
+# metadata is returned for all versions that don't appear in this option.
+# As of the Liberty release, the available versions are:
+#
+# * 1.0
+# * 2007-01-19
+# * 2007-03-01
+# * 2007-08-29
+# * 2007-10-10
+# * 2007-12-15
+# * 2008-02-01
+# * 2008-09-01
+# * 2009-04-04
+#
+# The option is in the format of a single string, with each version separated
+# by a space.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents zero or more versions, separated by spaces.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/config_drive_skip_versions
+#config_drive_skip_versions=1.0 2007-01-19 2007-03-01 2007-08-29 2007-10-10 2007-12-15 2008-02-01 2008-09-01
+
+#
+# A list of vendordata providers.
+#
+# vendordata providers are how deployers can provide metadata via configdrive
+# and metadata that is specific to their deployment. There are currently two
+# supported providers: StaticJSON and DynamicJSON.
+#
+# StaticJSON reads a JSON file configured by the flag vendordata_jsonfile_path
+# and places the JSON from that file into vendor_data.json and
+# vendor_data2.json.
+#
+# DynamicJSON is configured via the vendordata_dynamic_targets flag, which is
+# documented separately. For each of the endpoints specified in that flag, a
+# section is added to the vendor_data2.json.
+#
+# For more information on the requirements for implementing a vendordata
+# dynamic endpoint, please see the vendordata.rst file in the nova developer
+# reference.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of vendordata providers, with StaticJSON and DynamicJSON being
+#   current options.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_providers
+#vendordata_providers =
+
+#
+# A list of targets for the dynamic vendordata provider. These targets are of
+# the form <name>@<url>.
+#
+# The dynamic vendordata provider collects metadata by contacting external REST
+# services and querying them for information about the instance. This behaviour
+# is documented in the vendordata.rst file in the nova developer reference.
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_targets
+#vendordata_dynamic_targets =
+
+#
+# Path to an optional certificate file or CA bundle to verify dynamic
+# vendordata REST services ssl certificates against.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An empty string, or a path to a valid certificate file
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+#vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile =
+
+#
+# Maximum wait time for an external REST service to connect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any integer with a value greater than three (the TCP packet retransmission
+#   timeout). Note that instance start may be blocked during this wait time,
+#   so this value should be kept small.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 3
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+#vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout=5
+
+#
+# Maximum wait time for an external REST service to return data once connected.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any integer. Note that instance start is blocked during this wait time,
+#   so this value should be kept small.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+#vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout=5
+
+#
+# Should failures to fetch dynamic vendordata be fatal to instance boot?
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+#  (boolean value)
+#vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal=false
+
+#
+# This option is the time (in seconds) to cache metadata. When set to 0,
+# metadata caching is disabled entirely; this is generally not recommended for
+# performance reasons. Increasing this setting should improve response times
+# of the metadata API when under heavy load. Higher values may increase memory
+# usage, and result in longer times for host metadata changes to take effect.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/metadata_cache_expiration
+#metadata_cache_expiration=15
+
+#
+# Cloud providers may store custom data in vendor data file that will then be
+# available to the instances via the metadata service, and to the rendering of
+# config-drive. The default class for this, JsonFileVendorData, loads this
+# information from a JSON file, whose path is configured by this option. If
+# there is no path set by this option, the class returns an empty dictionary.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing the path to the data file, or an empty string
+#     (default).
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_jsonfile_path
+#vendordata_jsonfile_path=<None>
+
+#
+# As a query can potentially return many thousands of items, you can limit the
+# maximum number of items in a single response by setting this option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_max_limit
+#max_limit=1000
+
+#
+# This string is prepended to the normal URL that is returned in links to the
+# OpenStack Compute API. If it is empty (the default), the URLs are returned
+# unchanged.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string, including an empty string (the default).
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_compute_link_prefix
+#compute_link_prefix=<None>
+
+#
+# This string is prepended to the normal URL that is returned in links to
+# Glance resources. If it is empty (the default), the URLs are returned
+# unchanged.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string, including an empty string (the default).
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_glance_link_prefix
+#glance_link_prefix=<None>
+
+#
+# Operators can turn off the ability for a user to take snapshots of their
+# instances by setting this option to False. When disabled, any attempt to
+# take a snapshot will result in a HTTP 400 response ("Bad Request").
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/allow_instance_snapshots
+#allow_instance_snapshots=true
+
+#
+# This option is a list of all instance states for which network address
+# information should not be returned from the API.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#   A list of strings, where each string is a valid VM state, as defined in
+#   nova/compute/vm_states.py. As of the Newton release, they are:
+#
+# * "active"
+# * "building"
+# * "paused"
+# * "suspended"
+# * "stopped"
+# * "rescued"
+# * "resized"
+# * "soft-delete"
+# * "deleted"
+# * "error"
+# * "shelved"
+# * "shelved_offloaded"
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_hide_server_address_states
+#hide_server_address_states=building
+
+# The full path to the fping binary. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fping_path
+#fping_path=/usr/sbin/fping
+
+#
+# When True, the TenantNetworkController will query the Neutron API to get the
+# default networks to use.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * neutron_default_tenant_id
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_neutron_default_nets
+#use_neutron_default_nets=false
+
+#
+# Tenant ID for getting the default network from Neutron API (also referred in
+# some places as the 'project ID') to use.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron_default_nets
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/neutron_default_tenant_id
+#neutron_default_tenant_id=default
+
+#
+# Enables returning of the instance password by the relevant server API calls
+# such as create, rebuild, evacuate, or rescue. If the hypervisor does not
+# support password injection, then the password returned will not be correct,
+# so if your hypervisor does not support password injection, set this to False.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/enable_instance_password
+#enable_instance_password=true
+
+
+[api_database]
+#
+# The *Nova API Database* is a separate database which is used for information
+# which is used across *cells*. This database is mandatory since the Mitaka
+# release (13.0.0).
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+connection=sqlite:////var/lib/nova/nova.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by
+# the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. Setting a value of 0
+# indicates no limit. (integer value)
+#max_pool_size=<None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+#max_overflow=<None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+{%- if compute.get('barbican', {}).get('enabled', False) %}
+[barbican]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# Use this endpoint to connect to Barbican, for example:
+# "http://localhost:9311/" (string value)
+#barbican_endpoint=<None>
+
+# Version of the Barbican API, for example: "v1" (string value)
+#barbican_api_version=<None>
+
+# Use this endpoint to connect to Keystone (string value)
+auth_endpoint={{ compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.identity.get('host', 'localhost') }}:{{ compute.identity.get('port', '5000') }}/v3
+{%- if compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ compute.identity.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# Number of seconds to wait before retrying poll for key creation completion
+# (integer value)
+#retry_delay=1
+
+# Number of times to retry poll for key creation completion (integer value)
+#number_of_retries=60
+{%- endif %}
+
+[cache]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+{%- if compute.cache is defined %}
+backend = oslo_cache.memcache_pool
+enabled = true
+memcache_servers={%- for member in compute.cache.members %}{{ member.host }}:11211{% if not loop.last %},{% endif %}{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+# Prefix for building the configuration dictionary for the cache region. This
+# should not need to be changed unless there is another dogpile.cache region
+# with the same configuration name. (string value)
+#config_prefix=cache.oslo
+
+# Default TTL, in seconds, for any cached item in the dogpile.cache region. This
+# applies to any cached method that doesn't have an explicit cache expiration
+# time defined for it. (integer value)
+#expiration_time=600
+
+# Dogpile.cache backend module. It is recommended that Memcache or Redis
+# (dogpile.cache.redis) be used in production deployments. For eventlet-based or
+# highly threaded servers, Memcache with pooling (oslo_cache.memcache_pool) is
+# recommended. For low thread servers, dogpile.cache.memcached is recommended.
+# Test environments with a single instance of the server can use the
+# dogpile.cache.memory backend. (string value)
+#backend=dogpile.cache.null
+
+# Arguments supplied to the backend module. Specify this option once per
+# argument to be passed to the dogpile.cache backend. Example format:
+# "<argname>:<value>". (multi valued)
+#backend_argument =
+
+# Proxy classes to import that will affect the way the dogpile.cache backend
+# functions. See the dogpile.cache documentation on changing-backend-behavior.
+# (list value)
+#proxies =
+
+# Global toggle for caching. (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+# Extra debugging from the cache backend (cache keys, get/set/delete/etc calls).
+# This is only really useful if you need to see the specific cache-backend
+# get/set/delete calls with the keys/values.  Typically this should be left set
+# to false. (boolean value)
+#debug_cache_backend=false
+
+# Memcache servers in the format of "host:port". (dogpile.cache.memcache and
+# oslo_cache.memcache_pool backends only). (list value)
+#memcache_servers=localhost:11211
+
+# Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is tried
+# again. (dogpile.cache.memcache and oslo_cache.memcache_pool backends only).
+# (integer value)
+#memcache_dead_retry=300
+
+# Timeout in seconds for every call to a server. (dogpile.cache.memcache and
+# oslo_cache.memcache_pool backends only). (integer value)
+#memcache_socket_timeout=3
+
+# Max total number of open connections to every memcached server.
+# (oslo_cache.memcache_pool backend only). (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize=10
+
+# Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the pool before
+# it is closed. (oslo_cache.memcache_pool backend only). (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout=60
+
+# Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcache client
+# connection. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_connection_get_timeout=10
+
+
+[cells]
+#
+# Cells options allow you to use cells functionality in openstack
+# deployment.
+#
+# Note that the options in this group are only for cells v1 functionality, which
+# is considered experimental and not recommended for new deployments. Cells v1
+# is being replaced with cells v2, which starting in the 15.0.0 Ocata release is
+# required and all Nova deployments will be at least a cells v2 cell of one.
+#
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Topic.
+#
+# This is the message queue topic that cells nodes listen on. It is
+# used when the cells service is started up to configure the queue,
+# and whenever an RPC call to the scheduler is made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * cells: This is the recommended and the default value.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# Configurable RPC topics provide little value and can result in a wide variety
+# of errors. They should not be used.
+#topic=cells
+
+#
+# Enable cell v1 functionality.
+#
+# Note that cells v1 is considered experimental and not recommended for new
+# Nova deployments. Cells v1 is being replaced by cells v2 which starting in
+# the 15.0.0 Ocata release, all Nova deployments are at least a cells v2 cell
+# of one. Setting this option, or any other options in the [cells] group, is
+# not required for cells v2.
+#
+# When this functionality is enabled, it lets you to scale an OpenStack
+# Compute cloud in a more distributed fashion without having to use
+# complicated technologies like database and message queue clustering.
+# Cells are configured as a tree. The top-level cell should have a host
+# that runs a nova-api service, but no nova-compute services. Each
+# child cell should run all of the typical nova-* services in a regular
+# Compute cloud except for nova-api. You can think of cells as a normal
+# Compute deployment in that each cell has its own database server and
+# message queue broker.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * name: A unique cell name must be given when this functionality
+#   is enabled.
+# * cell_type: Cell type should be defined for all cells.
+#  (boolean value)
+enable=False
+
+#
+# Name of the current cell.
+#
+# This value must be unique for each cell. Name of a cell is used as
+# its id, leaving this option unset or setting the same name for
+# two or more cells may cause unexpected behaviour.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled: This option is meaningful only when cells service
+#   is enabled
+#  (string value)
+#name=nova
+
+#
+# Cell capabilities.
+#
+# List of arbitrary key=value pairs defining capabilities of the
+# current cell to be sent to the parent cells. These capabilities
+# are intended to be used in cells scheduler filters/weighers.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * key=value pairs list for example;
+#   ``hypervisor=xenserver;kvm,os=linux;windows``
+#  (list value)
+#capabilities=hypervisor=xenserver;kvm,os=linux;windows
+
+#
+# Call timeout.
+#
+# Cell messaging module waits for response(s) to be put into the
+# eventlet queue. This option defines the seconds waited for
+# response from a call to a cell.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to the interval time in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#call_timeout=60
+
+#
+# Reserve percentage
+#
+# Percentage of cell capacity to hold in reserve, so the minimum
+# amount of free resource is considered to be;
+#
+#     min_free = total * (reserve_percent / 100.0)
+#
+# This option affects both memory and disk utilization.
+#
+# The primary purpose of this reserve is to ensure some space is
+# available for users who want to resize their instance to be larger.
+# Note that currently once the capacity expands into this reserve
+# space this option is ignored.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float, corresponding to the percentage of cell capacity to
+#   be held in reserve.
+#  (floating point value)
+#reserve_percent=10.0
+
+#
+# Type of cell.
+#
+# When cells feature is enabled the hosts in the OpenStack Compute
+# cloud are partitioned into groups. Cells are configured as a tree.
+# The top-level cell's cell_type must be set to ``api``. All other
+# cells are defined as a ``compute cell`` by default.
+#
+# Related option:
+#
+# * quota_driver: Disable quota checking for the child cells.
+#   (nova.quota.NoopQuotaDriver)
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: api, compute
+#cell_type=compute
+
+#
+# Mute child interval.
+#
+# Number of seconds after which a lack of capability and capacity
+# update the child cell is to be treated as a mute cell. Then the
+# child cell will be weighed as recommend highly that it be skipped.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to the interval time in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#mute_child_interval=300
+
+#
+# Bandwidth update interval.
+#
+# Seconds between bandwidth usage cache updates for cells.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to the interval time in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#bandwidth_update_interval=600
+
+#
+# Instance update sync database limit.
+#
+# Number of instances to pull from the database at one time for
+# a sync. If there are more instances to update the results will
+# be paged through.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to a number of instances.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_update_sync_database_limit=100
+
+#
+# Mute weight multiplier.
+#
+# Multiplier used to weigh mute children. Mute children cells are
+# recommended to be skipped so their weight is multiplied by this
+# negative value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Negative numeric number
+#  (floating point value)
+#mute_weight_multiplier=-10000.0
+
+#
+# Ram weight multiplier.
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing ram. Negative numbers indicate that
+# Compute should stack VMs on one host instead of spreading out new
+# VMs to more hosts in the cell.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Numeric multiplier
+#  (floating point value)
+#ram_weight_multiplier=10.0
+
+#
+# Offset weight multiplier
+#
+# Multiplier used to weigh offset weigher. Cells with higher
+# weight_offsets in the DB will be preferred. The weight_offset
+# is a property of a cell stored in the database. It can be used
+# by a deployer to have scheduling decisions favor or disfavor
+# cells based on the setting.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Numeric multiplier
+#  (floating point value)
+#offset_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# Instance updated at threshold
+#
+# Number of seconds after an instance was updated or deleted to
+# continue to update cells. This option lets cells manager to only
+# attempt to sync instances that have been updated recently.
+# i.e., a threshold of 3600 means to only update instances that
+# have modified in the last hour.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Threshold in seconds
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``instance_update_num_instances``
+#   value in a periodic task run.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_updated_at_threshold=3600
+
+#
+# Instance update num instances
+#
+# On every run of the periodic task, nova cells manager will attempt to
+# sync instance_updated_at_threshold number of instances. When the
+# manager gets the list of instances, it shuffles them so that multiple
+# nova-cells services do not attempt to sync the same instances in
+# lockstep.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer number
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``instance_updated_at_threshold``
+#   value in a periodic task run.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_update_num_instances=1
+
+#
+# Maximum hop count
+#
+# When processing a targeted message, if the local cell is not the
+# target, a route is defined between neighbouring cells. And the
+# message is processed across the whole routing path. This option
+# defines the maximum hop counts until reaching the target.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer value
+#  (integer value)
+#max_hop_count=10
+
+#
+# Cells scheduler.
+#
+# The class of the driver used by the cells scheduler. This should be
+# the full Python path to the class to be used. If nothing is specified
+# in this option, the CellsScheduler is used.
+#  (string value)
+#scheduler=nova.cells.scheduler.CellsScheduler
+
+#
+# RPC driver queue base.
+#
+# When sending a message to another cell by JSON-ifying the message
+# and making an RPC cast to 'process_message', a base queue is used.
+# This option defines the base queue name to be used when communicating
+# between cells. Various topics by message type will be appended to this.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The base queue name to be used when communicating between cells.
+#  (string value)
+#rpc_driver_queue_base=cells.intercell
+
+#
+# Scheduler filter classes.
+#
+# Filter classes the cells scheduler should use. An entry of
+# "nova.cells.filters.all_filters" maps to all cells filters
+# included with nova. As of the Mitaka release the following
+# filter classes are available:
+#
+# Different cell filter: A scheduler hint of 'different_cell'
+# with a value of a full cell name may be specified to route
+# a build away from a particular cell.
+#
+# Image properties filter: Image metadata named
+# 'hypervisor_version_requires' with a version specification
+# may be specified to ensure the build goes to a cell which
+# has hypervisors of the required version. If either the version
+# requirement on the image or the hypervisor capability of the
+# cell is not present, this filter returns without filtering out
+# the cells.
+#
+# Target cell filter: A scheduler hint of 'target_cell' with a
+# value of a full cell name may be specified to route a build to
+# a particular cell. No error handling is done as there's no way
+# to know whether the full path is a valid.
+#
+# As an admin user, you can also add a filter that directs builds
+# to a particular cell.
+#
+#  (list value)
+#scheduler_filter_classes=nova.cells.filters.all_filters
+
+#
+# Scheduler weight classes.
+#
+# Weigher classes the cells scheduler should use. An entry of
+# "nova.cells.weights.all_weighers" maps to all cell weighers
+# included with nova. As of the Mitaka release the following
+# weight classes are available:
+#
+# mute_child: Downgrades the likelihood of child cells being
+# chosen for scheduling requests, which haven't sent capacity
+# or capability updates in a while. Options include
+# mute_weight_multiplier (multiplier for mute children; value
+# should be negative).
+#
+# ram_by_instance_type: Select cells with the most RAM capacity
+# for the instance type being requested. Because higher weights
+# win, Compute returns the number of available units for the
+# instance type requested. The ram_weight_multiplier option defaults
+# to 10.0 that adds to the weight by a factor of 10. Use a negative
+# number to stack VMs on one host instead of spreading out new VMs
+# to more hosts in the cell.
+#
+# weight_offset: Allows modifying the database to weight a particular
+# cell. The highest weight will be the first cell to be scheduled for
+# launching an instance. When the weight_offset of a cell is set to 0,
+# it is unlikely to be picked but it could be picked if other cells
+# have a lower weight, like if they're full. And when the weight_offset
+# is set to a very high value (for example, '999999999999999'), it is
+# likely to be picked if another cell do not have a higher weight.
+#  (list value)
+#scheduler_weight_classes=nova.cells.weights.all_weighers
+
+#
+# Scheduler retries.
+#
+# How many retries when no cells are available. Specifies how many
+# times the scheduler tries to launch a new instance when no cells
+# are available.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer value
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``scheduler_retry_delay`` value
+#   while retrying to find a suitable cell.
+#  (integer value)
+#scheduler_retries=10
+
+#
+# Scheduler retry delay.
+#
+# Specifies the delay (in seconds) between scheduling retries when no
+# cell can be found to place the new instance on. When the instance
+# could not be scheduled to a cell after ``scheduler_retries`` in
+# combination with ``scheduler_retry_delay``, then the scheduling
+# of the instance failed.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``scheduler_retries`` value
+#   while retrying to find a suitable cell.
+#  (integer value)
+#scheduler_retry_delay=2
+
+#
+# DB check interval.
+#
+# Cell state manager updates cell status for all cells from the DB
+# only after this particular interval time is passed. Otherwise cached
+# status are used. If this value is 0 or negative all cell status are
+# updated from the DB whenever a state is needed.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Interval time, in seconds.
+#
+#  (integer value)
+#db_check_interval=60
+
+#
+# Optional cells configuration.
+#
+# Configuration file from which to read cells configuration. If given,
+# overrides reading cells from the database.
+#
+# Cells store all inter-cell communication data, including user names
+# and passwords, in the database. Because the cells data is not updated
+# very frequently, use this option to specify a JSON file to store
+# cells data. With this configuration, the database is no longer
+# consulted when reloading the cells data. The file must have columns
+# present in the Cell model (excluding common database fields and the
+# id column). You must specify the queue connection information through
+# a transport_url field, instead of username, password, and so on.
+#
+# The transport_url has the following form:
+# rabbit://USERNAME:PASSWORD@HOSTNAME:PORT/VIRTUAL_HOST
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# The scheme can be either qpid or rabbit, the following sample shows
+# this optional configuration:
+#
+#     {
+#         "parent": {
+#             "name": "parent",
+#             "api_url": "http://api.example.com:8774",
+#             "transport_url": "rabbit://rabbit.example.com",
+#             "weight_offset": 0.0,
+#             "weight_scale": 1.0,
+#             "is_parent": true
+#         },
+#         "cell1": {
+#             "name": "cell1",
+#             "api_url": "http://api.example.com:8774",
+#             "transport_url": "rabbit://rabbit1.example.com",
+#             "weight_offset": 0.0,
+#             "weight_scale": 1.0,
+#             "is_parent": false
+#         },
+#         "cell2": {
+#             "name": "cell2",
+#             "api_url": "http://api.example.com:8774",
+#             "transport_url": "rabbit://rabbit2.example.com",
+#             "weight_offset": 0.0,
+#             "weight_scale": 1.0,
+#             "is_parent": false
+#         }
+#     }
+#
+#  (string value)
+#cells_config=<None>
+
+
+[cinder]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+os_region_name = {{ compute.identity.region }}
+catalog_info=volumev2:cinderv2:internalURL
+{%- if compute.image.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ compute.identity.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# Info to match when looking for cinder in the service catalog.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Format is separated values of the form:
+#   <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type>
+#
+# Note: Nova does not support the Cinder v1 API since the Nova 15.0.0 Ocata
+# release.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * endpoint_template - Setting this option will override catalog_info
+#  (string value)
+#catalog_info=volumev2:cinderv2:publicURL
+
+#
+# If this option is set then it will override service catalog lookup with
+# this template for cinder endpoint
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * URL for cinder endpoint API
+#   e.g. http://localhost:8776/v2/%(project_id)s
+#
+# Note: Nova does not support the Cinder v1 API since the Nova 15.0.0 Ocata
+# release.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * catalog_info - If endpoint_template is not set, catalog_info will be used.
+#  (string value)
+#endpoint_template=<None>
+
+#
+# Region name of this node. This is used when picking the URL in the service
+# catalog.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing region name
+#  (string value)
+#os_region_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Number of times cinderclient should retry on any failed http call.
+# 0 means connection is attempted only once. Setting it to any positive integer
+# means that on failure connection is retried that many times e.g. setting it
+# to 3 means total attempts to connect will be 4.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any integer value. 0 means connection is attempted only once
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#http_retries=3
+
+#
+# Allow attach between instance and volume in different availability zones.
+#
+# If False, volumes attached to an instance must be in the same availability
+# zone in Cinder as the instance availability zone in Nova.
+# This also means care should be taken when booting an instance from a volume
+# where source is not "volume" because Nova will attempt to create a volume
+# using
+# the same availability zone as what is assigned to the instance.
+# If that AZ is not in Cinder (or allow_availability_zone_fallback=False in
+# cinder.conf), the volume create request will fail and the instance will fail
+# the build request.
+# By default there is no availability zone restriction on volume attach.
+#  (boolean value)
+#cross_az_attach=true
+{%- if compute.cross_az_attach is defined %}
+cross_az_attach={{ compute.cross_az_attach }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+
+[cloudpipe]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Image ID used when starting up a cloudpipe VPN client.
+#
+# An empty instance is created and configured with OpenVPN using
+# boot_script_template. This instance would be snapshotted and stored
+# in glance. ID of the stored image is used in 'vpn_image_id' to
+# create cloudpipe VPN client.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid ID of a VPN image
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vpn_image_id
+#vpn_image_id=0
+
+#
+# Flavor for VPN instances.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid flavor name
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vpn_flavor
+#vpn_flavor=m1.tiny
+
+#
+# Template for cloudpipe instance boot script.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid path to a cloudpipe instance boot script template
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# The following options are required to configure cloudpipe-managed
+# OpenVPN server.
+#
+# * dmz_net
+# * dmz_mask
+# * cnt_vpn_clients
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/boot_script_template
+#boot_script_template=$pybasedir/nova/cloudpipe/bootscript.template
+
+#
+# Network to push into OpenVPN config.
+#
+# Note: Above mentioned OpenVPN config can be found at
+# /etc/openvpn/server.conf.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid IPv4/IPV6 address
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * boot_script_template - dmz_net is pushed into bootscript.template
+#   to configure cloudpipe-managed OpenVPN server
+#  (IP address value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dmz_net
+#dmz_net=10.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Netmask to push into OpenVPN config.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid IPv4/IPV6 netmask
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * dmz_net - dmz_net and dmz_mask is pushed into bootscript.template
+#   to configure cloudpipe-managed OpenVPN server
+# * boot_script_template
+#  (IP address value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dmz_mask
+#dmz_mask=255.255.255.0
+
+#
+# Suffix to add to project name for VPN key and secgroups
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string value representing the VPN key suffix
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vpn_key_suffix
+#vpn_key_suffix=-vpn
+
+
+[conductor]
+#
+# Options under this group are used to define Conductor's communication,
+# which manager should be act as a proxy between computes and database,
+# and finally, how many worker processes will be used.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Topic exchange name on which conductor nodes listen.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#topic=conductor
+
+#
+# Number of workers for OpenStack Conductor service. The default will be the
+# number of CPUs available.
+#  (integer value)
+#workers=<None>
+
+
+[console]
+#
+# Options under this group allow to tune the configuration of the console proxy
+# service.
+#
+# Note: in configuration of every compute is a ``console_host`` option,
+# which allows to select the console proxy service to connect to.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Adds list of allowed origins to the console websocket proxy to allow
+# connections from other origin hostnames.
+# Websocket proxy matches the host header with the origin header to
+# prevent cross-site requests. This list specifies if any there are
+# values other than host are allowed in the origin header.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list where each element is an allowed origin hostnames, else an empty list
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_allowed_origins
+#allowed_origins =
+
+
+[consoleauth]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The lifetime of a console auth token.
+#
+# A console auth token is used in authorizing console access for a user.
+# Once the auth token time to live count has elapsed, the token is
+# considered expired.  Expired tokens are then deleted.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_token_ttl
+#token_ttl=600
+
+
+[cors]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. Format: "<protocol>://<host>[:<port>]", no trailing
+# slash. Example: https://horizon.example.com (list value)
+#allowed_origin=<None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials=true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Subject-Token,X-Service-Token
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age=3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods=GET,PUT,POST,DELETE,PATCH
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request. (list
+# value)
+#allow_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Identity-Status,X-Roles,X-Service-Catalog,X-User-Id,X-Tenant-Id
+
+
+[cors.subdomain]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. Format: "<protocol>://<host>[:<port>]", no trailing
+# slash. Example: https://horizon.example.com (list value)
+#allowed_origin=<None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials=true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Subject-Token,X-Service-Token
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age=3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods=GET,PUT,POST,DELETE,PATCH
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request. (list
+# value)
+#allow_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Identity-Status,X-Roles,X-Service-Catalog,X-User-Id,X-Tenant-Id
+
+
+[crypto]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Filename of root CA (Certificate Authority). This is a container format
+# and includes root certificates.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any file name containing root CA, cacert.pem is default
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ca_path
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ca_file
+#ca_file=cacert.pem
+
+#
+# Filename of a private key.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * keys_path
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/key_file
+#key_file=private/cakey.pem
+
+#
+# Filename of root Certificate Revocation List (CRL). This is a list of
+# certificates that have been revoked, and therefore, entities presenting
+# those (revoked) certificates should no longer be trusted.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ca_path
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/crl_file
+#crl_file=crl.pem
+
+#
+# Directory path where keys are located.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * key_file
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/keys_path
+#keys_path=$state_path/keys
+
+#
+# Directory path where root CA is located.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ca_file
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ca_path
+#ca_path=$state_path/CA
+
+# Option to enable/disable use of CA for each project. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_project_ca
+#use_project_ca=false
+
+#
+# Subject for certificate for users, %s for
+# project, user, timestamp
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/user_cert_subject
+#user_cert_subject=/C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=%.16s-%.16s-%s
+
+#
+# Subject for certificate for projects, %s for
+# project, timestamp
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/project_cert_subject
+#project_cert_subject=/C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=project-ca-%.16s-%s
+
+
+[database]
+
+#
+# From oslo.db
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: The file name to use with SQLite. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_db
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Should use config option connection or slave_connection to connect the
+# database.
+#sqlite_db=oslo.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_synchronous
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The back end to use for the database. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/db_backend
+#backend=sqlalchemy
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/connection
+#connection=<None>
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by
+# the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_min_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_min_pool_size
+#min_pool_size=1
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. Setting a value of 0
+# indicates no limit. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_pool_size
+#max_pool_size=5
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_retries
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_retries
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_retry_interval
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/reconnect_interval
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_overflow
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_max_overflow
+#max_overflow=50
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 100
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_debug
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_trace
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_pool_timeout
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+# Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. (boolean
+# value)
+#use_db_reconnect=false
+
+# Seconds between retries of a database transaction. (integer value)
+#db_retry_interval=1
+
+# If True, increases the interval between retries of a database operation up to
+# db_max_retry_interval. (boolean value)
+#db_inc_retry_interval=true
+
+# If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between retries of a
+# database operation. (integer value)
+#db_max_retry_interval=10
+
+# Maximum retries in case of connection error or deadlock error before error is
+# raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#db_max_retries=20
+
+#
+# From oslo.db.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enable the experimental use of thread pooling for all DB API calls (boolean
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dbapi_use_tpool
+#use_tpool=false
+
+
+[ephemeral_storage_encryption]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enables/disables LVM ephemeral storage encryption.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# Cipher-mode string to be used.
+#
+# The cipher and mode to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage. The set of
+# cipher-mode combinations available depends on kernel support.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any crypto option listed in ``/proc/crypto``.
+#  (string value)
+#cipher=aes-xts-plain64
+
+#
+# Encryption key length in bits.
+#
+# The bit length of the encryption key to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage.
+# In XTS mode only half of the bits are used for encryption key.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#key_size=512
+
+
+[filter_scheduler]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Size of subset of best hosts selected by scheduler.
+#
+# New instances will be scheduled on a host chosen randomly from a subset of the
+# N best hosts, where N is the value set by this option.
+#
+# Setting this to a value greater than 1 will reduce the chance that multiple
+# scheduler processes handling similar requests will select the same host,
+# creating a potential race condition. By selecting a host randomly from the N
+# hosts that best fit the request, the chance of a conflict is reduced. However,
+# the higher you set this value, the less optimal the chosen host may be for a
+# given request.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to the size of a host subset. Any
+#   integer is valid, although any value less than 1 will be treated as 1
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_host_subset_size
+#host_subset_size=1
+
+#
+# The number of instances that can be actively performing IO on a host.
+#
+# Instances performing IO includes those in the following states: build, resize,
+# snapshot, migrate, rescue, unshelve.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'io_ops_filter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to the max number of instances
+#   that can be actively performing IO on any given host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_io_ops_per_host
+#max_io_ops_per_host=8
+
+#
+# Maximum number of instances that be active on a host.
+#
+# If you need to limit the number of instances on any given host, set this
+# option
+# to the maximum number of instances you want to allow. The num_instances_filter
+# will reject any host that has at least as many instances as this option's
+# value.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'num_instances_filter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to the max instances that can be
+#   scheduled on a host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_instances_per_host
+#max_instances_per_host=50
+
+#
+# Enable querying of individual hosts for instance information.
+#
+# The scheduler may need information about the instances on a host in order to
+# evaluate its filters and weighers. The most common need for this information
+# is
+# for the (anti-)affinity filters, which need to choose a host based on the
+# instances already running on a host.
+#
+# If the configured filters and weighers do not need this information, disabling
+# this option will improve performance. It may also be disabled when the
+# tracking
+# overhead proves too heavy, although this will cause classes requiring host
+# usage data to query the database on each request instead.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_tracks_instance_changes
+#track_instance_changes=true
+
+#
+# Filters that the scheduler can use.
+#
+# An unordered list of the filter classes the nova scheduler may apply.  Only
+# the
+# filters specified in the 'scheduler_enabled_filters' option will be used, but
+# any filter appearing in that option must also be included in this list.
+#
+# By default, this is set to all filters that are included with nova.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a filter that may be used for selecting a host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler_enabled_filters
+#  (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_available_filters
+#available_filters=nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters
+
+#
+# Filters that the scheduler will use.
+#
+# An ordered list of filter class names that will be used for filtering
+# hosts. Ignore the word 'default' in the name of this option: these filters
+# will
+# *always* be applied, and they will be applied in the order they are listed so
+# place your most restrictive filters first to make the filtering process more
+# efficient.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a filter to be used for selecting a host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * All of the filters in this option *must* be present in the
+#   'scheduler_available_filters' option, or a SchedulerHostFilterNotFound
+#   exception will be raised.
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_default_filters
+#enabled_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,RamFilter,DiskFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,ServerGroupAntiAffinityFilter,ServerGroupAffinityFilter
+
+#
+# Filters used for filtering baremetal hosts.
+#
+# Filters are applied in order, so place your most restrictive filters first to
+# make the filtering process more efficient.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a filter to be used for selecting a baremetal host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If the 'scheduler_use_baremetal_filters' option is False, this option has
+#   no effect.
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/baremetal_scheduler_default_filters
+#baremetal_enabled_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,ExactRamFilter,ExactDiskFilter,ExactCoreFilter
+
+#
+# Enable baremetal filters.
+#
+# Set this to True to tell the nova scheduler that it should use the filters
+# specified in the 'baremetal_scheduler_enabled_filters' option. If you are not
+# scheduling baremetal nodes, leave this at the default setting of False.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If this option is set to True, then the filters specified in the
+#   'baremetal_scheduler_enabled_filters' are used instead of the filters
+#   specified in 'scheduler_enabled_filters'.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_use_baremetal_filters
+#use_baremetal_filters=false
+
+#
+# Weighers that the scheduler will use.
+#
+# Only hosts which pass the filters are weighed. The weight for any host starts
+# at 0, and the weighers order these hosts by adding to or subtracting from the
+# weight assigned by the previous weigher. Weights may become negative. An
+# instance will be scheduled to one of the N most-weighted hosts, where N is
+# 'scheduler_host_subset_size'.
+#
+# By default, this is set to all weighers that are included with Nova.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a weigher that will be used for selecting a host
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_weight_classes
+#weight_classes=nova.scheduler.weights.all_weighers
+
+#
+# Ram weight multipler ratio.
+#
+# This option determines how hosts with more or less available RAM are weighed.
+# A
+# positive value will result in the scheduler preferring hosts with more
+# available RAM, and a negative number will result in the scheduler preferring
+# hosts with less available RAM. Another way to look at it is that positive
+# values for this option will tend to spread instances across many hosts, while
+# negative values will tend to fill up (stack) hosts as much as possible before
+# scheduling to a less-used host. The absolute value, whether positive or
+# negative, controls how strong the RAM weigher is relative to other weighers.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'ram' weigher is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ram_weight_multiplier
+#ram_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# Disk weight multipler ratio.
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing free disk space. Negative numbers mean to
+# stack vs spread.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'ram' weigher is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disk_weight_multiplier
+#disk_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# IO operations weight multipler ratio.
+#
+# This option determines how hosts with differing workloads are weighed.
+# Negative
+# values, such as the default, will result in the scheduler preferring hosts
+# with
+# lighter workloads whereas positive values will prefer hosts with heavier
+# workloads. Another way to look at it is that positive values for this option
+# will tend to schedule instances onto hosts that are already busy, while
+# negative values will tend to distribute the workload across more hosts. The
+# absolute value, whether positive or negative, controls how strong the io_ops
+# weigher is relative to other weighers.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'io_ops' weigher is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/io_ops_weight_multiplier
+#io_ops_weight_multiplier=-1.0
+
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing hosts for group soft-affinity.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to weight multiplier
+#   for hosts with group soft affinity. Only a positive value are meaningful, as
+#   negative values would make this behave as a soft anti-affinity weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/soft_affinity_weight_multiplier
+#soft_affinity_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing hosts for group soft-anti-affinity.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to weight multiplier
+#   for hosts with group soft anti-affinity. Only a positive value are
+#   meaningful, as negative values would make this behave as a soft affinity
+#   weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/soft_anti_affinity_weight_multiplier
+#soft_anti_affinity_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# List of UUIDs for images that can only be run on certain hosts.
+#
+# If there is a need to restrict some images to only run on certain designated
+# hosts, list those image UUIDs here.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'IsolatedHostsFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of UUID strings, where each string corresponds to the UUID of an
+#   image
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler/isolated_hosts
+# * scheduler/restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/isolated_images
+#isolated_images =
+
+#
+# List of hosts that can only run certain images.
+#
+# If there is a need to restrict some images to only run on certain designated
+# hosts, list those host names here.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'IsolatedHostsFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of strings, where each string corresponds to the name of a host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler/isolated_images
+# * scheduler/restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/isolated_hosts
+#isolated_hosts =
+
+#
+# Prevent non-isolated images from being built on isolated hosts.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'IsolatedHostsFilter' filter is enabled. Even
+# then, this option doesn't affect the behavior of requests for isolated images,
+# which will *always* be restricted to isolated hosts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler/isolated_images
+# * scheduler/isolated_hosts
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images
+#restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images=true
+
+#
+# Image property namespace for use in the host aggregate.
+#
+# Images and hosts can be configured so that certain images can only be
+# scheduled
+# to hosts in a particular aggregate. This is done with metadata values set on
+# the host aggregate that are identified by beginning with the value of this
+# option. If the host is part of an aggregate with such a metadata key, the
+# image
+# in the request spec must have the value of that metadata in its properties in
+# order for the scheduler to consider the host as acceptable.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'aggregate_image_properties_isolation' filter
+# is
+# enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string, where the string corresponds to an image property namespace
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace
+#aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace=<None>
+
+#
+# Separator character(s) for image property namespace and name.
+#
+# When using the aggregate_image_properties_isolation filter, the relevant
+# metadata keys are prefixed with the namespace defined in the
+# aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace configuration option plus a
+# separator. This option defines the separator to be used.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'aggregate_image_properties_isolation' filter
+# is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string, where the string corresponds to an image property namespace
+#   separator character
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator
+#aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator=.
+
+
+[glance]
+# Configuration options for the Image service
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# List of glance api servers endpoints available to nova.
+#
+# https is used for ssl-based glance api servers.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of any fully qualified url of the form
+# "scheme://hostname:port[/path]"
+#   (i.e. "http://10.0.1.0:9292" or "https://my.glance.server/image").
+#  (list value)
+#api_servers=<None>
+{%- if compute.image is defined %}
+api_servers = {{ compute.image.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.image.host }}:{{ compute.image.get('port', 9292) }}
+{% endif %}
+
+#
+# Enable insecure SSL (https) requests to glance.
+#
+# This setting can be used to turn off verification of the glance server
+# certificate against the certificate authorities.
+#  (boolean value)
+#api_insecure=false
+
+#
+# Enable glance operation retries.
+#
+# Specifies the number of retries when uploading / downloading
+# an image to / from glance. 0 means no retries.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#num_retries=0
+
+#
+# List of url schemes that can be directly accessed.
+#
+# This option specifies a list of url schemes that can be downloaded
+# directly via the direct_url. This direct_URL can be fetched from
+# Image metadata which can be used by nova to get the
+# image more efficiently. nova-compute could benefit from this by
+# invoking a copy when it has access to the same file system as glance.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * [file], Empty list (default)
+#  (list value)
+#allowed_direct_url_schemes =
+
+#
+# Enable image signature verification.
+#
+# nova uses the image signature metadata from glance and verifies the signature
+# of a signed image while downloading that image. If the image signature cannot
+# be verified or if the image signature metadata is either incomplete or
+# unavailable, then nova will not boot the image and instead will place the
+# instance into an error state. This provides end users with stronger assurances
+# of the integrity of the image data they are using to create servers.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * The options in the `key_manager` group, as the key_manager is used
+#   for the signature validation.
+#  (boolean value)
+{%- if compute.get('barbican', {}).get('enabled', False) %}
+verify_glance_signatures=true
+{%- else %}
+#verify_glance_signatures=false
+{%- endif %}
+
+# Enable or disable debug logging with glanceclient. (boolean value)
+#debug=false
+
+
+[guestfs]
+#
+# libguestfs is a set of tools for accessing and modifying virtual
+# machine (VM) disk images. You can use this for viewing and editing
+# files inside guests, scripting changes to VMs, monitoring disk
+# used/free statistics, creating guests, P2V, V2V, performing backups,
+# cloning VMs, building VMs, formatting disks and resizing disks.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable/disables guestfs logging.
+#
+# This configures guestfs to debug messages and push them to Openstack
+# logging system. When set to True, it traces libguestfs API calls and
+# enable verbose debug messages. In order to use the above feature,
+# "libguestfs" package must be installed.
+#
+# Related options:
+# Since libguestfs access and modifies VM's managed by libvirt, below options
+# should be set to give access to those VM's.
+#     * libvirt.inject_key
+#     * libvirt.inject_partition
+#     * libvirt.inject_password
+#  (boolean value)
+#debug=false
+
+
+[healthcheck]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: The path to respond to healtcheck requests on. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#path=/healthcheck
+
+# Show more detailed information as part of the response (boolean value)
+#detailed=false
+
+# Additional backends that can perform health checks and report that information
+# back as part of a request. (list value)
+#backends =
+
+# Check the presence of a file to determine if an application is running on a
+# port. Used by DisableByFileHealthcheck plugin. (string value)
+#disable_by_file_path=<None>
+
+# Check the presence of a file based on a port to determine if an application is
+# running on a port. Expects a "port:path" list of strings. Used by
+# DisableByFilesPortsHealthcheck plugin. (list value)
+#disable_by_file_paths =
+
+
+[hyperv]
+#
+# The hyperv feature allows you to configure the Hyper-V hypervisor
+# driver to be used within an OpenStack deployment.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Dynamic memory ratio
+#
+# Enables dynamic memory allocation (ballooning) when set to a value
+# greater than 1. The value expresses the ratio between the total RAM
+# assigned to an instance and its startup RAM amount. For example a
+# ratio of 2.0 for an instance with 1024MB of RAM implies 512MB of
+# RAM allocated at startup.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 1.0: Disables dynamic memory allocation (Default).
+# * Float values greater than 1.0: Enables allocation of total implied
+#   RAM divided by this value for startup.
+#  (floating point value)
+#dynamic_memory_ratio=1.0
+
+#
+# Enable instance metrics collection
+#
+# Enables metrics collections for an instance by using Hyper-V's
+# metric APIs. Collected data can by retrieved by other apps and
+# services, e.g.: Ceilometer.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enable_instance_metrics_collection=false
+
+#
+# Instances path share
+#
+# The name of a Windows share mapped to the "instances_path" dir
+# and used by the resize feature to copy files to the target host.
+# If left blank, an administrative share (hidden network share) will
+# be used, looking for the same "instances_path" used locally.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * "": An administrative share will be used (Default).
+# * Name of a Windows share.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * "instances_path": The directory which will be used if this option
+#   here is left blank.
+#  (string value)
+#instances_path_share =
+
+#
+# Limit CPU features
+#
+# This flag is needed to support live migration to hosts with
+# different CPU features and checked during instance creation
+# in order to limit the CPU features used by the instance.
+#  (boolean value)
+#limit_cpu_features=false
+
+#
+# Mounted disk query retry count
+#
+# The number of times to retry checking for a mounted disk.
+# The query runs until the device can be found or the retry
+# count is reached.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer values. Values greater than 1 is recommended
+#   (Default: 10).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Time interval between disk mount retries is declared with
+#   "mounted_disk_query_retry_interval" option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#mounted_disk_query_retry_count=10
+
+#
+# Mounted disk query retry interval
+#
+# Interval between checks for a mounted disk, in seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 5).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when the mounted_disk_query_retry_count
+#   is greater than 1.
+# * The retry loop runs with mounted_disk_query_retry_count and
+#   mounted_disk_query_retry_interval configuration options.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#mounted_disk_query_retry_interval=5
+
+#
+# Power state check timeframe
+#
+# The timeframe to be checked for instance power state changes.
+# This option is used to fetch the state of the instance from Hyper-V
+# through the WMI interface, within the specified timeframe.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Timeframe in seconds (Default: 60).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#power_state_check_timeframe=60
+
+#
+# Power state event polling interval
+#
+# Instance power state change event polling frequency. Sets the
+# listener interval for power state events to the given value.
+# This option enhances the internal lifecycle notifications of
+# instances that reboot themselves. It is unlikely that an operator
+# has to change this value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 2).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#power_state_event_polling_interval=2
+
+#
+# qemu-img command
+#
+# qemu-img is required for some of the image related operations
+# like converting between different image types. You can get it
+# from here: (http://qemu.weilnetz.de/) or you can install the
+# Cloudbase OpenStack Hyper-V Compute Driver
+# (https://cloudbase.it/openstack-hyperv-driver/) which automatically
+# sets the proper path for this config option. You can either give the
+# full path of qemu-img.exe or set its path in the PATH environment
+# variable and leave this option to the default value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Name of the qemu-img executable, in case it is in the same
+#   directory as the nova-compute service or its path is in the
+#   PATH environment variable (Default).
+# * Path of qemu-img command (DRIVELETTER:\PATH\TO\QEMU-IMG\COMMAND).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If the config_drive_cdrom option is False, qemu-img will be used to
+#   convert the ISO to a VHD, otherwise the configuration drive will
+#   remain an ISO. To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must
+#   set the mkisofs_cmd value to the full path to an mkisofs.exe
+#   installation.
+#  (string value)
+#qemu_img_cmd=qemu-img.exe
+
+#
+# External virtual switch name
+#
+# The Hyper-V Virtual Switch is a software-based layer-2 Ethernet
+# network switch that is available with the installation of the
+# Hyper-V server role. The switch includes programmatically managed
+# and extensible capabilities to connect virtual machines to both
+# virtual networks and the physical network. In addition, Hyper-V
+# Virtual Switch provides policy enforcement for security, isolation,
+# and service levels. The vSwitch represented by this config option
+# must be an external one (not internal or private).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * If not provided, the first of a list of available vswitches
+#   is used. This list is queried using WQL.
+# * Virtual switch name.
+#  (string value)
+#vswitch_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Wait soft reboot seconds
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft
+# reboot request is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance
+# does not shutdown within this window.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 60).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#wait_soft_reboot_seconds=60
+
+#
+# Configuration drive cdrom
+#
+# OpenStack can be configured to write instance metadata to
+# a configuration drive, which is then attached to the
+# instance before it boots. The configuration drive can be
+# attached as a disk drive (default) or as a CD drive.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Attach the configuration drive image as a CD drive.
+# * False: Attach the configuration drive image as a disk drive (Default).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful with force_config_drive option set to 'True'
+#   or when the REST API call to create an instance will have
+#   '--config-drive=True' flag.
+# * config_drive_format option must be set to 'iso9660' in order to use
+#   CD drive as the configuration drive image.
+# * To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the
+#   mkisofs_cmd value to the full path to an mkisofs.exe installation.
+#   Additionally, you must set the qemu_img_cmd value to the full path
+#   to an qemu-img command installation.
+# * You can configure the Compute service to always create a configuration
+#   drive by setting the force_config_drive option to 'True'.
+#  (boolean value)
+#config_drive_cdrom=false
+config_drive_cdrom={{ compute.get('config_drive', {}).get('cdrom', False)|lower }}
+
+#
+# Configuration drive inject password
+#
+# Enables setting the admin password in the configuration drive image.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when used with other options that enable
+#   configuration drive usage with Hyper-V, such as force_config_drive.
+# * Currently, the only accepted config_drive_format is 'iso9660'.
+#  (boolean value)
+#config_drive_inject_password=false
+config_drive_inject_password={{ compute.get('config_drive', {}).get('inject_password', False)|lower }}
+
+#
+# Volume attach retry count
+#
+# The number of times to retry attaching a volume. Volume attachment
+# is retried until success or the given retry count is reached.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer values (Default: 10).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Time interval between attachment attempts is declared with
+#   volume_attach_retry_interval option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#volume_attach_retry_count=10
+
+#
+# Volume attach retry interval
+#
+# Interval between volume attachment attempts, in seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 5).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This options is meaningful when volume_attach_retry_count
+#   is greater than 1.
+# * The retry loop runs with volume_attach_retry_count and
+#   volume_attach_retry_interval configuration options.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#volume_attach_retry_interval=5
+
+#
+# Enable RemoteFX feature
+#
+# This requires at least one DirectX 11 capable graphics adapter for
+# Windows / Hyper-V Server 2012 R2 or newer and RDS-Virtualization
+# feature has to be enabled.
+#
+# Instances with RemoteFX can be requested with the following flavor
+# extra specs:
+#
+# **os:resolution**. Guest VM screen resolution size. Acceptable values::
+#
+#     1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200, 1920x1200, 2560x1600, 3840x2160
+#
+# ``3840x2160`` is only available on Windows / Hyper-V Server 2016.
+#
+# **os:monitors**. Guest VM number of monitors. Acceptable values::
+#
+#     [1, 4] - Windows / Hyper-V Server 2012 R2
+#     [1, 8] - Windows / Hyper-V Server 2016
+#
+# **os:vram**. Guest VM VRAM amount. Only available on
+# Windows / Hyper-V Server 2016. Acceptable values::
+#
+#     64, 128, 256, 512, 1024
+#  (boolean value)
+#enable_remotefx=false
+
+#
+# Use multipath connections when attaching iSCSI or FC disks.
+#
+# This requires the Multipath IO Windows feature to be enabled. MPIO must be
+# configured to claim such devices.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_multipath_io=false
+
+#
+# List of iSCSI initiators that will be used for estabilishing iSCSI sessions.
+#
+# If none are specified, the Microsoft iSCSI initiator service will choose the
+# initiator.
+#  (list value)
+#iscsi_initiator_list =
+
+
+[image_file_url]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# List of file systems that are configured in this file in the
+# image_file_url:<list entry name> sections
+#  (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The feature to download images from glance via filesystem is not used and will
+# be removed in the future.
+#filesystems =
+
+
+{% if compute.ironic is defined -%}
+[ironic]
+#
+# Configuration options for Ironic driver (Bare Metal).
+# If using the Ironic driver following options must be set:
+# * auth_type
+# * auth_url
+# * project_name
+# * username
+# * password
+# * project_domain_id or project_domain_name
+# * user_domain_id or user_domain_name
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# URL override for the Ironic API endpoint. (string value)
+api_endpoint={{ compute.ironic.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.ironic.host }}:{{ compute.ironic.port }}
+
+#
+# The number of times to retry when a request conflicts.
+# If set to 0, only try once, no retries.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * api_retry_interval
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#api_max_retries=60
+
+#
+# The number of seconds to wait before retrying the request.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * api_max_retries
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#api_retry_interval=2
+
+# Timeout (seconds) to wait for node serial console state changed. Set to 0 to
+# disable timeout. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#serial_console_state_timeout=10
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+{%- if compute.ironic.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ compute.identity.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [ironic]/auth_plugin
+auth_type={{ compute.ironic.auth_type }}
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+auth_url={{ compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.identity.host }}:{{ compute.identity.port }}/v3
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+project_name={{ compute.identity.tenant }}
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+project_domain_name={{ compute.ironic.project_domain_name }}
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [ironic]/user-name
+username={{ compute.ironic.user }}
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+user_domain_name={{ compute.ironic.user_domain_name }}
+
+# User's password (string value)
+password={{ compute.ironic.password }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+
+[key_manager]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Fixed key returned by key manager, specified in hex.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Empty string or a key in hex value
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [keymgr]/fixed_key
+#fixed_key=<None>
+
+# The full class name of the key manager API class (string value)
+{%- if compute.get('barbican', {}).get('enabled', False) %}
+api_class=castellan.key_manager.barbican_key_manager.BarbicanKeyManager
+{%- endif %}
+
+# The type of authentication credential to create. Possible values are 'token',
+# 'password', 'keystone_token', and 'keystone_password'. Required if no context
+# is passed to the credential factory. (string value)
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Token for authentication. Required for 'token' and 'keystone_token' auth_type
+# if no context is passed to the credential factory. (string value)
+#token=<None>
+
+# Username for authentication. Required for 'password' auth_type. Optional for
+# the 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#username=<None>
+
+# Password for authentication. Required for 'password' and 'keystone_password'
+# auth_type. (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# User ID for authentication. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain ID for authentication. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name for authentication. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID for trust scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Domain ID for domain scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name for domain scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID for project scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name for project scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Project's domain ID for project. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Project's domain name for project. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Allow fetching a new token if the current one is going to expire. Optional for
+# 'keystone_token' and 'keystone_password' auth_type. (boolean value)
+#reauthenticate=true
+
+
+[keystone_authtoken]
+
+#
+# From keystonemiddleware.auth_token
+#
+signing_dirname=/tmp/keystone-signing-nova
+revocation_cache_time = 10
+auth_type = password
+user_domain_id = {{ compute.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_domain_id = {{ compute.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_name = {{ compute.identity.tenant }}
+username = {{ compute.identity.user }}
+password = {{ compute.identity.password }}
+auth_uri={{ compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.identity.host }}:5000
+auth_url={{ compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.identity.host }}:35357
+{%- if compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ compute.identity.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- if compute.cache is defined %}
+memcached_servers={%- for member in compute.cache.members %}{{ member.host }}:11211{% if not loop.last %},{% endif %}{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+# Complete "public" Identity API endpoint. This endpoint should not be an
+# "admin" endpoint, as it should be accessible by all end users. Unauthenticated
+# clients are redirected to this endpoint to authenticate. Although this
+# endpoint should  ideally be unversioned, client support in the wild varies.
+# If you're using a versioned v2 endpoint here, then this  should *not* be the
+# same endpoint the service user utilizes  for validating tokens, because normal
+# end users may not be  able to reach that endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_uri=<None>
+
+# API version of the admin Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_version=<None>
+
+# Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the
+# authorization decision to downstream WSGI components. (boolean value)
+#delay_auth_decision=false
+
+# Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. (integer
+# value)
+#http_connect_timeout=<None>
+
+# How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API
+# Server. (integer value)
+#http_request_max_retries=3
+
+# Request environment key where the Swift cache object is stored. When
+# auth_token middleware is deployed with a Swift cache, use this option to have
+# the middleware share a caching backend with swift. Otherwise, use the
+# ``memcached_servers`` option instead. (string value)
+#cache=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# Defaults to system CAs. (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# The region in which the identity server can be found. (string value)
+#region_name=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens. This option
+# has been deprecated in the Ocata release and will be removed in the P release.
+# (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#signing_dir=<None>
+
+# Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left
+# undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [keystone_authtoken]/memcache_servers
+#memcached_servers=<None>
+
+# In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware
+# caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to
+# -1 to disable caching completely. (integer value)
+#token_cache_time=300
+
+# DEPRECATED: Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is
+# retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation
+# events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce
+# performance. Only valid for PKI tokens. This option has been deprecated in the
+# Ocata release and will be removed in the P release. (integer value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#revocation_cache_time=10
+
+# (Optional) If defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or
+# authenticated and encrypted. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC)
+# in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the
+# cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will
+# raise an exception on initialization. (string value)
+# Allowed values: None, MAC, ENCRYPT
+#memcache_security_strategy=None
+
+# (Optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) This string is
+# used for key derivation. (string value)
+#memcache_secret_key=<None>
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is
+# tried again. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_dead_retry=300
+
+# (Optional) Maximum total number of open connections to every memcached server.
+# (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize=10
+
+# (Optional) Socket timeout in seconds for communicating with a memcached
+# server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_socket_timeout=3
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the
+# pool before it is closed. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout=60
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcached
+# client connection from the pool. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_conn_get_timeout=10
+
+# (Optional) Use the advanced (eventlet safe) memcached client pool. The
+# advanced pool will only work under python 2.x. (boolean value)
+#memcache_use_advanced_pool=false
+
+# (Optional) Indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False,
+# middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not
+# set the X-Service-Catalog header. (boolean value)
+#include_service_catalog=true
+
+# Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled"
+# to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding
+# information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if
+# not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will
+# be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed.
+# Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. (string
+# value)
+#enforce_token_bind=permissive
+
+# DEPRECATED: If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens.
+# This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the identity server. (boolean
+# value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#check_revocations_for_cached=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a
+# single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python
+# standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put
+# the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be
+# stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while
+# migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old
+# tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better
+# performance. (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#hash_algorithms=md5
+
+# A choice of roles that must be present in a service token. Service tokens are
+# allowed to request that an expired token can be used and so this check should
+# tightly control that only actual services should be sending this token. Roles
+# here are applied as an ANY check so any role in this list must be present. For
+# backwards compatibility reasons this currently only affects the allow_expired
+# check. (list value)
+#service_token_roles=service
+
+# For backwards compatibility reasons we must let valid service tokens pass that
+# don't pass the service_token_roles check as valid. Setting this true will
+# become the default in a future release and should be enabled if possible.
+# (boolean value)
+#service_token_roles_required=false
+
+# Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_admin_prefix =
+
+# Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_host=127.0.0.1
+
+# Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (integer value)
+#auth_port=35357
+
+# Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#auth_protocol=https
+
+# Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root
+# endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ (string value)
+#identity_uri=<None>
+
+# This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single
+# shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a
+# Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication
+# process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password`
+# instead. (string value)
+#admin_token=<None>
+
+# Service username. (string value)
+#admin_user=<None>
+
+# Service user password. (string value)
+#admin_password=<None>
+
+# Service tenant name. (string value)
+#admin_tenant_name=admin
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [keystone_authtoken]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+
+[libvirt]
+#
+# Libvirt options allows cloud administrator to configure related
+# libvirt hypervisor driver to be used within an OpenStack deployment.
+#
+# Almost all of the libvirt config options are influence by ``virt_type`` config
+# which describes the virtualization type (or so called domain type) libvirt
+# should use for specific features such as live migration, snapshot.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+cpu_mode = {{ compute.get('cpu_mode', 'host-passthrough') }}
+virt_type = kvm
+inject_partition=-2
+inject_password=True
+disk_cachemodes="{{ compute.get('disk_cachemodes', 'network=writeback,block=none') }}"
+block_migration_flag=VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE,VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER,VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE,VIR_MIGRATE_NON_SHARED_INC
+live_migration_flag=VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE,VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER,VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE,VIR_MIGRATE_PERSIST_DEST
+inject_key=True
+vif_driver=nova.virt.libvirt.vif.LibvirtGenericVIFDriver
+
+{%- if compute.get('ceph', {}).ephemeral is defined %}
+images_type=rbd
+images_rbd_pool={{ compute.ceph.rbd_pool }}
+images_rbd_ceph_conf=/etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+rbd_user={{ compute.ceph.rbd_user }}
+rbd_secret_uuid={{ compute.ceph.secret_uuid }}
+inject_password=false
+inject_key=false
+{%- elif compute.get('lvm', {}).ephemeral is defined %}
+images_type=lvm
+images_volume_group={{ compute.lvm.images_volume_group }}
+{%- if compute.lvm.volume_clear is defined %}
+volume_clear={{ compute.lvm.volume_clear }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- if compute.lvm.volume_clear_size is defined %}
+volume_clear_size={{ compute.lvm.volume_clear_size }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- endif %}
+
+{%- if compute.get('libvirt', {}).uri is defined %}
+connection_uri={{ compute.libvirt.uri }}
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# The ID of the image to boot from to rescue data from a corrupted instance.
+#
+# If the rescue REST API operation doesn't provide an ID of an image to
+# use, the image which is referenced by this ID is used. If this
+# option is not set, the image from the instance is used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An ID of an image or nothing. If it points to an *Amazon Machine
+#   Image* (AMI), consider to set the config options ``rescue_kernel_id``
+#   and ``rescue_ramdisk_id`` too. If nothing is set, the image of the instance
+#   is used.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rescue_kernel_id``: If the chosen rescue image allows the separate
+#   definition of its kernel disk, the value of this option is used,
+#   if specified. This is the case when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image
+#   format is used for the rescue image.
+# * ``rescue_ramdisk_id``: If the chosen rescue image allows the separate
+#   definition of its RAM disk, the value of this option is used if,
+#   specified. This is the case when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image
+#   format is used for the rescue image.
+#  (string value)
+#rescue_image_id=<None>
+
+#
+# The ID of the kernel (AKI) image to use with the rescue image.
+#
+# If the chosen rescue image allows the separate definition of its kernel
+# disk, the value of this option is used, if specified. This is the case
+# when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image format is used for the rescue image.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An ID of an kernel image or nothing. If nothing is specified, the kernel
+#   disk from the instance is used if it was launched with one.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rescue_image_id``: If that option points to an image in *Amazon*'s
+#   AMI/AKI/ARI image format, it's useful to use ``rescue_kernel_id`` too.
+#  (string value)
+#rescue_kernel_id=<None>
+
+#
+# The ID of the RAM disk (ARI) image to use with the rescue image.
+#
+# If the chosen rescue image allows the separate definition of its RAM
+# disk, the value of this option is used, if specified. This is the case
+# when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image format is used for the rescue image.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An ID of a RAM disk image or nothing. If nothing is specified, the RAM
+#   disk from the instance is used if it was launched with one.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rescue_image_id``: If that option points to an image in *Amazon*'s
+#   AMI/AKI/ARI image format, it's useful to use ``rescue_ramdisk_id`` too.
+#  (string value)
+#rescue_ramdisk_id=<None>
+
+#
+# Describes the virtualization type (or so called domain type) libvirt should
+# use.
+#
+# The choice of this type must match the underlying virtualization strategy
+# you have chosen for this host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * See the predefined set of case-sensitive values.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``connection_uri``: depends on this
+# * ``disk_prefix``: depends on this
+# * ``cpu_mode``: depends on this
+# * ``cpu_model``: depends on this
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: kvm, lxc, qemu, uml, xen, parallels
+#virt_type=kvm
+
+#
+# Overrides the default libvirt URI of the chosen virtualization type.
+#
+# If set, Nova will use this URI to connect to libvirt.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An URI like ``qemu:///system`` or ``xen+ssh://oirase/`` for example.
+#   This is only necessary if the URI differs to the commonly known URIs
+#   for the chosen virtualization type.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``virt_type``: Influences what is used as default value here.
+#  (string value)
+#connection_uri =
+
+#
+# Allow the injection of an admin password for instance only at ``create`` and
+# ``rebuild`` process.
+#
+# There is no agent needed within the image to do this. If *libguestfs* is
+# available on the host, it will be used. Otherwise *nbd* is used. The file
+# system of the image will be mounted and the admin password, which is provided
+# in the REST API call will be injected as password for the root user. If no
+# root user is available, the instance won't be launched and an error is thrown.
+# Be aware that the injection is *not* possible when the instance gets launched
+# from a volume.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Allows the injection.
+# * False (default): Disallows the injection. Any via the REST API provided
+# admin password will be silently ignored.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``inject_partition``: That option will decide about the discovery and usage
+#   of the file system. It also can disable the injection at all.
+#  (boolean value)
+#inject_password=false
+
+#
+# Allow the injection of an SSH key at boot time.
+#
+# There is no agent needed within the image to do this. If *libguestfs* is
+# available on the host, it will be used. Otherwise *nbd* is used. The file
+# system of the image will be mounted and the SSH key, which is provided
+# in the REST API call will be injected as SSH key for the root user and
+# appended to the ``authorized_keys`` of that user. The SELinux context will
+# be set if necessary. Be aware that the injection is *not* possible when the
+# instance gets launched from a volume.
+#
+# This config option will enable directly modifying the instance disk and does
+# not affect what cloud-init may do using data from config_drive option or the
+# metadata service.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``inject_partition``: That option will decide about the discovery and usage
+#   of the file system. It also can disable the injection at all.
+#  (boolean value)
+#inject_key=false
+
+#
+# Determines the way how the file system is chosen to inject data into it.
+#
+# *libguestfs* will be used a first solution to inject data. If that's not
+# available on the host, the image will be locally mounted on the host as a
+# fallback solution. If libguestfs is not able to determine the root partition
+# (because there are more or less than one root partition) or cannot mount the
+# file system it will result in an error and the instance won't be boot.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * -2 => disable the injection of data.
+# * -1 => find the root partition with the file system to mount with libguestfs
+# *  0 => The image is not partitioned
+# * >0 => The number of the partition to use for the injection
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``inject_key``: If this option allows the injection of a SSH key it depends
+#   on value greater or equal to -1 for ``inject_partition``.
+# * ``inject_password``: If this option allows the injection of an admin
+# password
+#   it depends on value greater or equal to -1 for ``inject_partition``.
+# * ``guestfs`` You can enable the debug log level of libguestfs with this
+#   config option. A more verbose output will help in debugging issues.
+# * ``virt_type``: If you use ``lxc`` as virt_type it will be treated as a
+#   single partition image
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -2
+#inject_partition=-2
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Enable a mouse cursor within a graphical VNC or SPICE sessions.
+#
+# This will only be taken into account if the VM is fully virtualized and VNC
+# and/or SPICE is enabled. If the node doesn't support a graphical framebuffer,
+# then it is valid to set this to False.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``[vnc]enabled``: If VNC is enabled, ``use_usb_tablet`` will have an effect.
+# * ``[spice]enabled`` + ``[spice].agent_enabled``: If SPICE is enabled and the
+#   spice agent is disabled, the config value of ``use_usb_tablet`` will have
+#   an effect.
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: This option is being replaced by the 'pointer_model' option.
+#use_usb_tablet=true
+
+#
+# The IP address or hostname to be used as the target for live migration
+# traffic.
+#
+# If this option is set to None, the hostname of the migration target compute
+# node will be used.
+#
+# This option is useful in environments where the live-migration traffic can
+# impact the network plane significantly. A separate network for live-migration
+# traffic can then use this config option and avoids the impact on the
+# management network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid IP address or hostname, else None.
+#  (string value)
+#live_migration_inbound_addr=<None>
+{%- if compute.libvirt.migration_inbound_addr is defined %}
+live_migration_inbound_addr = {{ compute.libvirt.migration_inbound_addr }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Live migration target URI to use.
+#
+# Override the default libvirt live migration target URI (which is dependent
+# on virt_type). Any included "%s" is replaced with the migration target
+# hostname.
+#
+# If this option is set to None (which is the default), Nova will automatically
+# generate the `live_migration_uri` value based on only 3 supported `virt_type`
+# in following list:
+# * 'kvm': 'qemu+tcp://%s/system'
+# * 'qemu': 'qemu+tcp://%s/system'
+# * 'xen': 'xenmigr://%s/system'
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``live_migration_inbound_addr``: If ``live_migration_inbound_addr`` value
+#   is not None, the ip/hostname address of target compute node is used instead
+#   of ``live_migration_uri`` as the uri for live migration.
+# * ``live_migration_scheme``: If ``live_migration_uri`` is not set, the scheme
+#   used for live migration is taken from ``live_migration_scheme`` instead.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# live_migration_uri is deprecated for removal in favor of two other options
+# that
+# allow to change live migration scheme and target URI:
+# ``live_migration_scheme``
+# and ``live_migration_inbound_addr`` respectively.
+#live_migration_uri=<None>
+
+#
+# Schema used for live migration.
+#
+# Override the default libvirt live migration scheme (which is dependant on
+# virt_type). If this option is set to None, nova will automatically choose a
+# sensible default based on the hypervisor. It is not recommended that you
+# change
+# this unless you are very sure that hypervisor supports a particular scheme.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``virt_type``: This option is meaningful only when ``virt_type`` is set to
+#   `kvm` or `qemu`.
+# * ``live_migration_uri``: If ``live_migration_uri`` value is not None, the
+#   scheme used for live migration is taken from ``live_migration_uri`` instead.
+#  (string value)
+#live_migration_scheme=<None>
+
+#
+# Enable tunnelled migration.
+#
+# This option enables the tunnelled migration feature, where migration data is
+# transported over the libvirtd connection. If enabled, we use the
+# VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED migration flag, avoiding the need to configure
+# the network to allow direct hypervisor to hypervisor communication.
+# If False, use the native transport. If not set, Nova will choose a
+# sensible default based on, for example the availability of native
+# encryption support in the hypervisor. Enable this option will definitely
+# impact performance massively.
+#
+# Note that this option is NOT compatible with use of block migration.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Supersedes and (if set) overrides the deprecated 'live_migration_flag' and
+#   'block_migration_flag' to enable tunneled migration.
+#  (boolean value)
+#live_migration_tunnelled=false
+{%- if compute.libvirt.live_migration_tunnelled is defined %}
+live_migration_tunnelled = {{ compute.libvirt.live_migration_tunnelled }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# Maximum bandwidth(in MiB/s) to be used during migration.
+#
+# If set to 0, the hypervisor will choose a suitable default. Some hypervisors
+# do not support this feature and will return an error if bandwidth is not 0.
+# Please refer to the libvirt documentation for further details.
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_bandwidth=0
+
+#
+# Maximum permitted downtime, in milliseconds, for live migration
+# switchover.
+#
+# Will be rounded up to a minimum of 100ms. You can increase this value
+# if you want to allow live-migrations to complete faster, or avoid
+# live-migration timeout errors by allowing the guest to be paused for
+# longer during the live-migration switch over.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * live_migration_completion_timeout
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime=500
+
+#
+# Number of incremental steps to reach max downtime value.
+#
+# Will be rounded up to a minimum of 3 steps.
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime_steps=10
+
+#
+# Time to wait, in seconds, between each step increase of the migration
+# downtime.
+#
+# Minimum delay is 10 seconds. Value is per GiB of guest RAM + disk to be
+# transferred, with lower bound of a minimum of 2 GiB per device.
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime_delay=75
+
+#
+# Time to wait, in seconds, for migration to successfully complete transferring
+# data before aborting the operation.
+#
+# Value is per GiB of guest RAM + disk to be transferred, with lower bound of
+# a minimum of 2 GiB. Should usually be larger than downtime delay * downtime
+# steps. Set to 0 to disable timeouts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * live_migration_downtime
+# * live_migration_downtime_steps
+# * live_migration_downtime_delay
+#  (integer value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+#live_migration_completion_timeout=800
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Time to wait, in seconds, for migration to make forward progress in
+# transferring data before aborting the operation.
+#
+# Set to 0 to disable timeouts.
+#
+# This is deprecated, and now disabled by default because we have found serious
+# bugs in this feature that caused false live-migration timeout failures. This
+# feature will be removed or replaced in a future release.
+#  (integer value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Serious bugs found in this feature.
+#live_migration_progress_timeout=0
+
+#
+# This option allows nova to switch an on-going live migration to post-copy
+# mode, i.e., switch the active VM to the one on the destination node before the
+# migration is complete, therefore ensuring an upper bound on the memory that
+# needs to be transferred. Post-copy requires libvirt>=1.3.3 and QEMU>=2.5.0.
+#
+# When permitted, post-copy mode will be automatically activated if a
+# live-migration memory copy iteration does not make percentage increase of at
+# least 10% over the last iteration.
+#
+# The live-migration force complete API also uses post-copy when permitted. If
+# post-copy mode is not available, force complete falls back to pausing the VM
+# to ensure the live-migration operation will complete.
+#
+# When using post-copy mode, if the source and destination hosts loose network
+# connectivity, the VM being live-migrated will need to be rebooted. For more
+# details, please see the Administration guide.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * live_migration_permit_auto_converge
+#  (boolean value)
+#live_migration_permit_post_copy=false
+
+#
+# This option allows nova to start live migration with auto converge on.
+#
+# Auto converge throttles down CPU if a progress of on-going live migration
+# is slow. Auto converge will only be used if this flag is set to True and
+# post copy is not permitted or post copy is unavailable due to the version
+# of libvirt and QEMU in use. Auto converge requires libvirt>=1.2.3 and
+# QEMU>=1.6.0.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * live_migration_permit_post_copy
+#  (boolean value)
+#live_migration_permit_auto_converge=false
+
+#
+# Determine the snapshot image format when sending to the image service.
+#
+# If set, this decides what format is used when sending the snapshot to the
+# image service.
+# If not set, defaults to same type as source image.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``raw``: RAW disk format
+# * ``qcow2``: KVM default disk format
+# * ``vmdk``: VMWare default disk format
+# * ``vdi``: VirtualBox default disk format
+# * If not set, defaults to same type as source image.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, qcow2, vmdk, vdi
+#snapshot_image_format=<None>
+
+#
+# Override the default disk prefix for the devices attached to an instance.
+#
+# If set, this is used to identify a free disk device name for a bus.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any prefix which will result in a valid disk device name like 'sda' or 'hda'
+#   for example. This is only necessary if the device names differ to the
+#   commonly known device name prefixes for a virtualization type such as: sd,
+#   xvd, uvd, vd.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``virt_type``: Influences which device type is used, which determines
+#   the default disk prefix.
+#  (string value)
+#disk_prefix=<None>
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft reboot request
+# is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance does not shutdown within this
+# window. (integer value)
+#wait_soft_reboot_seconds=120
+
+#
+# Is used to set the CPU mode an instance should have.
+#
+# If virt_type="kvm|qemu", it will default to "host-model", otherwise it will
+# default to "none".
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``host-model``: Clones the host CPU feature flags.
+# * ``host-passthrough``: Use the host CPU model exactly;
+# * ``custom``: Use a named CPU model;
+# * ``none``: Not set any CPU model.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``cpu_model``: If ``custom`` is used for ``cpu_mode``, set this config
+#   option too, otherwise this would result in an error and the instance won't
+#   be launched.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: host-model, host-passthrough, custom, none
+#cpu_mode=<None>
+
+#
+# Set the name of the libvirt CPU model the instance should use.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The names listed in /usr/share/libvirt/cpu_map.xml
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``cpu_mode``: Don't set this when ``cpu_mode`` is NOT set to ``custom``.
+#   This would result in an error and the instance won't be launched.
+# * ``virt_type``: Only the virtualization types ``kvm`` and ``qemu`` use this.
+#  (string value)
+#cpu_model=<None>
+
+# Location where libvirt driver will store snapshots before uploading them to
+# image service (string value)
+#snapshots_directory=$instances_path/snapshots
+
+# Location where the Xen hvmloader is kept (string value)
+#xen_hvmloader_path=/usr/lib/xen/boot/hvmloader
+
+# Specific cachemodes to use for different disk types e.g:
+# file=directsync,block=none (list value)
+#disk_cachemodes =
+
+# A path to a device that will be used as source of entropy on the host.
+# Permitted options are: /dev/random or /dev/hwrng (string value)
+#rng_dev_path=<None>
+
+# For qemu or KVM guests, set this option to specify a default machine type per
+# host architecture. You can find a list of supported machine types in your
+# environment by checking the output of the "virsh capabilities"command. The
+# format of the value for this config option is host-arch=machine-type. For
+# example: x86_64=machinetype1,armv7l=machinetype2 (list value)
+#hw_machine_type=<None>
+
+# The data source used to the populate the host "serial" UUID exposed to guest
+# in the virtual BIOS. (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, os, hardware, auto
+#sysinfo_serial=auto
+
+# A number of seconds to memory usage statistics period. Zero or negative value
+# mean to disable memory usage statistics. (integer value)
+#mem_stats_period_seconds=10
+
+# List of uid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-uid:host-uid:countMaximum of 5
+# allowed. (list value)
+#uid_maps =
+
+# List of guid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-gid:host-gid:countMaximum of 5
+# allowed. (list value)
+#gid_maps =
+
+# In a realtime host context vCPUs for guest will run in that scheduling
+# priority. Priority depends on the host kernel (usually 1-99) (integer value)
+#realtime_scheduler_priority=1
+
+#
+# This is a performance event list which could be used as monitor. These events
+# will be passed to libvirt domain xml while creating a new instances.
+# Then event statistics data can be collected from libvirt.  The minimum
+# libvirt version is 2.0.0. For more information about `Performance monitoring
+# events`, refer https://libvirt.org/formatdomain.html#elementsPerf .
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * A string list. For example: ``enabled_perf_events = cmt, mbml, mbmt``
+#   The supported events list can be found in
+#   https://libvirt.org/html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html ,
+#   which you may need to search key words ``VIR_PERF_PARAM_*``
+#  (list value)
+#enabled_perf_events =
+
+#
+# VM Images format.
+#
+# If default is specified, then use_cow_images flag is used instead of this
+# one.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * virt.use_cow_images
+# * images_volume_group
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, flat, qcow2, lvm, rbd, ploop, default
+#images_type=default
+
+#
+# LVM Volume Group that is used for VM images, when you specify images_type=lvm
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * images_type
+#  (string value)
+#images_volume_group=<None>
+
+#
+# Create sparse logical volumes (with virtualsize) if this flag is set to True.
+#  (boolean value)
+#sparse_logical_volumes=false
+
+# The RADOS pool in which rbd volumes are stored (string value)
+#images_rbd_pool=rbd
+
+# Path to the ceph configuration file to use (string value)
+#images_rbd_ceph_conf =
+
+#
+# Discard option for nova managed disks.
+#
+# Requires:
+#
+# * Libvirt >= 1.0.6
+# * Qemu >= 1.5 (raw format)
+# * Qemu >= 1.6 (qcow2 format)
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: ignore, unmap
+#hw_disk_discard=<None>
+{%- if compute.libvirt.hw_disk_discard is defined %}
+hw_disk_discard={{ compute.libvirt.hw_disk_discard }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# DEPRECATED: Allows image information files to be stored in non-standard
+# locations (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Image info files are no longer used by the image cache
+#image_info_filename_pattern=$instances_path/$image_cache_subdirectory_name/%(image)s.info
+
+# Unused resized base images younger than this will not be removed (integer
+# value)
+#remove_unused_resized_minimum_age_seconds=3600
+
+# DEPRECATED: Write a checksum for files in _base to disk (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: The image cache no longer periodically calculates checksums of stored
+# images. Data integrity can be checked at the block or filesystem level.
+#checksum_base_images=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: How frequently to checksum base images (integer value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: The image cache no longer periodically calculates checksums of stored
+# images. Data integrity can be checked at the block or filesystem level.
+#checksum_interval_seconds=3600
+
+#
+# Method used to wipe ephemeral disks when they are deleted. Only takes effect
+# if LVM is set as backing storage.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * none - do not wipe deleted volumes
+# * zero - overwrite volumes with zeroes
+# * shred - overwrite volume repeatedly
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * images_type - must be set to ``lvm``
+# * volume_clear_size
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, zero, shred
+#volume_clear=zero
+
+#
+# Size of area in MiB, counting from the beginning of the allocated volume,
+# that will be cleared using method set in ``volume_clear`` option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0 - clear whole volume
+# * >0 - clear specified amount of MiB
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * images_type - must be set to ``lvm``
+# * volume_clear - must be set and the value must be different than ``none``
+#   for this option to have any impact
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#volume_clear_size=0
+
+#
+# Enable snapshot compression for ``qcow2`` images.
+#
+# Note: you can set ``snapshot_image_format`` to ``qcow2`` to force all
+# snapshots to be in ``qcow2`` format, independently from their original image
+# type.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * snapshot_image_format
+#  (boolean value)
+#snapshot_compression=false
+
+# Use virtio for bridge interfaces with KVM/QEMU (boolean value)
+#use_virtio_for_bridges=true
+
+#
+# Protocols listed here will be accessed directly from QEMU.
+#
+# If gluster is present in qemu_allowed_storage_drivers, glusterfs's backend
+# will
+# pass a disk configuration to QEMU. This allows QEMU to access the volume using
+# libgfapi rather than mounting GlusterFS via fuse.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * [gluster]
+#  (list value)
+#qemu_allowed_storage_drivers =
+
+#
+# Use multipath connection of the iSCSI or FC volume
+#
+# Volumes can be connected in the LibVirt as multipath devices. This will
+# provide high availability and fault tolerance.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [libvirt]/iscsi_use_multipath
+#volume_use_multipath=false
+
+#
+# Number of times to rediscover AoE target to find volume.
+#
+# Nova provides support for block storage attaching to hosts via AOE (ATA over
+# Ethernet). This option allows the user to specify the maximum number of retry
+# attempts that can be made to discover the AoE device.
+#  (integer value)
+#num_aoe_discover_tries=3
+
+#
+# Absolute path to the directory where the glusterfs volume is mounted on the
+# compute node.
+#  (string value)
+#glusterfs_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Number of times to scan iSCSI target to find volume.
+#  (integer value)
+#num_iscsi_scan_tries=5
+
+#
+# The iSCSI transport iface to use to connect to target in case offload support
+# is desired.
+#
+# Default format is of the form <transport_name>.<hwaddress> where
+# <transport_name> is one of (be2iscsi, bnx2i, cxgb3i, cxgb4i, qla4xxx, ocs) and
+# <hwaddress> is the MAC address of the interface and can be generated via the
+# iscsiadm -m iface command. Do not confuse the iscsi_iface parameter to be
+# provided here with the actual transport name.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [libvirt]/iscsi_transport
+#iscsi_iface=<None>
+
+#
+# Number of times to scan iSER target to find volume.
+#
+# iSER is a server network protocol that extends iSCSI protocol to use Remote
+# Direct Memory Access (RDMA). This option allows the user to specify the
+# maximum
+# number of scan attempts that can be made to find iSER volume.
+#  (integer value)
+#num_iser_scan_tries=5
+
+#
+# Use multipath connection of the iSER volume.
+#
+# iSER volumes can be connected as multipath devices. This will provide high
+# availability and fault tolerance.
+#  (boolean value)
+#iser_use_multipath=false
+
+#
+# The RADOS client name for accessing rbd(RADOS Block Devices) volumes.
+#
+# Libvirt will refer to this user when connecting and authenticating with
+# the Ceph RBD server.
+#  (string value)
+#rbd_user=<None>
+
+#
+# The libvirt UUID of the secret for the rbd_user volumes.
+#  (string value)
+#rbd_secret_uuid=<None>
+
+#
+# Directory where the NFS volume is mounted on the compute node.
+# The default is 'mnt' directory of the location where nova's Python module
+# is installed.
+#
+# NFS provides shared storage for the OpenStack Block Storage service.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing absolute path of mount point.
+#  (string value)
+#nfs_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Mount options passed to the NFS client. See section of the nfs man page
+# for details.
+#
+# Mount options controls the way the filesystem is mounted and how the
+# NFS client behaves when accessing files on this mount point.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing mount options separated by commas.
+# * Example string: vers=3,lookupcache=pos
+#  (string value)
+#nfs_mount_options=<None>
+
+#
+# Directory where the Quobyte volume is mounted on the compute node.
+#
+# Nova supports Quobyte volume driver that enables storing Block Storage
+# service volumes on a Quobyte storage back end. This Option sepcifies the
+# path of the directory where Quobyte volume is mounted.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing absolute path of mount point.
+#  (string value)
+#quobyte_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+# Path to a Quobyte Client configuration file. (string value)
+#quobyte_client_cfg=<None>
+
+#
+# Path or URL to Scality SOFS(Scale-Out File Server) configuration file.
+#
+# The Scality SOFS provides OpenStack users the option of storing their
+# data on a high capacity, replicated, highly available Scality Ring object
+# storage cluster.
+#  (string value)
+#scality_sofs_config=<None>
+
+#
+# Base dir where Scality SOFS shall be mounted.
+#
+# The Scality volume driver in Nova mounts SOFS and lets the hypervisor access
+# the volumes.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * $state_path/scality where state_path is a config option that specifies
+#   the top-level directory for maintaining nova's state or Any string
+#   containing the full directory path.
+#  (string value)
+#scality_sofs_mount_point=$state_path/scality
+
+#
+# Directory where the SMBFS shares are mounted on the compute node.
+#  (string value)
+#smbfs_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Mount options passed to the SMBFS client.
+#
+# Provide SMBFS options as a single string containing all parameters.
+# See mount.cifs man page for  details. Note that the libvirt-qemu ``uid``
+# and ``gid`` must be specified.
+#  (string value)
+#smbfs_mount_options =
+
+#
+# libvirt's transport method for remote file operations.
+#
+# Because libvirt cannot use RPC to copy files over network to/from other
+# compute nodes, other method must be used for:
+#
+# * creating directory on remote host
+# * creating file on remote host
+# * removing file from remote host
+# * copying file to remote host
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: ssh, rsync
+#remote_filesystem_transport=ssh
+
+#
+# Directory where the Virtuozzo Storage clusters are mounted on the compute
+# node.
+#
+# This option defines non-standard mountpoint for Vzstorage cluster.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Mount owner user name.
+#
+# This option defines the owner user of Vzstorage cluster mountpoint.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_user=stack
+
+#
+# Mount owner group name.
+#
+# This option defines the owner group of Vzstorage cluster mountpoint.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_group=qemu
+
+#
+# Mount access mode.
+#
+# This option defines the access bits of Vzstorage cluster mountpoint,
+# in the format similar to one of chmod(1) utility, like this: 0770.
+# It consists of one to four digits ranging from 0 to 7, with missing
+# lead digits assumed to be 0's.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_perms=0770
+
+#
+# Path to vzstorage client log.
+#
+# This option defines the log of cluster operations,
+# it should include "%(cluster_name)s" template to separate
+# logs from multiple shares.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_opts may include more detailed logging options.
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_log_path=/var/log/pstorage/%(cluster_name)s/nova.log.gz
+
+#
+# Path to the SSD cache file.
+#
+# You can attach an SSD drive to a client and configure the drive to store
+# a local cache of frequently accessed data. By having a local cache on a
+# client's SSD drive, you can increase the overall cluster performance by
+# up to 10 and more times.
+# WARNING! There is a lot of SSD models which are not server grade and
+# may loose arbitrary set of data changes on power loss.
+# Such SSDs should not be used in Vstorage and are dangerous as may lead
+# to data corruptions and inconsistencies. Please consult with the manual
+# on which SSD models are known to be safe or verify it using
+# vstorage-hwflush-check(1) utility.
+#
+# This option defines the path which should include "%(cluster_name)s"
+# template to separate caches from multiple shares.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_opts may include more detailed cache options.
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_cache_path=<None>
+
+#
+# Extra mount options for pstorage-mount
+#
+# For full description of them, see
+# https://static.openvz.org/vz-man/man1/pstorage-mount.1.gz.html
+# Format is a python string representation of arguments list, like:
+# "['-v', '-R', '500']"
+# Shouldn't include -c, -l, -C, -u, -g and -m as those have
+# explicit vzstorage_* options.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * All other vzstorage_* options
+#  (list value)
+#vzstorage_mount_opts =
+
+
+[matchmaker_redis]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: Host to locate redis. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#host=127.0.0.1
+
+# DEPRECATED: Use this port to connect to redis host. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#port=6379
+
+# DEPRECATED: Password for Redis server (optional). (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#password =
+
+# DEPRECATED: List of Redis Sentinel hosts (fault tolerance mode), e.g.,
+# [host:port, host1:port ... ] (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#sentinel_hosts =
+
+# Redis replica set name. (string value)
+#sentinel_group_name=oslo-messaging-zeromq
+
+# Time in ms to wait between connection attempts. (integer value)
+#wait_timeout=2000
+
+# Time in ms to wait before the transaction is killed. (integer value)
+#check_timeout=20000
+
+# Timeout in ms on blocking socket operations. (integer value)
+#socket_timeout=10000
+
+
+[metrics]
+#
+# Configuration options for metrics
+#
+# Options under this group allow to adjust how values assigned to metrics are
+# calculated.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# When using metrics to weight the suitability of a host, you can use this
+# option
+# to change how the calculated weight influences the weight assigned to a host
+# as
+# follows:
+#
+# * >1.0: increases the effect of the metric on overall weight
+# * 1.0: no change to the calculated weight
+# * >0.0,<1.0: reduces the effect of the metric on overall weight
+# * 0.0: the metric value is ignored, and the value of the
+#   'weight_of_unavailable' option is returned instead
+# * >-1.0,<0.0: the effect is reduced and reversed
+# * -1.0: the effect is reversed
+# * <-1.0: the effect is increased proportionally and reversed
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_of_unavailable
+#  (floating point value)
+#weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# This setting specifies the metrics to be weighed and the relative ratios for
+# each metric. This should be a single string value, consisting of a series of
+# one or more 'name=ratio' pairs, separated by commas, where 'name' is the name
+# of the metric to be weighed, and 'ratio' is the relative weight for that
+# metric.
+#
+# Note that if the ratio is set to 0, the metric value is ignored, and instead
+# the weight will be set to the value of the 'weight_of_unavailable' option.
+#
+# As an example, let's consider the case where this option is set to:
+#
+#     ``name1=1.0, name2=-1.3``
+#
+# The final weight will be:
+#
+#     ``(name1.value * 1.0) + (name2.value * -1.3)``
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more key/value pairs separated by commas, where the key is
+#   a string representing the name of a metric and the value is a numeric weight
+#   for that metric. If any value is set to 0, the value is ignored and the
+#   weight will be set to the value of the 'weight_of_unavailable' option.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_of_unavailable
+#  (list value)
+#weight_setting =
+
+#
+# This setting determines how any unavailable metrics are treated. If this
+# option
+# is set to True, any hosts for which a metric is unavailable will raise an
+# exception, so it is recommended to also use the MetricFilter to filter out
+# those hosts before weighing.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True or False, where False ensures any metric being unavailable for a host
+#   will set the host weight to 'weight_of_unavailable'.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_of_unavailable
+#  (boolean value)
+#required=true
+
+#
+# When any of the following conditions are met, this value will be used in place
+# of any actual metric value:
+#
+# * One of the metrics named in 'weight_setting' is not available for a host,
+#   and the value of 'required' is False
+# * The ratio specified for a metric in 'weight_setting' is 0
+# * The 'weight_multiplier' option is set to 0
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_setting
+# * required
+# * weight_multiplier
+#  (floating point value)
+#weight_of_unavailable=-10000.0
+
+
+[mks]
+#
+# Nova compute node uses WebMKS, a desktop sharing protocol to provide
+# instance console access to VM's created by VMware hypervisors.
+#
+# Related options:
+# Following options must be set to provide console access.
+# * mksproxy_base_url
+# * enabled
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Location of MKS web console proxy
+#
+# The URL in the response points to a WebMKS proxy which
+# starts proxying between client and corresponding vCenter
+# server where instance runs. In order to use the web based
+# console access, WebMKS proxy should be installed and configured
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Must be a valid URL of the form:``http://host:port/``
+#  (string value)
+#mksproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6090/
+
+#
+# Enables graphical console access for virtual machines.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+
+[neutron]
+#
+# Configuration options for neutron (network connectivity as a service).
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+username={{ compute.network.user }}
+password={{ compute.network.password }}
+project_name={{ compute.identity.tenant }}
+auth_url = {{ compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.identity.host }}:{{ compute.identity.port }}/v3
+url={{ compute.network.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.network.host }}:{{ compute.network.port }}
+{%- if compute.network.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ compute.network.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+region_name= {{ compute.network.region }}
+extension_sync_interval={{ compute.network.get('extension_sync_interval', '600') }}
+auth_type = v3password
+project_domain_name = Default
+user_domain_name = Default
+timeout=30
+#
+# This option specifies the URL for connecting to Neutron.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid URL that points to the Neutron API service is appropriate here.
+#   This typically matches the URL returned for the 'network' service type
+#   from the Keystone service catalog.
+#  (uri value)
+#url=http://127.0.0.1:9696
+
+#
+# Region name for connecting to Neutron in admin context.
+#
+# This option is used in multi-region setups. If there are two Neutron
+# servers running in two regions in two different machines, then two
+# services need to be created in Keystone with two different regions and
+# associate corresponding endpoints to those services. When requests are made
+# to Keystone, the Keystone service uses the region_name to determine the
+# region the request is coming from.
+#  (string value)
+#region_name=RegionOne
+
+#
+# Specifies the name of an integration bridge interface used by OpenvSwitch.
+# This option is used only if Neutron does not specify the OVS bridge name.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing OVS bridge name.
+#  (string value)
+#ovs_bridge=br-int
+
+#
+# Integer value representing the number of seconds to wait before querying
+# Neutron for extensions.  After this number of seconds the next time Nova
+# needs to create a resource in Neutron it will requery Neutron for the
+# extensions that it has loaded.  Setting value to 0 will refresh the
+# extensions with no wait.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#extension_sync_interval=600
+
+#
+# When set to True, this option indicates that Neutron will be used to proxy
+# metadata requests and resolve instance ids. Otherwise, the instance ID must be
+# passed to the metadata request in the 'X-Instance-ID' header.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * metadata_proxy_shared_secret
+#  (boolean value)
+#service_metadata_proxy=false
+
+#
+# This option holds the shared secret string used to validate proxy requests to
+# Neutron metadata requests. In order to be used, the
+# 'X-Metadata-Provider-Signature' header must be supplied in the request.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * service_metadata_proxy
+#  (string value)
+#metadata_proxy_shared_secret =
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+timeout = 300
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [neutron]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [neutron]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[notifications]
+#
+# Most of the actions in Nova which manipulate the system state generate
+# notifications which are posted to the messaging component (e.g. RabbitMQ) and
+# can be consumed by any service outside the Openstack. More technical details
+# at http://docs.openstack.org/developer/nova/notifications.html
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# If set, send compute.instance.update notifications on instance state
+# changes.
+#
+# Please refer to https://wiki.openstack.org/wiki/SystemUsageData for
+# additional information on notifications.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None - no notifications
+# * "vm_state" - notifications on VM state changes
+# * "vm_and_task_state" - notifications on VM and task state changes
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: <None>, vm_state, vm_and_task_state
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notify_on_state_change
+#notify_on_state_change=<None>
+{%- if compute.get('notification', {}).notify_on is defined %}
+{%- for key, value in compute.notification.notify_on.iteritems() %}
+notify_on_{{ key }} = {{ value }}
+{%- endfor %}
+{%- elif pillar.ceilometer is defined %}
+notify_on_state_change = vm_and_task_state
+{%- endif %}
+
+#
+# If enabled, send api.fault notifications on caught exceptions in the
+# API service.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notify_api_faults
+#notify_on_api_faults=false
+notify_on_api_faults=false
+
+# Default notification level for outgoing notifications. (string value)
+# Allowed values: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/default_notification_level
+#default_level=INFO
+
+#
+# Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications. If you consider routing
+# notifications using different publisher, change this value accordingly.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Defaults to the IPv4 address of this host, but it can be any valid
+#   oslo.messaging publisher_id
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# *  my_ip - IP address of this host
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/default_publisher_id
+#default_publisher_id=$my_ip
+
+#
+# Specifies which notification format shall be used by nova.
+#
+# The default value is fine for most deployments and rarely needs to be changed.
+# This value can be set to 'versioned' once the infrastructure moves closer to
+# consuming the newer format of notifications. After this occurs, this option
+# will be removed (possibly in the "P" release).
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * unversioned: Only the legacy unversioned notifications are emitted.
+# * versioned: Only the new versioned notifications are emitted.
+# * both: Both the legacy unversioned and the new versioned notifications are
+#   emitted. (Default)
+#
+# The list of versioned notifications is visible in
+# http://docs.openstack.org/developer/nova/notifications.html
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: unversioned, versioned, both
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_format
+#notification_format=both
+
+
+[osapi_v21]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is a list of all of the v2.1 API extensions to never load.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of strings, each being the alias of an extension that you do not
+#   wish to load.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled
+# * extensions_whitelist
+#  (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 12.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# API extensions are now part of the standard API. API extensions should be
+# disabled using policy, rather than via these configuration options.
+#extensions_blacklist =
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is a list of extensions. If it is empty, then *all* extensions except
+# those specified in the extensions_blacklist option will be loaded. If it is
+# not
+# empty, then only those extensions in this list will be loaded, provided that
+# they are also not in the extensions_blacklist option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of strings, each being the alias of an extension that you wish to
+#   load, or an empty list, which indicates that all extensions are to be run.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled
+# * extensions_blacklist
+#  (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 12.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# API extensions are now part of the standard API. API extensions should be
+# disabled using policy, rather than via these configuration options.
+#extensions_whitelist =
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is a string representing a regular expression (regex) that matches
+# the project_id as contained in URLs. If not set, it will match normal UUIDs
+# created by keystone.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing any legal regular expression
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 13.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# Recent versions of nova constrain project IDs to hexadecimal characters and
+# dashes. If your installation uses IDs outside of this range, you should use
+# this option to provide your own regex and give you time to migrate offending
+# projects to valid IDs before the next release.
+#project_id_regex=<None>
+
+
+[oslo_concurrency]
+
+#
+# From oslo.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enables or disables inter-process locks. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disable_process_locking
+#disable_process_locking=false
+
+# Directory to use for lock files.  For security, the specified directory should
+# only be writable by the user running the processes that need locking. Defaults
+# to environment variable OSLO_LOCK_PATH. If OSLO_LOCK_PATH is not set in the
+# environment, use the Python tempfile.gettempdir function to find a suitable
+# location. If external locks are used, a lock path must be set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/lock_path
+lock_path = /var/lib/nova/tmp
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_amqp]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Name for the AMQP container. must be globally unique. Defaults to a generated
+# UUID (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/container_name
+#container_name=<None>
+
+# Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=0
+
+# Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/trace
+#trace=false
+
+# CA certificate PEM file used to verify the server's certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file =
+
+# Self-identifying certificate PEM file for client authentication (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file =
+
+# Private key PEM file used to sign ssl_cert_file certificate (optional) (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file =
+
+# Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_password
+#ssl_key_password=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/allow_insecure_clients
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Not applicable - not a SSL server
+#allow_insecure_clients=false
+
+# Space separated list of acceptable SASL mechanisms (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/sasl_mechanisms
+#sasl_mechanisms =
+
+# Path to directory that contains the SASL configuration (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/sasl_config_dir
+#sasl_config_dir =
+
+# Name of configuration file (without .conf suffix) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/sasl_config_name
+#sasl_config_name =
+
+# User name for message broker authentication (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/username
+#username =
+
+# Password for message broker authentication (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/password
+#password =
+
+# Seconds to pause before attempting to re-connect. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#connection_retry_interval=1
+
+# Increase the connection_retry_interval by this many seconds after each
+# unsuccessful failover attempt. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#connection_retry_backoff=2
+
+# Maximum limit for connection_retry_interval + connection_retry_backoff
+# (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#connection_retry_interval_max=30
+
+# Time to pause between re-connecting an AMQP 1.0 link that failed due to a
+# recoverable error. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#link_retry_delay=10
+
+# The maximum number of attempts to re-send a reply message which failed due to
+# a recoverable error. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#default_reply_retry=0
+
+# The deadline for an rpc reply message delivery. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 5
+#default_reply_timeout=30
+
+# The deadline for an rpc cast or call message delivery. Only used when caller
+# does not provide a timeout expiry. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 5
+#default_send_timeout=30
+
+# The deadline for a sent notification message delivery. Only used when caller
+# does not provide a timeout expiry. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 5
+#default_notify_timeout=30
+
+# The duration to schedule a purge of idle sender links. Detach link after
+# expiry. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#default_sender_link_timeout=600
+
+# Indicates the addressing mode used by the driver.
+# Permitted values:
+# 'legacy'   - use legacy non-routable addressing
+# 'routable' - use routable addresses
+# 'dynamic'  - use legacy addresses if the message bus does not support routing
+# otherwise use routable addressing (string value)
+#addressing_mode=dynamic
+
+# address prefix used when sending to a specific server (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/server_request_prefix
+#server_request_prefix=exclusive
+
+# address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/broadcast_prefix
+#broadcast_prefix=broadcast
+
+# address prefix when sending to any server in group (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/group_request_prefix
+#group_request_prefix=unicast
+
+# Address prefix for all generated RPC addresses (string value)
+#rpc_address_prefix=openstack.org/om/rpc
+
+# Address prefix for all generated Notification addresses (string value)
+#notify_address_prefix=openstack.org/om/notify
+
+# Appended to the address prefix when sending a fanout message. Used by the
+# message bus to identify fanout messages. (string value)
+#multicast_address=multicast
+
+# Appended to the address prefix when sending to a particular RPC/Notification
+# server. Used by the message bus to identify messages sent to a single
+# destination. (string value)
+#unicast_address=unicast
+
+# Appended to the address prefix when sending to a group of consumers. Used by
+# the message bus to identify messages that should be delivered in a round-robin
+# fashion across consumers. (string value)
+#anycast_address=anycast
+
+# Exchange name used in notification addresses.
+# Exchange name resolution precedence:
+# Target.exchange if set
+# else default_notification_exchange if set
+# else control_exchange if set
+# else 'notify' (string value)
+#default_notification_exchange=<None>
+
+# Exchange name used in RPC addresses.
+# Exchange name resolution precedence:
+# Target.exchange if set
+# else default_rpc_exchange if set
+# else control_exchange if set
+# else 'rpc' (string value)
+#default_rpc_exchange=<None>
+
+# Window size for incoming RPC Reply messages. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#reply_link_credit=200
+
+# Window size for incoming RPC Request messages (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#rpc_server_credit=100
+
+# Window size for incoming Notification messages (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#notify_server_credit=100
+
+# Send messages of this type pre-settled.
+# Pre-settled messages will not receive acknowledgement
+# from the peer. Note well: pre-settled messages may be
+# silently discarded if the delivery fails.
+# Permitted values:
+# 'rpc-call' - send RPC Calls pre-settled
+# 'rpc-reply'- send RPC Replies pre-settled
+# 'rpc-cast' - Send RPC Casts pre-settled
+# 'notify'   - Send Notifications pre-settled
+#  (multi valued)
+#pre_settled=rpc-cast
+#pre_settled=rpc-reply
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_kafka]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: Default Kafka broker Host (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#kafka_default_host=localhost
+
+# DEPRECATED: Default Kafka broker Port (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#kafka_default_port=9092
+
+# Max fetch bytes of Kafka consumer (integer value)
+#kafka_max_fetch_bytes=1048576
+
+# Default timeout(s) for Kafka consumers (integer value)
+#kafka_consumer_timeout=1.0
+
+# Pool Size for Kafka Consumers (integer value)
+#pool_size=10
+
+# The pool size limit for connections expiration policy (integer value)
+#conn_pool_min_size=2
+
+# The time-to-live in sec of idle connections in the pool (integer value)
+#conn_pool_ttl=1200
+
+# Group id for Kafka consumer. Consumers in one group will coordinate message
+# consumption (string value)
+#consumer_group=oslo_messaging_consumer
+
+# Upper bound on the delay for KafkaProducer batching in seconds (floating point
+# value)
+#producer_batch_timeout=0.0
+
+# Size of batch for the producer async send (integer value)
+#producer_batch_size=16384
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_notifications]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+{%- if compute.notification is mapping %}
+driver = {{ compute.notification.get('driver', 'messagingv2') }}
+{%- if compute.notification.topics is defined %}
+topics = {{ compute.notification.topics }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- elif compute.notification %}
+driver = messagingv2
+{%- endif %}
+
+# The Drivers(s) to handle sending notifications. Possible values are messaging,
+# messagingv2, routing, log, test, noop (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_driver
+#driver =
+
+# A URL representing the messaging driver to use for notifications. If not set,
+# we fall back to the same configuration used for RPC. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_transport_url
+#transport_url=<None>
+
+# AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [rpc_notifier2]/topics
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_topics
+#topics=notifications
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_rabbit]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues=false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete=false
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_version
+#kombu_ssl_version =
+
+# SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_keyfile
+#kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+
+# SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_certfile
+#kombu_ssl_certfile =
+
+# SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_ca_certs
+#kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+
+# How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel
+# notification. (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_reconnect_delay
+#kombu_reconnect_delay=1.0
+
+# EXPERIMENTAL: Possible values are: gzip, bz2. If not set compression will not
+# be used. This option may not be available in future versions. (string value)
+#kombu_compression=<None>
+
+# How long to wait a missing client before abandoning to send it its replies.
+# This value should not be longer than rpc_response_timeout. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [oslo_messaging_rabbit]/kombu_reconnect_timeout
+#kombu_missing_consumer_retry_timeout=60
+
+# Determines how the next RabbitMQ node is chosen in case the one we are
+# currently connected to becomes unavailable. Takes effect only if more than one
+# RabbitMQ node is provided in config. (string value)
+# Allowed values: round-robin, shuffle
+#kombu_failover_strategy=round-robin
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_host
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_host=localhost
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_port
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_port=5672
+
+# DEPRECATED: RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_hosts
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_hosts=$rabbit_host:$rabbit_port
+
+# Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_use_ssl
+#rabbit_use_ssl=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ userid. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_userid
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_userid=guest
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ password. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_password
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_password=guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ login method. (string value)
+# Allowed values: PLAIN, AMQPLAIN, RABBIT-CR-DEMO
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_login_method
+#rabbit_login_method=AMQPLAIN
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ virtual host. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_virtual_host
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_virtual_host=/
+
+# How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. (integer value)
+#rabbit_retry_interval=1
+
+# How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_retry_backoff
+#rabbit_retry_backoff=2
+
+# Maximum interval of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 30 seconds.
+# (integer value)
+#rabbit_interval_max=30
+
+# DEPRECATED: Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0
+# (infinite retry count). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_max_retries
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#rabbit_max_retries=0
+
+# Try to use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this
+# option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. In RabbitMQ 3.0, queue mirroring
+# is no longer controlled by the x-ha-policy argument when declaring a queue. If
+# you just want to make sure that all queues (except those with auto-generated
+# names) are mirrored across all nodes, run: "rabbitmqctl set_policy HA
+# '^(?!amq\.).*' '{"ha-mode": "all"}' " (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_ha_queues
+#rabbit_ha_queues=false
+
+# Positive integer representing duration in seconds for queue TTL (x-expires).
+# Queues which are unused for the duration of the TTL are automatically deleted.
+# The parameter affects only reply and fanout queues. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#rabbit_transient_queues_ttl=1800
+
+# Specifies the number of messages to prefetch. Setting to zero allows unlimited
+# messages. (integer value)
+#rabbit_qos_prefetch_count=0
+
+# Number of seconds after which the Rabbit broker is considered down if
+# heartbeat's keep-alive fails (0 disable the heartbeat). EXPERIMENTAL (integer
+# value)
+#heartbeat_timeout_threshold=60
+
+# How often times during the heartbeat_timeout_threshold we check the heartbeat.
+# (integer value)
+#heartbeat_rate=2
+
+# Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fake_rabbit
+#fake_rabbit=false
+
+# Maximum number of channels to allow (integer value)
+#channel_max=<None>
+
+# The maximum byte size for an AMQP frame (integer value)
+#frame_max=<None>
+
+# How often to send heartbeats for consumer's connections (integer value)
+#heartbeat_interval=3
+
+# Enable SSL (boolean value)
+#ssl=<None>
+
+# Arguments passed to ssl.wrap_socket (dict value)
+#ssl_options=<None>
+
+# Set socket timeout in seconds for connection's socket (floating point value)
+#socket_timeout=0.25
+
+# Set TCP_USER_TIMEOUT in seconds for connection's socket (floating point value)
+#tcp_user_timeout=0.25
+
+# Set delay for reconnection to some host which has connection error (floating
+# point value)
+#host_connection_reconnect_delay=0.25
+
+# Connection factory implementation (string value)
+# Allowed values: new, single, read_write
+#connection_factory=single
+
+# Maximum number of connections to keep queued. (integer value)
+#pool_max_size=30
+
+# Maximum number of connections to create above `pool_max_size`. (integer value)
+#pool_max_overflow=0
+
+# Default number of seconds to wait for a connections to available (integer
+# value)
+#pool_timeout=30
+
+# Lifetime of a connection (since creation) in seconds or None for no recycling.
+# Expired connections are closed on acquire. (integer value)
+#pool_recycle=600
+
+# Threshold at which inactive (since release) connections are considered stale
+# in seconds or None for no staleness. Stale connections are closed on acquire.
+# (integer value)
+#pool_stale=60
+
+# Default serialization mechanism for serializing/deserializing
+# outgoing/incoming messages (string value)
+# Allowed values: json, msgpack
+#default_serializer_type=json
+
+# Persist notification messages. (boolean value)
+#notification_persistence=false
+
+# Exchange name for sending notifications (string value)
+#default_notification_exchange=${control_exchange}_notification
+
+# Max number of not acknowledged message which RabbitMQ can send to notification
+# listener. (integer value)
+#notification_listener_prefetch_count=100
+
+# Reconnecting retry count in case of connectivity problem during sending
+# notification, -1 means infinite retry. (integer value)
+#default_notification_retry_attempts=-1
+
+# Reconnecting retry delay in case of connectivity problem during sending
+# notification message (floating point value)
+#notification_retry_delay=0.25
+
+# Time to live for rpc queues without consumers in seconds. (integer value)
+#rpc_queue_expiration=60
+
+# Exchange name for sending RPC messages (string value)
+#default_rpc_exchange=${control_exchange}_rpc
+
+# Exchange name for receiving RPC replies (string value)
+#rpc_reply_exchange=${control_exchange}_rpc_reply
+
+# Max number of not acknowledged message which RabbitMQ can send to rpc
+# listener. (integer value)
+#rpc_listener_prefetch_count=100
+
+# Max number of not acknowledged message which RabbitMQ can send to rpc reply
+# listener. (integer value)
+#rpc_reply_listener_prefetch_count=100
+
+# Reconnecting retry count in case of connectivity problem during sending reply.
+# -1 means infinite retry during rpc_timeout (integer value)
+#rpc_reply_retry_attempts=-1
+
+# Reconnecting retry delay in case of connectivity problem during sending reply.
+# (floating point value)
+#rpc_reply_retry_delay=0.25
+
+# Reconnecting retry count in case of connectivity problem during sending RPC
+# message, -1 means infinite retry. If actual retry attempts in not 0 the rpc
+# request could be processed more than one time (integer value)
+#default_rpc_retry_attempts=-1
+
+# Reconnecting retry delay in case of connectivity problem during sending RPC
+# message (floating point value)
+#rpc_retry_delay=0.25
+
+{# rabbitmq ssl configuration #}
+{%- if compute.message_queue.get('ssl',{}).get('enabled', False) %}
+rabbit_use_ssl=true
+
+{%- if compute.message_queue.ssl.version is defined %}
+kombu_ssl_version = {{ compute.message_queue.ssl.version }}
+{%- elif salt['grains.get']('pythonversion') > [2,7,8] %}
+kombu_ssl_version = TLSv1_2
+{%- endif %}
+
+kombu_ssl_ca_certs = {{ compute.message_queue.ssl.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_zmq]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_address
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address=*
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+# Allowed values: redis, sentinel, dummy
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_matchmaker
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker=redis
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_contexts
+#rpc_zmq_contexts=1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_topic_backlog
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog=<None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_ipc_dir
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir=/var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_host
+#rpc_zmq_host=localhost
+
+# Number of seconds to wait before all pending messages will be sent after
+# closing a socket. The default value of -1 specifies an infinite linger period.
+# The value of 0 specifies no linger period. Pending messages shall be discarded
+# immediately when the socket is closed. Positive values specify an upper bound
+# for the linger period. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_cast_timeout
+#zmq_linger=-1
+
+# The default number of seconds that poll should wait. Poll raises timeout
+# exception when timeout expired. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_poll_timeout
+#rpc_poll_timeout=1
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a name service record about existing target (
+# < 0 means no timeout). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_expire
+#zmq_target_expire=300
+
+# Update period in seconds of a name service record about existing target.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_update
+#zmq_target_update=180
+
+# Use PUB/SUB pattern for fanout methods. PUB/SUB always uses proxy. (boolean
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_pub_sub
+#use_pub_sub=false
+
+# Use ROUTER remote proxy. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_router_proxy
+#use_router_proxy=false
+
+# This option makes direct connections dynamic or static. It makes sense only
+# with use_router_proxy=False which means to use direct connections for direct
+# message types (ignored otherwise). (boolean value)
+#use_dynamic_connections=false
+
+# How many additional connections to a host will be made for failover reasons.
+# This option is actual only in dynamic connections mode. (integer value)
+#zmq_failover_connections=2
+
+# Minimal port number for random ports range. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_min_port
+#rpc_zmq_min_port=49153
+
+# Maximal port number for random ports range. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65536
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_max_port
+#rpc_zmq_max_port=65536
+
+# Number of retries to find free port number before fail with ZMQBindError.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries
+#rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries=100
+
+# Default serialization mechanism for serializing/deserializing
+# outgoing/incoming messages (string value)
+# Allowed values: json, msgpack
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_serialization
+#rpc_zmq_serialization=json
+
+# This option configures round-robin mode in zmq socket. True means not keeping
+# a queue when server side disconnects. False means to keep queue and messages
+# even if server is disconnected, when the server appears we send all
+# accumulated messages to it. (boolean value)
+#zmq_immediate=true
+
+# Enable/disable TCP keepalive (KA) mechanism. The default value of -1 (or any
+# other negative value) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default;
+# 0 and 1 (or any other positive value) mean to disable and enable the option
+# respectively. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive=-1
+
+# The duration between two keepalive transmissions in idle condition. The unit
+# is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in Windows
+# etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means to skip
+# any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_idle=-1
+
+# The number of retransmissions to be carried out before declaring that remote
+# end is not available. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and
+# 0) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_cnt=-1
+
+# The duration between two successive keepalive retransmissions, if
+# acknowledgement to the previous keepalive transmission is not received. The
+# unit is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in
+# Windows etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means
+# to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_intvl=-1
+
+# Maximum number of (green) threads to work concurrently. (integer value)
+#rpc_thread_pool_size=100
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a sent/received message after which it is not
+# tracked anymore by a client/server. (integer value)
+#rpc_message_ttl=300
+
+# Wait for message acknowledgements from receivers. This mechanism works only
+# via proxy without PUB/SUB. (boolean value)
+#rpc_use_acks=false
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for an ack from a cast/call. After each retry
+# attempt this timeout is multiplied by some specified multiplier. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_base=15
+
+# Number to multiply base ack timeout by after each retry attempt. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_multiplier=2
+
+# Default number of message sending attempts in case of any problems occurred:
+# positive value N means at most N retries, 0 means no retries, None or -1 (or
+# any other negative values) mean to retry forever. This option is used only if
+# acknowledgments are enabled. (integer value)
+#rpc_retry_attempts=3
+
+# List of publisher hosts SubConsumer can subscribe on. This option has higher
+# priority then the default publishers list taken from the matchmaker. (list
+# value)
+#subscribe_on =
+
+
+[oslo_middleware]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# The maximum body size for each  request, in bytes. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_max_request_body_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_request_body_size
+#max_request_body_size=114688
+
+# DEPRECATED: The HTTP Header that will be used to determine what the original
+# request protocol scheme was, even if it was hidden by a SSL termination proxy.
+# (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header=X-Forwarded-Proto
+
+# Whether the application is behind a proxy or not. This determines if the
+# middleware should parse the headers or not. (boolean value)
+#enable_proxy_headers_parsing=false
+
+
+[oslo_policy]
+
+#
+# From oslo.policy
+#
+
+# The file that defines policies. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_file
+#policy_file=policy.json
+
+# Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_default_rule
+#policy_default_rule=default
+
+# Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative
+# to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or
+# absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these
+# directories to be searched.  Missing or empty directories are ignored. (multi
+# valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_dirs
+#policy_dirs=policy.d
+
+
+[pci]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# An alias for a PCI passthrough device requirement.
+#
+# This allows users to specify the alias in the extra_spec for a flavor, without
+# needing to repeat all the PCI property requirements.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * A list of JSON values which describe the aliases. For example:
+#
+#     alias = {
+#       "name": "QuickAssist",
+#       "product_id": "0443",
+#       "vendor_id": "8086",
+#       "device_type": "type-PCI"
+#     }
+#
+#   defines an alias for the Intel QuickAssist card. (multi valued). Valid key
+#   values are :
+#
+#   * "name": Name of the PCI alias.
+#   * "product_id": Product ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "vendor_id": Vendor ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "device_type": Type of PCI device. Valid values are: "type-PCI",
+#     "type-PF" and "type-VF".
+#  (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/pci_alias
+#alias =
+
+#
+# White list of PCI devices available to VMs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A JSON dictionary which describe a whitelisted PCI device. It should take
+#   the following format:
+#
+#     ["vendor_id": "<id>",] ["product_id": "<id>",]
+#     ["address": "[[[[<domain>]:]<bus>]:][<slot>][.[<function>]]" |
+#      "devname": "<name>",]
+#     {"<tag>": "<tag_value>",}
+#
+#   Where '[' indicates zero or one occurrences, '{' indicates zero or multiple
+#   occurrences, and '|' mutually exclusive options. Note that any missing
+#   fields are automatically wildcarded.
+#
+#   Valid key values are :
+#
+#   * "vendor_id": Vendor ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "product_id": Product ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "address": PCI address of the device.
+#   * "devname": Device name of the device (for e.g. interface name). Not all
+#     PCI devices have a name.
+#   * "<tag>": Additional <tag> and <tag_value> used for matching PCI devices.
+#     Supported <tag>: "physical_network".
+#
+#   The address key supports traditional glob style and regular expression
+#   syntax. Valid examples are:
+#
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"devname":"eth0",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":"*:0a:00.*"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":":0a:00.",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"vendor_id":"1137",
+#                              "product_id":"0071"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"vendor_id":"1137",
+#                              "product_id":"0071",
+#                              "address": "0000:0a:00.1",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":{"domain": ".*",
+#                                         "bus": "02", "slot": "01",
+#                                         "function": "[2-7]"},
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":{"domain": ".*",
+#                                         "bus": "02", "slot": "0[1-2]",
+#                                         "function": ".*"},
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#
+#   The following are invalid, as they specify mutually exclusive options:
+#
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"devname":"eth0",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet",
+#                              "address":"*:0a:00.*"}
+#
+# * A JSON list of JSON dictionaries corresponding to the above format. For
+#   example:
+#
+#     passthrough_whitelist = [{"product_id":"0001", "vendor_id":"8086"},
+#                              {"product_id":"0002", "vendor_id":"8086"}]
+#  (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/pci_passthrough_whitelist
+#passthrough_whitelist =
+{%- if compute.get('sriov', false) %}
+{%- for nic_name, sriov in compute.sriov.iteritems() %}
+passthrough_whitelist = {"devname":"{{ sriov.devname }}","physical_network":"{{ sriov.physical_network }}"}
+{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+
+[placement]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+auth_type = password
+user_domain_id = {{ compute.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_domain_id = {{ compute.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_name = {{ compute.identity.tenant }}
+username = {{ compute.identity.user }}
+password = {{ compute.identity.password }}
+{%- if compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ compute.identity.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+auth_url={{ compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ compute.identity.host }}:35357/v3
+os_interface = internal
+
+#
+# Region name of this node. This is used when picking the URL in the service
+# catalog.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing region name
+#  (string value)
+#os_region_name = openstack
+os_region_name = {{ compute.identity.region }}
+
+#
+# Endpoint interface for this node. This is used when picking the URL in the
+# service catalog.
+#  (string value)
+#os_interface=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [placement]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [placement]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[quota]
+#
+# Quota options allow to manage quotas in openstack deployment.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The number of instances allowed per project.
+#
+# Possible Values
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_instances
+#instances=10
+
+#
+# The number of instance cores or vCPUs allowed per project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_cores
+#cores=20
+
+#
+# The number of megabytes of instance RAM allowed per project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_ram
+#ram=51200
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of floating IPs allowed per project.
+#
+# Floating IPs are not allocated to instances by default. Users need to select
+# them from the pool configured by the OpenStack administrator to attach to
+# their
+# instances.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_floating_ips
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#floating_ips=10
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of fixed IPs allowed per project.
+#
+# Unlike floating IPs, fixed IPs are allocated dynamically by the network
+# component when instances boot up.  This quota value should be at least the
+# number of instances allowed
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_fixed_ips
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#fixed_ips=-1
+
+#
+# The number of metadata items allowed per instance.
+#
+# Users can associate metadata with an instance during instance creation. This
+# metadata takes the form of key-value pairs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_metadata_items
+#metadata_items=128
+
+#
+# The number of injected files allowed.
+#
+# File injection allows users to customize the personality of an instance by
+# injecting data into it upon boot. Only text file injection is permitted:
+# binary
+# or ZIP files are not accepted. During file injection, any existing files that
+# match specified files are renamed to include ``.bak`` extension appended with
+# a
+# timestamp.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_injected_files
+#injected_files=5
+
+#
+# The number of bytes allowed per injected file.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_injected_file_content_bytes
+#injected_file_content_bytes=10240
+
+#
+# The maximum allowed injected file path length.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_injected_file_path_length
+#injected_file_path_length=255
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of security groups per project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_security_groups
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#security_groups=10
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of security rules per security group.
+#
+# The associated rules in each security group control the traffic to instances
+# in
+# the group.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_security_group_rules
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#security_group_rules=20
+
+#
+# The maximum number of key pairs allowed per user.
+#
+# Users can create at least one key pair for each project and use the key pair
+# for multiple instances that belong to that project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_key_pairs
+#key_pairs=100
+
+#
+# The maxiumum number of server groups per project.
+#
+# Server groups are used to control the affinity and anti-affinity scheduling
+# policy for a group of servers or instances. Reducing the quota will not affect
+# any existing group, but new servers will not be allowed into groups that have
+# become over quota.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_server_groups
+#server_groups=10
+
+#
+# The maximum number of servers per server group.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_server_group_members
+#server_group_members=10
+
+#
+# The number of seconds until a reservation expires.
+#
+# This quota represents the time period for invalidating quota reservations.
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/reservation_expire
+#reservation_expire=86400
+
+#
+# The count of reservations until usage is refreshed.
+#
+# This defaults to 0 (off) to avoid additional load but it is useful to turn on
+# to help keep quota usage up-to-date and reduce the impact of out of sync usage
+# issues.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/until_refresh
+#until_refresh=0
+
+#
+# The number of seconds between subsequent usage refreshes.
+#
+# This defaults to 0 (off) to avoid additional load but it is useful to turn on
+# to help keep quota usage up-to-date and reduce the impact of out of sync usage
+# issues. Note that quotas are not updated on a periodic task, they will update
+# on a new reservation if max_age has passed since the last reservation.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_age
+#max_age=0
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The quota enforcer driver.
+#
+# Provides abstraction for quota checks. Users can configure a specific
+# driver to use for quota checks.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver (default) or any string representing fully
+#   qualified class name.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_driver
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#driver=nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver
+
+
+[rdp]
+#
+# Options under this group enable and configure Remote Desktop Protocol (
+# RDP) related features.
+#
+# This group is only relevant to Hyper-V users.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) related features.
+#
+# Hyper-V, unlike the majority of the hypervisors employed on Nova compute
+# nodes, uses RDP instead of VNC and SPICE as a desktop sharing protocol to
+# provide instance console access. This option enables RDP for graphical
+# console access for virtual machines created by Hyper-V.
+#
+# **Note:** RDP should only be enabled on compute nodes that support the Hyper-V
+# virtualization platform.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``compute_driver``: Must be hyperv.
+#
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# The URL an end user would use to connect to the RDP HTML5 console proxy.
+# The console proxy service is called with this token-embedded URL and
+# establishes the connection to the proper instance.
+#
+# An RDP HTML5 console proxy service will need to be configured to listen on the
+# address configured here. Typically the console proxy service would be run on a
+# controller node. The localhost address used as default would only work in a
+# single node environment i.e. devstack.
+#
+# An RDP HTML5 proxy allows a user to access via the web the text or graphical
+# console of any Windows server or workstation using RDP. RDP HTML5 console
+# proxy services include FreeRDP, wsgate.
+# See https://github.com/FreeRDP/FreeRDP-WebConnect
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * <scheme>://<ip-address>:<port-number>/
+#
+#   The scheme must be identical to the scheme configured for the RDP HTML5
+#   console proxy service.
+#
+#   The IP address must be identical to the address on which the RDP HTML5
+#   console proxy service is listening.
+#
+#   The port must be identical to the port on which the RDP HTML5 console proxy
+#   service is listening.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rdp.enabled``: Must be set to ``True`` for ``html5_proxy_base_url`` to be
+#   effective.
+#  (string value)
+#html5_proxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6083/
+
+
+[remote_debug]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Debug host (IP or name) to connect to. This command line parameter is used
+# when
+# you want to connect to a nova service via a debugger running on a different
+# host.
+#
+# Note that using the remote debug option changes how Nova uses the eventlet
+# library to support async IO. This could result in failures that do not occur
+# under normal operation. Use at your own risk.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+#    * IP address of a remote host as a command line parameter
+#      to a nova service. For Example:
+#
+#     /usr/local/bin/nova-compute --config-file /etc/nova/nova.conf
+#     --remote_debug-host <IP address where the debugger is running>
+#  (string value)
+#host=<None>
+
+#
+# Debug port to connect to. This command line parameter allows you to specify
+# the port you want to use to connect to a nova service via a debugger running
+# on different host.
+#
+# Note that using the remote debug option changes how Nova uses the eventlet
+# library to support async IO. This could result in failures that do not occur
+# under normal operation. Use at your own risk.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+#    * Port number you want to use as a command line parameter
+#      to a nova service. For Example:
+#
+#     /usr/local/bin/nova-compute --config-file /etc/nova/nova.conf
+#     --remote_debug-host <IP address where the debugger is running>
+#     --remote_debug-port <port> it's listening on>.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#port=<None>
+
+
+[scheduler]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The scheduler host manager to use.
+#
+# The host manager manages the in-memory picture of the hosts that the scheduler
+# uses. The options values are chosen from the entry points under the namespace
+# 'nova.scheduler.host_manager' in 'setup.cfg'.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: host_manager, ironic_host_manager
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_host_manager
+#host_manager=host_manager
+
+#
+# The class of the driver used by the scheduler.
+#
+# The options are chosen from the entry points under the namespace
+# 'nova.scheduler.driver' in 'setup.cfg'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string, where the string corresponds to the class name of a scheduler
+#   driver. There are a number of options available:
+# ** 'caching_scheduler', which aggressively caches the system state for better
+#    individual scheduler performance at the risk of more retries when running
+#    multiple schedulers
+# ** 'chance_scheduler', which simply picks a host at random
+# ** 'fake_scheduler', which is used for testing
+# ** A custom scheduler driver. In this case, you will be responsible for
+#    creating and maintaining the entry point in your 'setup.cfg' file
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: filter_scheduler, caching_scheduler, chance_scheduler, fake_scheduler
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_driver
+#driver=filter_scheduler
+
+#
+# Periodic task interval.
+#
+# This value controls how often (in seconds) to run periodic tasks in the
+# scheduler. The specific tasks that are run for each period are determined by
+# the particular scheduler being used.
+#
+# If this is larger than the nova-service 'service_down_time' setting, Nova may
+# report the scheduler service as down. This is because the scheduler driver is
+# responsible for sending a heartbeat and it will only do that as often as this
+# option allows. As each scheduler can work a little differently than the
+# others,
+# be sure to test this with your selected scheduler.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to periodic task interval in
+#   seconds. 0 uses the default interval (60 seconds). A negative value disables
+#   periodic tasks.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``nova-service service_down_time``
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_driver_task_period
+#periodic_task_interval=60
+
+#
+# Maximum number of schedule attempts for a chosen host.
+#
+# This is the maximum number of attempts that will be made to schedule an
+# instance before it is assumed that the failures aren't due to normal
+# occasional
+# race conflicts, but rather some other problem. When this is reached a
+# MaxRetriesExceeded exception is raised, and the instance is set to an error
+# state.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer, where the integer corresponds to the max number of
+#   attempts that can be made when scheduling an instance.
+#          (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_max_attempts
+#max_attempts=3
+
+#
+# Periodic task interval.
+#
+# This value controls how often (in seconds) the scheduler should attempt
+# to discover new hosts that have been added to cells. If negative (the
+# default), no automatic discovery will occur.
+#
+# Small deployments may want this periodic task enabled, as surveying the
+# cells for new hosts is likely to be lightweight enough to not cause undue
+# burdon to the scheduler. However, larger clouds (and those that are not
+# adding hosts regularly) will likely want to disable this automatic
+# behavior and instead use the `nova-manage cell_v2 discover_hosts` command
+# when hosts have been added to a cell.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#discover_hosts_in_cells_interval=-1
+
+
+[serial_console]
+#
+# The serial console feature allows you to connect to a guest in case a
+# graphical console like VNC, RDP or SPICE is not available. This is only
+# currently supported for the libvirt, Ironic and hyper-v drivers.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable the serial console feature.
+#
+# In order to use this feature, the service ``nova-serialproxy`` needs to run.
+# This service is typically executed on the controller node.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# A range of TCP ports a guest can use for its backend.
+#
+# Each instance which gets created will use one port out of this range. If the
+# range is not big enough to provide another port for an new instance, this
+# instance won't get launched.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Each string which passes the regex ``\d+:\d+`` For example ``10000:20000``.
+#   Be sure that the first port number is lower than the second port number
+#   and that both are in range from 0 to 65535.
+#  (string value)
+#port_range=10000:20000
+
+#
+# The URL an end user would use to connect to the ``nova-serialproxy`` service.
+#
+# The ``nova-serialproxy`` service is called with this token enriched URL
+# and establishes the connection to the proper instance.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * The IP address must be identical to the address to which the
+#   ``nova-serialproxy`` service is listening (see option ``serialproxy_host``
+#   in this section).
+# * The port must be the same as in the option ``serialproxy_port`` of this
+#   section.
+# * If you choose to use a secured websocket connection, then start this option
+#   with ``wss://`` instead of the unsecured ``ws://``. The options ``cert``
+#   and ``key`` in the ``[DEFAULT]`` section have to be set for that.
+#  (uri value)
+#base_url=ws://127.0.0.1:6083/
+
+#
+# The IP address to which proxy clients (like ``nova-serialproxy``) should
+# connect to get the serial console of an instance.
+#
+# This is typically the IP address of the host of a ``nova-compute`` service.
+#  (string value)
+#proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# The IP address which is used by the ``nova-serialproxy`` service to listen
+# for incoming requests.
+#
+# The ``nova-serialproxy`` service listens on this IP address for incoming
+# connection requests to instances which expose serial console.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Ensure that this is the same IP address which is defined in the option
+#   ``base_url`` of this section or use ``0.0.0.0`` to listen on all addresses.
+#  (string value)
+#serialproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# The port number which is used by the ``nova-serialproxy`` service to listen
+# for incoming requests.
+#
+# The ``nova-serialproxy`` service listens on this port number for incoming
+# connection requests to instances which expose serial console.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Ensure that this is the same port number which is defined in the option
+#   ``base_url`` of this section.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#serialproxy_port=6083
+
+
+[service_user]
+#
+# Configuration options for service to service authentication using a service
+# token. These options allow to send a service token along with the
+# user's token when contacting external REST APIs.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# When True, if sending a user token to an REST API, also send a service token.
+#
+# Nova often reuses the user token provided to the nova-api to talk to other
+# REST APIs, such as Cinder and Neutron. It is possible that while the
+# user token was valid when the request was made to Nova, the token may expire
+# before it reaches the other service. To avoid any failures, and to
+# make it clear it is Nova calling the service on the users behalf, we include
+# a server token along with the user token. Should the user's token have
+# expired, a valid service token ensures the REST API request will still be
+# accepted by the keystone middleware.
+#
+# This feature is currently experimental, and as such is turned off by default
+# while full testing and performance tuning of this feature is completed.
+#  (boolean value)
+#send_service_user_token=false
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [service_user]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [service_user]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[spice]
+#
+# SPICE console feature allows you to connect to a guest virtual machine.
+# SPICE is a replacement for fairly limited VNC protocol.
+#
+# Following requirements must be met in order to use SPICE:
+#
+# * Virtualization driver must be libvirt
+# * spice.enabled set to True
+# * vnc.enabled set to False
+# * update html5proxy_base_url
+# * update server_proxyclient_address
+enabled = false
+{%- if compute.vncproxy_url is defined %}
+html5proxy_base_url = {{ compute.vncproxy_url }}/spice_auto.html
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable SPICE related features.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * VNC must be explicitly disabled to get access to the SPICE console. Set the
+#   enabled option to False in the [vnc] section to disable the VNC console.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# Enable the SPICE guest agent support on the instances.
+#
+# The Spice agent works with the Spice protocol to offer a better guest console
+# experience. However, the Spice console can still be used without the Spice
+# Agent. With the Spice agent installed the following features are enabled:
+#
+# * Copy & Paste of text and images between the guest and client machine
+# * Automatic adjustment of resolution when the client screen changes - e.g.
+#   if you make the Spice console full screen the guest resolution will adjust
+# to
+#   match it rather than letterboxing.
+# * Better mouse integration - The mouse can be captured and released without
+#   needing to click inside the console or press keys to release it. The
+#   performance of mouse movement is also improved.
+#  (boolean value)
+#agent_enabled=true
+
+#
+# Location of the SPICE HTML5 console proxy.
+#
+# End user would use this URL to connect to the `nova-spicehtml5proxy``
+# service. This service will forward request to the console of an instance.
+#
+# In order to use SPICE console, the service ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` should be
+# running. This service is typically launched on the controller node.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Must be a valid URL of the form:  ``http://host:port/spice_auto.html``
+#   where host is the node running ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` and the port is
+#   typically 6082. Consider not using default value as it is not well defined
+#   for any real deployment.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on ``html5proxy_host`` and ``html5proxy_port`` options.
+#   The access URL returned by the compute node must have the host
+#   and port where the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service is listening.
+#  (uri value)
+#html5proxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html
+
+#
+# The  address where the SPICE server running on the instances should listen.
+#
+# Typically, the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` proxy client runs on the controller
+# node and connects over the private network to this address on the compute
+# node(s).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * IP address to listen on.
+#  (string value)
+#server_listen=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# The address used by ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` client to connect to instance
+# console.
+#
+# Typically, the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` proxy client runs on the
+# controller node and connects over the private network to this address on the
+# compute node(s).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid IP address on the compute node.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on the ``server_listen`` option.
+#   The proxy client must be able to access the address specified in
+#   ``server_listen`` using the value of this option.
+#  (string value)
+#server_proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# A keyboard layout which is supported by the underlying hypervisor on this
+# node.
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * This is usually an 'IETF language tag' (default is 'en-us'). If you
+#   use QEMU as hypervisor, you should find the list of supported keyboard
+#   layouts at /usr/share/qemu/keymaps.
+#  (string value)
+#keymap=en-us
+
+#
+# IP address or a hostname on which the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service
+# listens for incoming requests.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on the ``html5proxy_base_url`` option.
+#   The ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service must be listening on a host that is
+#   accessible from the HTML5 client.
+#  (string value)
+#html5proxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port on which the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service listens for incoming
+# requests.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on the ``html5proxy_base_url`` option.
+#   The ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service must be listening on a port that is
+#   accessible from the HTML5 client.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#html5proxy_port=6082
+
+
+[ssl]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_ca_file
+{%- if compute.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'htpps' %}
+ca_file={{ compute.image.get('cacert_file', compute.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+# Certificate file to use when starting the server securely. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_cert_file
+#cert_file=<None>
+
+# Private key file to use when starting the server securely. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_key_file
+#key_file=<None>
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+#version=<None>
+
+# Sets the list of available ciphers. value should be a string in the OpenSSL
+# cipher list format. (string value)
+#ciphers=<None>
+
+
+[trusted_computing]
+#
+# Configuration options for enabling Trusted Platform Module.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The host to use as the attestation server.
+#
+# Cloud computing pools can involve thousands of compute nodes located at
+# different geographical locations, making it difficult for cloud providers to
+# identify a node's trustworthiness. When using the Trusted filter, users can
+# request that their VMs only be placed on nodes that have been verified by the
+# attestation server specified in this option.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing the host name or IP address of the attestation server,
+#   or an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_server=<None>
+
+#
+# The absolute path to the certificate to use for authentication when connecting
+# to the attestation server. See the `attestation_server` help text for more
+# information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing the path to the authentication certificate for the
+#   attestation server, or an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_server_ca_file=<None>
+
+#
+# The port to use when connecting to the attestation server. See the
+# `attestation_server` help text for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#attestation_port=8443
+
+#
+# The URL on the attestation server to use. See the `attestation_server` help
+# text for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This value must be just that path portion of the full URL, as it will be
+# joined
+# to the host specified in the attestation_server option.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid URL string of the attestation server, or an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_api_url=/OpenAttestationWebServices/V1.0
+
+#
+# Attestation servers require a specific blob that is used to authenticate. The
+# content and format of the blob are determined by the particular attestation
+# server being used. There is no default value; you must supply the value as
+# specified by your attestation service. See the `attestation_server` help text
+# for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string containing the specific blob required by the attestation server, or
+#   an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_auth_blob=<None>
+
+#
+# This value controls how long a successful attestation is cached. Once this
+# period has elapsed, a new attestation request will be made. See the
+# `attestation_server` help text for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A integer value, corresponding to the timeout interval for attestations in
+#   seconds. Any integer is valid, although setting this to zero or negative
+#   values can greatly impact performance when using an attestation service.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (integer value)
+#attestation_auth_timeout=60
+
+#
+# When set to True, the SSL certificate verification is skipped for the
+# attestation service. See the `attestation_server` help text for more
+# information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+#  (boolean value)
+#attestation_insecure_ssl=false
+
+
+[upgrade_levels]
+{%- if compute.upgrade_levels is defined %}
+{%- for key, value in compute.upgrade_levels.iteritems() %}
+{{ key }}={{ value }}
+{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# upgrade_levels options are used to set version cap for RPC
+# messages sent between different nova services.
+#
+# By default all services send messages using the latest version
+# they know about.
+#
+# The compute upgrade level is an important part of rolling upgrades
+# where old and new nova-compute services run side by side.
+#
+# The other options can largely be ignored, and are only kept to
+# help with a possible future backport issue.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Compute RPC API version cap.
+#
+# By default, we always send messages using the most recent version
+# the client knows about.
+#
+# Where you have old and new compute services running, you should set
+# this to the lowest deployed version. This is to guarantee that all
+# services never send messages that one of the compute nodes can't
+# understand. Note that we only support upgrading from release N to
+# release N+1.
+#
+# Set this option to "auto" if you want to let the compute RPC module
+# automatically determine what version to use based on the service
+# versions in the deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * By default send the latest version the client knows about
+# * 'auto': Automatically determines what version to use based on
+#   the service versions in the deployment.
+# * A string representing a version number in the format 'N.N';
+#   for example, possible values might be '1.12' or '2.0'.
+# * An OpenStack release name, in lower case, such as 'mitaka' or
+#   'liberty'.
+#  (string value)
+#compute=<None>
+
+# Cells RPC API version cap (string value)
+#cells=<None>
+
+# Intercell RPC API version cap (string value)
+#intercell=<None>
+
+# Cert RPC API version cap (string value)
+#cert=<None>
+
+# Scheduler RPC API version cap (string value)
+#scheduler=<None>
+
+# Conductor RPC API version cap (string value)
+#conductor=<None>
+
+# Console RPC API version cap (string value)
+#console=<None>
+
+# Consoleauth RPC API version cap (string value)
+#consoleauth=<None>
+
+# Network RPC API version cap (string value)
+#network=<None>
+
+# Base API RPC API version cap (string value)
+#baseapi=<None>
+
+
+[vendordata_dynamic_auth]
+#
+# Options within this group control the authentication of the vendordata
+# subsystem of the metadata API server (and config drive) with external systems.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [vendordata_dynamic_auth]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [vendordata_dynamic_auth]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[vmware]
+#
+# Related options:
+# Following options must be set in order to launch VMware-based
+# virtual machines.
+#
+# * compute_driver: Must use vmwareapi.VMwareVCDriver.
+# * vmware.host_username
+# * vmware.host_password
+# * vmware.cluster_name
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# This option specifies the physical ethernet adapter name for VLAN
+# networking.
+#
+# Set the vlan_interface configuration option to match the ESX host
+# interface that handles VLAN-tagged VM traffic.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid string representing VLAN interface name
+#  (string value)
+#vlan_interface=vmnic0
+
+#
+# This option should be configured only when using the NSX-MH Neutron
+# plugin. This is the name of the integration bridge on the ESXi server
+# or host. This should not be set for any other Neutron plugin. Hence
+# the default value is not set.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid string representing the name of the integration bridge
+#  (string value)
+#integration_bridge=<None>
+
+#
+# Set this value if affected by an increased network latency causing
+# repeated characters when typing in a remote console.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#console_delay_seconds=<None>
+
+#
+# Identifies the remote system where the serial port traffic will
+# be sent.
+#
+# This option adds a virtual serial port which sends console output to
+# a configurable service URI. At the service URI address there will be
+# virtual serial port concentrator that will collect console logs.
+# If this is not set, no serial ports will be added to the created VMs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid URI
+#  (string value)
+#serial_port_service_uri=<None>
+
+#
+# Identifies a proxy service that provides network access to the
+# serial_port_service_uri.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid URI
+#
+# Related options:
+# This option is ignored if serial_port_service_uri is not specified.
+# * serial_port_service_uri
+#  (string value)
+#serial_port_proxy_uri=<None>
+
+#
+# Hostname or IP address for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_ip=<None>
+
+# Port for connection to VMware vCenter host. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#host_port=443
+
+# Username for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_username=<None>
+
+# Password for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_password=<None>
+
+#
+# Specifies the CA bundle file to be used in verifying the vCenter
+# server certificate.
+#  (string value)
+#ca_file=<None>
+
+#
+# If true, the vCenter server certificate is not verified. If false,
+# then the default CA truststore is used for verification.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ca_file: This option is ignored if "ca_file" is set.
+#  (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Name of a VMware Cluster ComputeResource. (string value)
+#cluster_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Regular expression pattern to match the name of datastore.
+#
+# The datastore_regex setting specifies the datastores to use with
+# Compute. For example, datastore_regex="nas.*" selects all the data
+# stores that have a name starting with "nas".
+#
+# NOTE: If no regex is given, it just picks the datastore with the
+# most freespace.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any matching regular expression to a datastore must be given
+#  (string value)
+#datastore_regex=<None>
+
+#
+# Time interval in seconds to poll remote tasks invoked on
+# VMware VC server.
+#  (floating point value)
+#task_poll_interval=0.5
+
+#
+# Number of times VMware vCenter server API must be retried on connection
+# failures, e.g. socket error, etc.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#api_retry_count=10
+
+#
+# This option specifies VNC starting port.
+#
+# Every VM created by ESX host has an option of enabling VNC client
+# for remote connection. Above option 'vnc_port' helps you to set
+# default starting port for the VNC client.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid port number within 5900 -(5900 + vnc_port_total)
+#
+# Related options:
+# Below options should be set to enable VNC client.
+# * vnc.enabled = True
+# * vnc_port_total
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#vnc_port=5900
+
+#
+# Total number of VNC ports.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vnc_port_total=10000
+
+#
+# This option enables/disables the use of linked clone.
+#
+# The ESX hypervisor requires a copy of the VMDK file in order to boot
+# up a virtual machine. The compute driver must download the VMDK via
+# HTTP from the OpenStack Image service to a datastore that is visible
+# to the hypervisor and cache it. Subsequent virtual machines that need
+# the VMDK use the cached version and don't have to copy the file again
+# from the OpenStack Image service.
+#
+# If set to false, even with a cached VMDK, there is still a copy
+# operation from the cache location to the hypervisor file directory
+# in the shared datastore. If set to true, the above copy operation
+# is avoided as it creates copy of the virtual machine that shares
+# virtual disks with its parent VM.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_linked_clone=true
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option specifies VIM Service WSDL Location
+#
+# If vSphere API versions 5.1 and later is being used, this section can
+# be ignored. If version is less than 5.1, WSDL files must be hosted
+# locally and their location must be specified in the above section.
+#
+# Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * http://<server>/vimService.wsdl
+# * file:///opt/stack/vmware/SDK/wsdl/vim25/vimService.wsdl
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Only vCenter versions earlier than 5.1 require this option and the
+# current minimum version is 5.1.
+#wsdl_location=<None>
+
+#
+# This option enables or disables storage policy based placement
+# of instances.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * pbm_default_policy
+#  (boolean value)
+#pbm_enabled=false
+
+#
+# This option specifies the PBM service WSDL file location URL.
+#
+# Setting this will disable storage policy based placement
+# of instances.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid file path
+#   e.g file:///opt/SDK/spbm/wsdl/pbmService.wsdl
+#  (string value)
+#pbm_wsdl_location=<None>
+
+#
+# This option specifies the default policy to be used.
+#
+# If pbm_enabled is set and there is no defined storage policy for the
+# specific request, then this policy will be used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid storage policy such as VSAN default storage policy
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * pbm_enabled
+#  (string value)
+#pbm_default_policy=<None>
+
+#
+# This option specifies the limit on the maximum number of objects to
+# return in a single result.
+#
+# A positive value will cause the operation to suspend the retrieval
+# when the count of objects reaches the specified limit. The server may
+# still limit the count to something less than the configured value.
+# Any remaining objects may be retrieved with additional requests.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#maximum_objects=100
+
+#
+# This option adds a prefix to the folder where cached images are stored
+#
+# This is not the full path - just a folder prefix. This should only be
+# used when a datastore cache is shared between compute nodes.
+#
+# Note: This should only be used when the compute nodes are running on same
+# host or they have a shared file system.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing the cache prefix to the folder
+#  (string value)
+#cache_prefix=<None>
+
+
+[vnc]
+#
+# Virtual Network Computer (VNC) can be used to provide remote desktop
+# console access to instances for tenants and/or administrators.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+enabled = true
+{%- if compute.vncproxy_url is defined %}
+novncproxy_base_url={{ compute.vncproxy_url }}/vnc_auto.html
+{%- endif %}
+{%- if compute.bind is defined and compute.bind.vnc_port is defined %}
+novncproxy_port={{ compute.bind.vnc_port }}
+{%- endif %}
+vncserver_listen=0.0.0.0
+{%- if compute.bind is defined and compute.bind.vnc_address is defined %}
+vncserver_proxyclient_address={{ compute.bind.vnc_address }}
+{%- endif %}
+keymap = {{ compute.get('vnc_keymap', 'en-us') }}
+
+#
+# Enable VNC related features.
+#
+# Guests will get created with graphical devices to support this. Clients
+# (for example Horizon) can then establish a VNC connection to the guest.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vnc_enabled
+#enabled=true
+
+#
+# Keymap for VNC.
+#
+# The keyboard mapping (keymap) determines which keyboard layout a VNC
+# session should use by default.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A keyboard layout which is supported by the underlying hypervisor on
+#   this node. This is usually an 'IETF language tag' (for example
+#   'en-us').  If you use QEMU as hypervisor, you should find the  list
+#   of supported keyboard layouts at ``/usr/share/qemu/keymaps``.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vnc_keymap
+#keymap=en-us
+
+#
+# The IP address or hostname on which an instance should listen to for
+# incoming VNC connection requests on this node.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vncserver_listen
+#vncserver_listen=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# Private, internal IP address or hostname of VNC console proxy.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients.
+#
+# This option sets the private address to which proxy clients, such as
+# ``nova-xvpvncproxy``, should connect to.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vncserver_proxyclient_address
+#vncserver_proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# Public address of noVNC VNC console proxy.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. noVNC provides
+# VNC support through a websocket-based client.
+#
+# This option sets the public base URL to which client systems will
+# connect. noVNC clients can use this address to connect to the noVNC
+# instance and, by extension, the VNC sessions.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * novncproxy_host
+# * novncproxy_port
+#  (uri value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/novncproxy_base_url
+#novncproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html
+
+#
+# IP address or hostname that the XVP VNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. Xen provides
+# the Xenserver VNC Proxy, or XVP, as an alternative to the
+# websocket-based noVNC proxy used by Libvirt. In contrast to noVNC,
+# XVP clients are Java-based.
+#
+# This option sets the private address to which the XVP VNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * xvpvncproxy_port
+# * xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/xvpvncproxy_host
+#xvpvncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port that the XVP VNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. Xen provides
+# the Xenserver VNC Proxy, or XVP, as an alternative to the
+# websocket-based noVNC proxy used by Libvirt. In contrast to noVNC,
+# XVP clients are Java-based.
+#
+# This option sets the private port to which the XVP VNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * xvpvncproxy_host
+# * xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/xvpvncproxy_port
+#xvpvncproxy_port=6081
+
+#
+# Public URL address of XVP VNC console proxy.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. Xen provides
+# the Xenserver VNC Proxy, or XVP, as an alternative to the
+# websocket-based noVNC proxy used by Libvirt. In contrast to noVNC,
+# XVP clients are Java-based.
+#
+# This option sets the public base URL to which client systems will
+# connect. XVP clients can use this address to connect to the XVP
+# instance and, by extension, the VNC sessions.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * xvpvncproxy_host
+# * xvpvncproxy_port
+#  (uri value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#xvpvncproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6081/console
+
+#
+# IP address that the noVNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. noVNC provides
+# VNC support through a websocket-based client.
+#
+# This option sets the private address to which the noVNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * novncproxy_port
+# * novncproxy_base_url
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/novncproxy_host
+#novncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port that the noVNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. noVNC provides
+# VNC support through a websocket-based client.
+#
+# This option sets the private port to which the noVNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * novncproxy_host
+# * novncproxy_base_url
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/novncproxy_port
+#novncproxy_port=6080
+
+
+[workarounds]
+#
+# A collection of workarounds used to mitigate bugs or issues found in system
+# tools (e.g. Libvirt or QEMU) or Nova itself under certain conditions. These
+# should only be enabled in exceptional circumstances. All options are linked
+# against bug IDs, where more information on the issue can be found.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Use sudo instead of rootwrap.
+#
+# Allow fallback to sudo for performance reasons.
+#
+# For more information, refer to the bug report:
+#
+#   https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1415106
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Use sudo instead of rootwrap
+# * False: Use rootwrap as usual
+#
+# Interdependencies to other options:
+#
+# * Any options that affect 'rootwrap' will be ignored.
+#  (boolean value)
+#disable_rootwrap=false
+
+#
+# Disable live snapshots when using the libvirt driver.
+#
+# Live snapshots allow the snapshot of the disk to happen without an
+# interruption to the guest, using coordination with a guest agent to
+# quiesce the filesystem.
+#
+# When using libvirt 1.2.2 live snapshots fail intermittently under load
+# (likely related to concurrent libvirt/qemu operations). This config
+# option provides a mechanism to disable live snapshot, in favor of cold
+# snapshot, while this is resolved. Cold snapshot causes an instance
+# outage while the guest is going through the snapshotting process.
+#
+# For more information, refer to the bug report:
+#
+#   https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1334398
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Live snapshot is disabled when using libvirt
+# * False: Live snapshots are always used when snapshotting (as long as
+#   there is a new enough libvirt and the backend storage supports it)
+#  (boolean value)
+#disable_libvirt_livesnapshot=true
+disable_libvirt_livesnapshot={{ compute.get('workaround', {}).get('disable_libvirt_livesnapshot', True)|lower }}
+
+#
+# Enable handling of events emitted from compute drivers.
+#
+# Many compute drivers emit lifecycle events, which are events that occur when,
+# for example, an instance is starting or stopping. If the instance is going
+# through task state changes due to an API operation, like resize, the events
+# are ignored.
+#
+# This is an advanced feature which allows the hypervisor to signal to the
+# compute service that an unexpected state change has occurred in an instance
+# and that the instance can be shutdown automatically. Unfortunately, this can
+# race in some conditions, for example in reboot operations or when the compute
+# service or when host is rebooted (planned or due to an outage). If such races
+# are common, then it is advisable to disable this feature.
+#
+# Care should be taken when this feature is disabled and
+# 'sync_power_state_interval' is set to a negative value. In this case, any
+# instances that get out of sync between the hypervisor and the Nova database
+# will have to be synchronized manually.
+#
+# For more information, refer to the bug report:
+#
+#   https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1444630
+#
+# Interdependencies to other options:
+#
+# * If ``sync_power_state_interval`` is negative and this feature is disabled,
+#   then instances that get out of sync between the hypervisor and the Nova
+#   database will have to be synchronized manually.
+#  (boolean value)
+#handle_virt_lifecycle_events=true
+
+
+[wsgi]
+#
+# Options under this group are used to configure WSGI (Web Server Gateway
+# Interface). WSGI is used to serve API requests.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# This option represents a file name for the paste.deploy config for nova-api.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing file name for the paste.deploy config.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/api_paste_config
+api_paste_config=/etc/nova/api-paste.ini
+
+#
+# It represents a python format string that is used as the template to generate
+# log lines. The following values can be formatted into it: client_ip,
+# date_time, request_line, status_code, body_length, wall_seconds.
+#
+# This option is used for building custom request loglines.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * '%(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s'
+#   'len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f' (default)
+# * Any formatted string formed by specific values.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/wsgi_log_format
+#wsgi_log_format=%(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f
+
+#
+# This option specifies the HTTP header used to determine the protocol scheme
+# for the original request, even if it was removed by a SSL terminating proxy.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None (default) - the request scheme is not influenced by any HTTP headers.
+# * Valid HTTP header, like HTTP_X_FORWARDED_PROTO
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/secure_proxy_ssl_header
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header=<None>
+
+#
+# This option allows setting path to the CA certificate file that should be used
+# to verify connecting clients.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String representing path to the CA certificate file.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled_ssl_apis
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file=<None>
+
+#
+# This option allows setting path to the SSL certificate of API server.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String representing path to the SSL certificate.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled_ssl_apis
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file=<None>
+
+#
+# This option specifies the path to the file where SSL private key of API
+# server is stored when SSL is in effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String representing path to the SSL private key.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled_ssl_apis
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file=<None>
+
+#
+# This option sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket.
+# It specifies the duration of time to keep connection active. TCP generates a
+# KEEPALIVE transmission for an application that requests to keep connection
+# active. Not supported on OS X.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * keep_alive
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/tcp_keepidle
+#tcp_keepidle=600
+
+#
+# This option specifies the size of the pool of greenthreads used by wsgi.
+# It is possible to limit the number of concurrent connections using this
+# option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/wsgi_default_pool_size
+#default_pool_size=1000
+
+#
+# This option specifies the maximum line size of message headers to be accepted.
+# max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically
+# those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs).
+#
+# Since TCP is a stream based protocol, in order to reuse a connection, the HTTP
+# has to have a way to indicate the end of the previous response and beginning
+# of the next. Hence, in a keep_alive case, all messages must have a
+# self-defined message length.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_header_line
+#max_header_line=16384
+
+#
+# This option allows using the same TCP connection to send and receive multiple
+# HTTP requests/responses, as opposed to opening a new one for every single
+# request/response pair. HTTP keep-alive indicates HTTP connection reuse.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True : reuse HTTP connection.
+# * False : closes the client socket connection explicitly.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * tcp_keepidle
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/wsgi_keep_alive
+#keep_alive=true
+
+#
+# This option specifies the timeout for client connections' socket operations.
+# If an incoming connection is idle for this number of seconds it will be
+# closed. It indicates timeout on individual read/writes on the socket
+# connection. To wait forever set to 0.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/client_socket_timeout
+#client_socket_timeout=900
+
+
+[xenserver]
+#
+# XenServer options are used when the compute_driver is set to use
+# XenServer (compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver).
+#
+# Must specify connection_url, connection_password and ovs_integration_bridge to
+# use compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent's reply to a request.
+#
+# Nova configures/performs certain administrative actions on a server with the
+# help of an agent that's installed on the server. The communication between
+# Nova and the agent is achieved via sharing messages, called records, over
+# xenstore, a shared storage across all the domains on a Xenserver host.
+# Operations performed by the agent on behalf of nova are: 'version','
+# key_init',
+# 'password','resetnetwork','inject_file', and 'agentupdate'.
+#
+# To perform one of the above operations, the xapi 'agent' plugin writes the
+# command and its associated parameters to a certain location known to the
+# domain
+# and awaits response. On being notified of the message, the agent performs
+# appropriate actions on the server and writes the result back to xenstore. This
+# result is then read by the xapi 'agent' plugin to determine the
+# success/failure
+# of the operation.
+#
+# This config option determines how long the xapi 'agent' plugin shall wait to
+# read the response off of xenstore for a given request/command. If the agent on
+# the instance fails to write the result in this time period, the operation is
+# considered to have timed out.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``agent_version_timeout``
+# * ``agent_resetnetwork_timeout``
+#
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#agent_timeout=30
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent't reply to version request.
+#
+# This indicates the amount of time xapi 'agent' plugin waits for the agent to
+# respond to the 'version' request specifically. The generic timeout for agent
+# communication ``agent_timeout`` is ignored in this case.
+#
+# During the build process the 'version' request is used to determine if the
+# agent is available/operational to perform other requests such as
+# 'resetnetwork', 'password', 'key_init' and 'inject_file'. If the 'version'
+# call
+# fails, the other configuration is skipped. So, this configuration option can
+# also be interpreted as time in which agent is expected to be fully
+# operational.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#agent_version_timeout=300
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent's reply to resetnetwork
+# request.
+#
+# This indicates the amount of time xapi 'agent' plugin waits for the agent to
+# respond to the 'resetnetwork' request specifically. The generic timeout for
+# agent communication ``agent_timeout`` is ignored in this case.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#agent_resetnetwork_timeout=60
+
+#
+# Path to locate guest agent on the server.
+#
+# Specifies the path in which the XenAPI guest agent should be located. If the
+# agent is present, network configuration is not injected into the image.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# For this option to have an effect:
+# * ``flat_injected`` should be set to ``True``
+# * ``compute_driver`` should be set to ``xenapi.XenAPIDriver``
+#
+#  (string value)
+#agent_path=usr/sbin/xe-update-networking
+
+#
+# Disables the use of XenAPI agent.
+#
+# This configuration option suggests whether the use of agent should be enabled
+# or not regardless of what image properties are present. Image properties have
+# an effect only when this is set to ``True``. Read description of config option
+# ``use_agent_default`` for more information.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``use_agent_default``
+#
+#  (boolean value)
+#disable_agent=false
+
+#
+# Whether or not to use the agent by default when its usage is enabled but not
+# indicated by the image.
+#
+# The use of XenAPI agent can be disabled altogether using the configuration
+# option ``disable_agent``. However, if it is not disabled, the use of an agent
+# can still be controlled by the image in use through one of its properties,
+# ``xenapi_use_agent``. If this property is either not present or specified
+# incorrectly on the image, the use of agent is determined by this configuration
+# option.
+#
+# Note that if this configuration is set to ``True`` when the agent is not
+# present, the boot times will increase significantly.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``disable_agent``
+#
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_agent_default=false
+
+# Timeout in seconds for XenAPI login. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#login_timeout=10
+
+#
+# Maximum number of concurrent XenAPI connections.
+#
+# In nova, multiple XenAPI requests can happen at a time.
+# Configuring this option will parallelize access to the XenAPI
+# session, which allows you to make concurrent XenAPI connections.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#connection_concurrent=5
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Base URL for torrent files; must contain a slash character (see RFC 1808,
+# step 6).
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_base_url=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Probability that peer will become a seeder (1.0 = 100%) (floating
+# point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_seed_chance=1.0
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Number of seconds after downloading an image via BitTorrent that it should
+# be seeded for other peers.'
+#  (integer value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_seed_duration=3600
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Cached torrent files not accessed within this number of seconds can be reaped.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_max_last_accessed=86400
+
+# DEPRECATED: Beginning of port range to listen on (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_listen_port_start=6881
+
+# DEPRECATED: End of port range to listen on (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_listen_port_end=6891
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Number of seconds a download can remain at the same progress percentage w/o
+# being considered a stall.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_download_stall_cutoff=600
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Maximum number of seeder processes to run concurrently within a given dom0
+# (-1 = no limit).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_max_seeder_processes_per_host=1
+
+#
+# Cache glance images locally.
+#
+# The value for this option must be chosen from the choices listed
+# here. Configuring a value other than these will default to 'all'.
+#
+# Note: There is nothing that deletes these images.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * `all`: will cache all images.
+# * `some`: will only cache images that have the
+#   image_property `cache_in_nova=True`.
+# * `none`: turns off caching entirely.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: all, some, none
+#cache_images=all
+
+#
+# Compression level for images.
+#
+# By setting this option we can configure the gzip compression level.
+# This option sets GZIP environment variable before spawning tar -cz
+# to force the compression level. It defaults to none, which means the
+# GZIP environment variable is not set and the default (usually -6)
+# is used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Range is 1-9, e.g., 9 for gzip -9, 9 being most
+#   compressed but most CPU intensive on dom0.
+# * Any values out of this range will default to None.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 9
+#image_compression_level=<None>
+
+# Default OS type used when uploading an image to glance (string value)
+#default_os_type=linux
+
+# Time in secs to wait for a block device to be created (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#block_device_creation_timeout=10
+{%- if compute.block_device_creation_timeout is defined %}
+block_device_creation_timeout = {{ compute.block_device_creation_timeout }}
+{%- endif  %}
+
+#
+# Maximum size in bytes of kernel or ramdisk images.
+#
+# Specifying the maximum size of kernel or ramdisk will avoid copying
+# large files to dom0 and fill up /boot/guest.
+#  (integer value)
+#max_kernel_ramdisk_size=16777216
+
+#
+# Filter for finding the SR to be used to install guest instances on.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * To use the Local Storage in default XenServer/XCP installations
+#   set this flag to other-config:i18n-key=local-storage.
+# * To select an SR with a different matching criteria, you could
+#   set it to other-config:my_favorite_sr=true.
+# * To fall back on the Default SR, as displayed by XenCenter,
+#   set this flag to: default-sr:true.
+#  (string value)
+#sr_matching_filter=default-sr:true
+
+#
+# Whether to use sparse_copy for copying data on a resize down.
+# (False will use standard dd). This speeds up resizes down
+# considerably since large runs of zeros won't have to be rsynced.
+#  (boolean value)
+#sparse_copy=true
+
+#
+# Maximum number of retries to unplug VBD.
+# If set to 0, should try once, no retries.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#num_vbd_unplug_retries=10
+
+#
+# Whether or not to download images via Bit Torrent.
+#
+# The value for this option must be chosen from the choices listed
+# here. Configuring a value other than these will default to 'none'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * `all`: will download all images.
+# * `some`: will only download images that have the image_property
+#           `bittorrent=true`.
+# * `none`: will turnoff downloading images via Bit Torrent.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: all, some, none
+#torrent_images=none
+
+#
+# Name of network to use for booting iPXE ISOs.
+#
+# An iPXE ISO is a specially crafted ISO which supports iPXE booting.
+# This feature gives a means to roll your own image.
+#
+# By default this option is not set. Enable this option to
+# boot an iPXE ISO.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * `ipxe_boot_menu_url`
+# * `ipxe_mkisofs_cmd`
+#  (string value)
+#ipxe_network_name=<None>
+
+#
+# URL to the iPXE boot menu.
+#
+# An iPXE ISO is a specially crafted ISO which supports iPXE booting.
+# This feature gives a means to roll your own image.
+#
+# By default this option is not set. Enable this option to
+# boot an iPXE ISO.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * `ipxe_network_name`
+# * `ipxe_mkisofs_cmd`
+#  (string value)
+#ipxe_boot_menu_url=<None>
+
+#
+# Name and optionally path of the tool used for ISO image creation.
+#
+# An iPXE ISO is a specially crafted ISO which supports iPXE booting.
+# This feature gives a means to roll your own image.
+#
+# Note: By default `mkisofs` is not present in the Dom0, so the
+# package can either be manually added to Dom0 or include the
+# `mkisofs` binary in the image itself.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * `ipxe_network_name`
+# * `ipxe_boot_menu_url`
+#  (string value)
+#ipxe_mkisofs_cmd=mkisofs
+
+#
+# URL for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. A special value
+# of unix://local can be used to connect to the local unix socket.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents a URL. The connection_url is
+#   generally the management network IP address of the XenServer.
+# * This option must be set if you chose the XenServer driver.
+#  (string value)
+#connection_url=<None>
+
+# Username for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform (string value)
+#connection_username=root
+
+# Password for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform (string value)
+#connection_password=<None>
+
+#
+# The interval used for polling of coalescing vhds.
+#
+# This is the interval after which the task of coalesce VHD is
+# performed, until it reaches the max attempts that is set by
+# vhd_coalesce_max_attempts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * `vhd_coalesce_max_attempts`
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vhd_coalesce_poll_interval=5.0
+
+#
+# Ensure compute service is running on host XenAPI connects to.
+# This option must be set to false if the 'independent_compute'
+# option is set to true.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Setting this option to true will make sure that compute service
+#   is running on the same host that is specified by connection_url.
+# * Setting this option to false, doesn't perform the check.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * `independent_compute`
+#  (boolean value)
+#check_host=true
+
+#
+# Max number of times to poll for VHD to coalesce.
+#
+# This option determines the maximum number of attempts that can be
+# made for coalescing the VHD before giving up.
+#
+# Related opitons:
+#
+# * `vhd_coalesce_poll_interval`
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vhd_coalesce_max_attempts=20
+
+# Base path to the storage repository on the XenServer host. (string value)
+#sr_base_path=/var/run/sr-mount
+
+#
+# The iSCSI Target Host.
+#
+# This option represents the hostname or ip of the iSCSI Target.
+# If the target host is not present in the connection information from
+# the volume provider then the value from this option is taken.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents hostname/ip of Target.
+#  (string value)
+#target_host=<None>
+
+#
+# The iSCSI Target Port.
+#
+# This option represents the port of the iSCSI Target. If the
+# target port is not present in the connection information from the
+# volume provider then the value from this option is taken.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#target_port=3260
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Used to enable the remapping of VBD dev.
+# (Works around an issue in Ubuntu Maverick)
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# This option provided a workaround for issues in Ubuntu Maverick, which
+# was released in April 2010 and was dropped from support in April 2012.
+# There's no reason to continue supporting this option.
+#remap_vbd_dev=false
+
+#
+# Specify prefix to remap VBD dev to (ex. /dev/xvdb -> /dev/sdb).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If `remap_vbd_dev` is set to False this option has no impact.
+#  (string value)
+#remap_vbd_dev_prefix=sd
+
+#
+# Used to prevent attempts to attach VBDs locally, so Nova can
+# be run in a VM on a different host.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``CONF.flat_injected`` (Must be False)
+# * ``CONF.xenserver.check_host`` (Must be False)
+# * ``CONF.default_ephemeral_format`` (Must be unset or 'ext3')
+# * Joining host aggregates (will error if attempted)
+# * Swap disks for Windows VMs (will error if attempted)
+# * Nova-based auto_configure_disk (will error if attempted)
+#  (boolean value)
+#independent_compute=false
+
+#
+# Wait time for instances to go to running state.
+#
+# Provide an integer value representing time in seconds to set the
+# wait time for an instance to go to running state.
+#
+# When a request to create an instance is received by nova-api and
+# communicated to nova-compute, the creation of the instance occurs
+# through interaction with Xen via XenAPI in the compute node. Once
+# the node on which the instance(s) are to be launched is decided by
+# nova-schedule and the launch is triggered, a certain amount of wait
+# time is involved until the instance(s) can become available and
+# 'running'. This wait time is defined by running_timeout. If the
+# instances do not go to running state within this specified wait
+# time, the launch expires and the instance(s) are set to 'error'
+# state.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#running_timeout=60
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The XenAPI VIF driver using XenServer Network APIs.
+#
+# Provide a string value representing the VIF XenAPI vif driver to use for
+# plugging virtual network interfaces.
+#
+# Xen configuration uses bridging within the backend domain to allow
+# all VMs to appear on the network as individual hosts. Bridge
+# interfaces are used to create a XenServer VLAN network in which
+# the VIFs for the VM instances are plugged. If no VIF bridge driver
+# is plugged, the bridge is not made available. This configuration
+# option takes in a value for the VIF driver.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIOpenVswitchDriver (default)
+# * nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIBridgeDriver (deprecated)
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``vlan_interface``
+# * ``ovs_integration_bridge``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There are only two in-tree vif drivers for XenServer. XenAPIBridgeDriver is
+# for
+# nova-network which is deprecated and XenAPIOpenVswitchDriver is for Neutron
+# which is the default configuration for Nova since the 15.0.0 Ocata release. In
+# the future the "use_neutron" configuration option will be used to determine
+# which vif driver to use.
+#vif_driver=nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIOpenVswitchDriver
+
+#
+# Dom0 plugin driver used to handle image uploads.
+#
+# Provide a string value representing a plugin driver required to
+# handle the image uploading to GlanceStore.
+#
+# Images, and snapshots from XenServer need to be uploaded to the data
+# store for use. image_upload_handler takes in a value for the Dom0
+# plugin driver. This driver is then called to uplaod images to the
+# GlanceStore.
+#  (string value)
+#image_upload_handler=nova.virt.xenapi.image.glance.GlanceStore
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for SR to settle if the VDI
+# does not exist when first introduced.
+#
+# Some SRs, particularly iSCSI connections are slow to see the VDIs
+# right after they got introduced. Setting this option to a
+# time interval will make the SR to wait for that time period
+# before raising VDI not found exception.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#introduce_vdi_retry_wait=20
+
+#
+# The name of the integration Bridge that is used with xenapi
+# when connecting with Open vSwitch.
+#
+# Note: The value of this config option is dependent on the
+# environment, therefore this configuration value must be set
+# accordingly if you are using XenAPI.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents a bridge name.
+#  (string value)
+#ovs_integration_bridge=<None>
+
+#
+# When adding new host to a pool, this will append a --force flag to the
+# command, forcing hosts to join a pool, even if they have different CPUs.
+#
+# Since XenServer version 5.6 it is possible to create a pool of hosts that have
+# different CPU capabilities. To accommodate CPU differences, XenServer limited
+# features it uses to determine CPU compatibility to only the ones that are
+# exposed by CPU and support for CPU masking was added.
+# Despite this effort to level differences between CPUs, it is still possible
+# that adding new host will fail, thus option to force join was introduced.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_join_force=true
+
+#
+# Publicly visible name for this console host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing a valid hostname
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_public_hostname
+#console_public_hostname=lcy01-22
+
+
+[xvp]
+#
+# Configuration options for XVP.
+#
+# xvp (Xen VNC Proxy) is a proxy server providing password-protected VNC-based
+# access to the consoles of virtual machines hosted on Citrix XenServer.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# XVP conf template (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_conf_template
+#console_xvp_conf_template=$pybasedir/nova/console/xvp.conf.template
+
+# Generated XVP conf file (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_conf
+#console_xvp_conf=/etc/xvp.conf
+
+# XVP master process pid file (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_pid
+#console_xvp_pid=/var/run/xvp.pid
+
+# XVP log file (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_log
+#console_xvp_log=/var/log/xvp.log
+
+# Port for XVP to multiplex VNC connections on (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_multiplex_port
+#console_xvp_multiplex_port=5900
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/nova-compute.conf.RedHat b/nova/files/pike/nova-compute.conf.RedHat
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..ad4c8f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/nova-compute.conf.RedHat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+nova-compute.conf.Debian
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/nova-controller.conf.Debian b/nova/files/pike/nova-controller.conf.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6bc29c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/nova-controller.conf.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,10953 @@
+{%- from "nova/map.jinja" import controller with context %}
+[DEFAULT]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+image_service=nova.image.glance.GlanceImageService
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When returning instance metadata, this is the class that is used
+# for getting vendor metadata when that class isn't specified in the individual
+# request. The value should be the full dot-separated path to the class to use.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid dot-separated class path that can be imported.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 13.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#vendordata_driver=nova.api.metadata.vendordata_json.JsonFileVendorData
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is used to enable or disable quota checking for tenant networks.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * quota_networks
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# CRUD operations on tenant networks are only available when using nova-network
+# and nova-network is itself deprecated.
+#enable_network_quota=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option controls the number of private networks that can be created per
+# project (or per tenant).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enable_network_quota
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# CRUD operations on tenant networks are only available when using nova-network
+# and nova-network is itself deprecated.
+#quota_networks=3
+
+#
+# This option specifies the name of the availability zone for the
+# internal services. Services like nova-scheduler, nova-network,
+# nova-conductor are internal services. These services will appear in
+# their own internal availability_zone.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing an availability zone name
+# * 'internal' is the default value
+#
+#  (string value)
+#internal_service_availability_zone=internal
+
+#
+# Default compute node availability_zone.
+#
+# This option determines the availability zone to be used when it is not
+# specified in the VM creation request. If this option is not set,
+# the default availability zone 'nova' is used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing an availability zone name
+# * 'nova' is the default value
+#
+#  (string value)
+#default_availability_zone=nova
+
+# Length of generated instance admin passwords. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#password_length=12
+
+#
+# Time period to generate instance usages for. It is possible to define optional
+# offset to given period by appending @ character followed by a number defining
+# offset.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# *  period, example: ``hour``, ``day``, ``month` or ``year``
+# *  period with offset, example: ``month@15`` will result in monthly audits
+#    starting on 15th day of month.
+#  (string value)
+#instance_usage_audit_period=month
+
+#
+# Start and use a daemon that can run the commands that need to be run with
+# root privileges. This option is usually enabled on nodes that run nova compute
+# processes.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_rootwrap_daemon=false
+
+#
+# Path to the rootwrap configuration file.
+#
+# Goal of the root wrapper is to allow a service-specific unprivileged user to
+# run a number of actions as the root user in the safest manner possible.
+# The configuration file used here must match the one defined in the sudoers
+# entry.
+#  (string value)
+#rootwrap_config=/etc/nova/rootwrap.conf
+rootwrap_config=/etc/nova/rootwrap.conf
+
+# Explicitly specify the temporary working directory. (string value)
+#tempdir=<None>
+
+#
+# Determine if monkey patching should be applied.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``monkey_patch_modules``: This must have values set for this option to
+#   have any effect
+#  (boolean value)
+#monkey_patch=false
+
+#
+# List of modules/decorators to monkey patch.
+#
+# This option allows you to patch a decorator for all functions in specified
+# modules.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+# * nova.api.ec2.cloud:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+# * [...]
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``monkey_patch``: This must be set to ``True`` for this option to
+#   have any effect
+#  (list value)
+#monkey_patch_modules=nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+
+#
+# Defines which driver to use for controlling virtualization.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``libvirt.LibvirtDriver``
+# * ``xenapi.XenAPIDriver``
+# * ``fake.FakeDriver``
+# * ``ironic.IronicDriver``
+# * ``vmwareapi.VMwareVCDriver``
+# * ``hyperv.HyperVDriver``
+#  (string value)
+#compute_driver=<None>
+compute_driver=libvirt.LibvirtDriver
+
+#
+# Allow destination machine to match source for resize. Useful when
+# testing in single-host environments. By default it is not allowed
+# to resize to the same host. Setting this option to true will add
+# the same host to the destination options.
+#  (boolean value)
+#allow_resize_to_same_host=false
+allow_resize_to_same_host=true
+
+#
+# Availability zone to use when user doesn't specify one.
+#
+# This option is used by the scheduler to determine which availability
+# zone to place a new VM instance into if the user did not specify one
+# at the time of VM boot request.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing an availability zone name
+# * Default value is None.
+#  (string value)
+#default_schedule_zone=<None>
+
+#
+# Image properties that should not be inherited from the instance
+# when taking a snapshot.
+#
+# This option gives an opportunity to select which image-properties
+# should not be inherited by newly created snapshots.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list whose item is an image property. Usually only the image
+#   properties that are only needed by base images can be included
+#   here, since the snapshots that are created from the base images
+#   doesn't need them.
+# * Default list: ['cache_in_nova', 'bittorrent']
+#  (list value)
+#non_inheritable_image_properties=cache_in_nova,bittorrent
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is used to decide when an image should have no external
+# ramdisk or kernel. By default this is set to 'nokernel', so when an
+# image is booted with the property 'kernel_id' with the value
+# 'nokernel', Nova assumes the image doesn't require an external kernel
+# and ramdisk.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# When an image is booted with the property 'kernel_id' with the value
+# 'nokernel', Nova assumes the image doesn't require an external kernel and
+# ramdisk. This option allows user to change the API behaviour which should not
+# be allowed and this value "nokernel" should be hard coded.
+#null_kernel=nokernel
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When creating multiple instances with a single request using the
+# os-multiple-create API extension, this template will be used to build
+# the display name for each instance. The benefit is that the instances
+# end up with different hostnames. Example display names when creating
+# two VM's: name-1, name-2.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Valid keys for the template are: name, uuid, count.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# This config changes API behaviour. All changes in API behaviour should be
+# discoverable.
+#multi_instance_display_name_template=%(name)s-%(count)d
+
+#
+# Maximum number of devices that will result in a local image being
+# created on the hypervisor node.
+#
+# A negative number means unlimited. Setting max_local_block_devices
+# to 0 means that any request that attempts to create a local disk
+# will fail. This option is meant to limit the number of local discs
+# (so root local disc that is the result of --image being used, and
+# any other ephemeral and swap disks). 0 does not mean that images
+# will be automatically converted to volumes and boot instances from
+# volumes - it just means that all requests that attempt to create a
+# local disk will fail.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Creating a local disk is not allowed.
+# * Negative number: Allows unlimited number of local discs.
+# * Positive number: Allows only these many number of local discs.
+#                        (Default value is 3).
+#  (integer value)
+#max_local_block_devices=3
+
+#
+# A list of monitors that can be used for getting compute metrics.
+# You can use the alias/name from the setuptools entry points for
+# nova.compute.monitors.* namespaces. If no namespace is supplied,
+# the "cpu." namespace is assumed for backwards-compatibility.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An empty list will disable the feature(Default).
+# * An example value that would enable both the CPU and NUMA memory
+#   bandwidth monitors that used the virt driver variant:
+#   ["cpu.virt_driver", "numa_mem_bw.virt_driver"]
+#  (list value)
+#compute_monitors =
+
+#
+# The default format an ephemeral_volume will be formatted with on creation.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``ext2``
+# * ``ext3``
+# * ``ext4``
+# * ``xfs``
+# * ``ntfs`` (only for Windows guests)
+#  (string value)
+#default_ephemeral_format=<None>
+
+#
+# Determine if instance should boot or fail on VIF plugging timeout.
+#
+# Nova sends a port update to Neutron after an instance has been scheduled,
+# providing Neutron with the necessary information to finish setup of the port.
+# Once completed, Neutron notifies Nova that it has finished setting up the
+# port, at which point Nova resumes the boot of the instance since network
+# connectivity is now supposed to be present. A timeout will occur if the reply
+# is not received after a given interval.
+#
+# This option determines what Nova does when the VIF plugging timeout event
+# happens. When enabled, the instance will error out. When disabled, the
+# instance will continue to boot on the assumption that the port is ready.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Instances should fail after VIF plugging timeout
+# * False: Instances should continue booting after VIF plugging timeout
+#  (boolean value)
+#vif_plugging_is_fatal=true
+vif_plugging_is_fatal=false
+
+#
+# Timeout for Neutron VIF plugging event message arrival.
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for Neutron vif plugging events to
+# arrive before continuing or failing (see 'vif_plugging_is_fatal').
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vif_plugging_is_fatal - If ``vif_plugging_timeout`` is set to zero and
+#   ``vif_plugging_is_fatal`` is False, events should not be expected to
+#   arrive at all.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vif_plugging_timeout=300
+vif_plugging_timeout=0
+
+# Path to '/etc/network/interfaces' template.
+#
+# The path to a template file for the '/etc/network/interfaces'-style file,
+# which
+# will be populated by nova and subsequently used by cloudinit. This provides a
+# method to configure network connectivity in environments without a DHCP
+# server.
+#
+# The template will be rendered using Jinja2 template engine, and receive a
+# top-level key called ``interfaces``. This key will contain a list of
+# dictionaries, one for each interface.
+#
+# Refer to the cloudinit documentaion for more information:
+#
+#   https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/datasources.html
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A path to a Jinja2-formatted template for a Debian '/etc/network/interfaces'
+#   file. This applies even if using a non Debian-derived guest.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``flat_inject``: This must be set to ``True`` to ensure nova embeds network
+#   configuration information in the metadata provided through the config drive.
+#  (string value)
+#injected_network_template=$pybasedir/nova/virt/interfaces.template
+injected_network_template=$pybasedir/nova/virt/interfaces.template
+
+#
+# The image preallocation mode to use.
+#
+# Image preallocation allows storage for instance images to be allocated up
+# front
+# when the instance is initially provisioned. This ensures immediate feedback is
+# given if enough space isn't available. In addition, it should significantly
+# improve performance on writes to new blocks and may even improve I/O
+# performance to prewritten blocks due to reduced fragmentation.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * "none"  => no storage provisioning is done up front
+# * "space" => storage is fully allocated at instance start
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, space
+#preallocate_images=none
+
+#
+# Enable use of copy-on-write (cow) images.
+#
+# QEMU/KVM allow the use of qcow2 as backing files. By disabling this,
+# backing files will not be used.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_cow_images=true
+
+#
+# Force conversion of backing images to raw format.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Backing image files will be converted to raw image format
+# * False: Backing image files will not be converted
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``compute_driver``: Only the libvirt driver uses this option.
+#  (boolean value)
+#force_raw_images=true
+
+#
+# Name of the mkfs commands for ephemeral device.
+#
+# The format is <os_type>=<mkfs command>
+#  (multi valued)
+#virt_mkfs =
+
+#
+# Enable resizing of filesystems via a block device.
+#
+# If enabled, attempt to resize the filesystem by accessing the image over a
+# block device. This is done by the host and may not be necessary if the image
+# contains a recent version of cloud-init. Possible mechanisms require the nbd
+# driver (for qcow and raw), or loop (for raw).
+#  (boolean value)
+#resize_fs_using_block_device=false
+
+# Amount of time, in seconds, to wait for NBD device start up. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#timeout_nbd=10
+
+#
+# Location of cached images.
+#
+# This is NOT the full path - just a folder name relative to '$instances_path'.
+# For per-compute-host cached images, set to '_base_$my_ip'
+#  (string value)
+#image_cache_subdirectory_name=_base
+
+# Should unused base images be removed? (boolean value)
+#remove_unused_base_images=true
+
+#
+# Unused unresized base images younger than this will not be removed.
+#  (integer value)
+#remove_unused_original_minimum_age_seconds=86400
+
+#
+# Generic property to specify the pointer type.
+#
+# Input devices allow interaction with a graphical framebuffer. For
+# example to provide a graphic tablet for absolute cursor movement.
+#
+# If set, the 'hw_pointer_model' image property takes precedence over
+# this configuration option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None: Uses default behavior provided by drivers (mouse on PS2 for
+#         libvirt x86)
+# * ps2mouse: Uses relative movement. Mouse connected by PS2
+# * usbtablet: Uses absolute movement. Tablet connect by USB
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * usbtablet must be configured with VNC enabled or SPICE enabled and SPICE
+#   agent disabled. When used with libvirt the instance mode should be
+#   configured as HVM.
+#   (string value)
+# Allowed values: <None>, ps2mouse, usbtablet
+#pointer_model=usbtablet
+
+#
+# Defines which physical CPUs (pCPUs) can be used by instance
+# virtual CPUs (vCPUs).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A comma-separated list of physical CPU numbers that virtual CPUs can be
+#   allocated to by default. Each element should be either a single CPU number,
+#   a range of CPU numbers, or a caret followed by a CPU number to be
+#   excluded from a previous range. For example:
+#
+#     vcpu_pin_set = "4-12,^8,15"
+#  (string value)
+#vcpu_pin_set=<None>
+
+#
+# Number of huge/large memory pages to reserved per NUMA host cell.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of valid key=value which reflect NUMA node ID, page size
+#   (Default unit is KiB) and number of pages to be reserved.
+#
+#     reserved_huge_pages = node:0,size:2048,count:64
+#     reserved_huge_pages = node:1,size:1GB,count:1
+#
+#   In this example we are reserving on NUMA node 0 64 pages of 2MiB
+#   and on NUMA node 1 1 page of 1GiB.
+#  (dict value)
+#reserved_huge_pages=<None>
+
+#
+# Amount of disk resources in MB to make them always available to host. The
+# disk usage gets reported back to the scheduler from nova-compute running
+# on the compute nodes. To prevent the disk resources from being considered
+# as available, this option can be used to reserve disk space for that host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing amount of disk in MB to reserve
+#   for the host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#reserved_host_disk_mb=0
+
+#
+# Amount of memory in MB to reserve for the host so that it is always available
+# to host processes. The host resources usage is reported back to the scheduler
+# continuously from nova-compute running on the compute node. To prevent the
+# host
+# memory from being considered as available, this option is used to reserve
+# memory for the host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing amount of memory in MB to reserve
+#   for the host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#reserved_host_memory_mb=512
+
+#
+# This option helps you specify virtual CPU to physical CPU allocation ratio.
+#
+# From Ocata (15.0.0) this is used to influence the hosts selected by
+# the Placement API. Note that when Placement is used, the CoreFilter
+# is redundant, because the Placement API will have already filtered
+# out hosts that would have failed the CoreFilter.
+#
+# This configuration specifies ratio for CoreFilter which can be set
+# per compute node. For AggregateCoreFilter, it will fall back to this
+# configuration value if no per-aggregate setting is found.
+#
+# NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0, the value
+# set on the scheduler node(s) or compute node(s) will be used
+# and defaulted to 16.0'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid positive integer or float value
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#cpu_allocation_ratio=0.0
+cpu_allocation_ratio={{ controller.cpu_allocation_ratio }}
+
+#
+# This option helps you specify virtual RAM to physical RAM
+# allocation ratio.
+#
+# From Ocata (15.0.0) this is used to influence the hosts selected by
+# the Placement API. Note that when Placement is used, the RamFilter
+# is redundant, because the Placement API will have already filtered
+# out hosts that would have failed the RamFilter.
+#
+# This configuration specifies ratio for RamFilter which can be set
+# per compute node. For AggregateRamFilter, it will fall back to this
+# configuration value if no per-aggregate setting found.
+#
+# NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0, the value
+# set on the scheduler node(s) or compute node(s) will be used and
+# defaulted to 1.5.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid positive integer or float value
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#ram_allocation_ratio=0.0
+ram_allocation_ratio = {{ controller.ram_allocation_ratio }}
+
+#
+# This option helps you specify virtual disk to physical disk
+# allocation ratio.
+#
+# From Ocata (15.0.0) this is used to influence the hosts selected by
+# the Placement API. Note that when Placement is used, the DiskFilter
+# is redundant, because the Placement API will have already filtered
+# out hosts that would have failed the DiskFilter.
+#
+# A ratio greater than 1.0 will result in over-subscription of the
+# available physical disk, which can be useful for more
+# efficiently packing instances created with images that do not
+# use the entire virtual disk, such as sparse or compressed
+# images. It can be set to a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in order
+# to preserve a percentage of the disk for uses other than
+# instances.
+#
+# NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0, the value
+# set on the scheduler node(s) or compute node(s) will be used and
+# defaulted to 1.0'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid positive integer or float value
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#disk_allocation_ratio=0.0
+disk_allocation_ratio = {{ controller.disk_allocation_ratio }}
+
+#
+# Console proxy host to be used to connect to instances on this host. It is the
+# publicly visible name for the console host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Current hostname (default) or any string representing hostname.
+#  (string value)
+#console_host=socket.gethostname()
+
+#
+# Name of the network to be used to set access IPs for instances. If there are
+# multiple IPs to choose from, an arbitrary one will be chosen.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None (default)
+# * Any string representing network name.
+#  (string value)
+#default_access_ip_network_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Whether to batch up the application of IPTables rules during a host restart
+# and apply all at the end of the init phase.
+#  (boolean value)
+#defer_iptables_apply=false
+
+#
+# Specifies where instances are stored on the hypervisor's disk.
+# It can point to locally attached storage or a directory on NFS.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * $state_path/instances where state_path is a config option that specifies
+#   the top-level directory for maintaining nova's state. (default) or
+#   Any string representing directory path.
+#  (string value)
+#instances_path=$state_path/instances
+
+#
+# This option enables periodic compute.instance.exists notifications. Each
+# compute node must be configured to generate system usage data. These
+# notifications are consumed by OpenStack Telemetry service.
+#  (boolean value)
+#instance_usage_audit=false
+
+#
+# Maximum number of 1 second retries in live_migration. It specifies number
+# of retries to iptables when it complains. It happens when an user continuously
+# sends live-migration request to same host leading to concurrent request
+# to iptables.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing retry count.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#live_migration_retry_count=30
+
+#
+# Number of times to retry network allocation. It is required to attempt network
+# allocation retries if the virtual interface plug fails.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing retry count.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#network_allocate_retries=0
+
+#
+# Limits the maximum number of instance builds to run concurrently by
+# nova-compute. Compute service can attempt to build an infinite number of
+# instances, if asked to do so. This limit is enforced to avoid building
+# unlimited instance concurrently on a compute node. This value can be set
+# per compute node.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * 0 : treated as unlimited.
+# * Any positive integer representing maximum concurrent builds.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#max_concurrent_builds=10
+
+#
+# Maximum number of live migrations to run concurrently. This limit is enforced
+# to avoid outbound live migrations overwhelming the host/network and causing
+# failures. It is not recommended that you change this unless you are very sure
+# that doing so is safe and stable in your environment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0 : treated as unlimited.
+# * Negative value defaults to 0.
+# * Any positive integer representing maximum number of live migrations
+#   to run concurrently.
+#  (integer value)
+#max_concurrent_live_migrations=1
+
+#
+# Number of times to retry block device allocation on failures. Starting with
+# Liberty, Cinder can use image volume cache. This may help with block device
+# allocation performance. Look at the cinder image_volume_cache_enabled
+# configuration option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 60 (default)
+# * If value is 0, then one attempt is made.
+# * Any negative value is treated as 0.
+# * For any value > 0, total attempts are (value + 1)
+#  (integer value)
+#block_device_allocate_retries=60
+block_device_allocate_retries=600
+
+#
+# Number of greenthreads available for use to sync power states.
+#
+# This option can be used to reduce the number of concurrent requests
+# made to the hypervisor or system with real instance power states
+# for performance reasons, for example, with Ironic.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer representing greenthreads count.
+#  (integer value)
+#sync_power_state_pool_size=1000
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait between runs of the image cache manager.
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * 0: run at the default rate.
+# * -1: disable
+# * Any other value
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#image_cache_manager_interval=2400
+
+#
+# Interval to pull network bandwidth usage info.
+#
+# Not supported on all hypervisors. If a hypervisor doesn't support bandwidth
+# usage, it will not get the info in the usage events.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#bandwidth_poll_interval=600
+
+#
+# Interval to sync power states between the database and the hypervisor.
+#
+# The interval that Nova checks the actual virtual machine power state
+# and the power state that Nova has in its database. If a user powers
+# down their VM, Nova updates the API to report the VM has been
+# powered down. Should something turn on the VM unexpectedly,
+# Nova will turn the VM back off to keep the system in the expected
+# state.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If ``handle_virt_lifecycle_events`` in workarounds_group is
+#   false and this option is negative, then instances that get out
+#   of sync between the hypervisor and the Nova database will have
+#   to be synchronized manually.
+#  (integer value)
+#sync_power_state_interval=600
+
+#
+# Interval between instance network information cache updates.
+#
+# Number of seconds after which each compute node runs the task of
+# querying Neutron for all of its instances networking information,
+# then updates the Nova db with that information. Nova will never
+# update it's cache if this option is set to 0. If we don't update the
+# cache, the metadata service and nova-api endpoints will be proxying
+# incorrect network data about the instance. So, it is not recommended
+# to set this option to 0.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+# * Any value <=0 will disable the sync. This is not recommended.
+#  (integer value)
+#heal_instance_info_cache_interval=60
+
+#
+# Interval for reclaiming deleted instances.
+#
+# A value greater than 0 will enable SOFT_DELETE of instances.
+# This option decides whether the server to be deleted will be put into
+# the SOFT_DELETED state. If this value is greater than 0, the deleted
+# server will not be deleted immediately, instead it will be put into
+# a queue until it's too old (deleted time greater than the value of
+# reclaim_instance_interval). The server can be recovered from the
+# delete queue by using the restore action. If the deleted server remains
+# longer than the value of reclaim_instance_interval, it will be
+# deleted by a periodic task in the compute service automatically.
+#
+# Note that this option is read from both the API and compute nodes, and
+# must be set globally otherwise servers could be put into a soft deleted
+# state in the API and never actually reclaimed (deleted) on the compute
+# node.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer(in seconds) greater than 0 will enable
+#   this option.
+# * Any value <=0 will disable the option.
+#  (integer value)
+#reclaim_instance_interval=0
+
+#
+# Interval for gathering volume usages.
+#
+# This option updates the volume usage cache for every
+# volume_usage_poll_interval number of seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer(in seconds) greater than 0 will enable
+#   this option.
+# * Any value <=0 will disable the option.
+#  (integer value)
+#volume_usage_poll_interval=0
+
+#
+# Interval for polling shelved instances to offload.
+#
+# The periodic task runs for every shelved_poll_interval number
+# of seconds and checks if there are any shelved instances. If it
+# finds a shelved instance, based on the 'shelved_offload_time' config
+# value it offloads the shelved instances. Check 'shelved_offload_time'
+# config option description for details.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any value <= 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``shelved_offload_time``
+#  (integer value)
+#shelved_poll_interval=3600
+
+#
+# Time before a shelved instance is eligible for removal from a host.
+#
+# By default this option is set to 0 and the shelved instance will be
+# removed from the hypervisor immediately after shelve operation.
+# Otherwise, the instance will be kept for the value of
+# shelved_offload_time(in seconds) so that during the time period the
+# unshelve action will be faster, then the periodic task will remove
+# the instance from hypervisor after shelved_offload_time passes.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Instance will be immediately offloaded after being
+#      shelved.
+# * Any value < 0: An instance will never offload.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: The instance will exist for
+#   the specified number of seconds before being offloaded.
+#  (integer value)
+#shelved_offload_time=0
+
+#
+# Interval for retrying failed instance file deletes.
+#
+# This option depends on 'maximum_instance_delete_attempts'.
+# This option specifies how often to retry deletes whereas
+# 'maximum_instance_delete_attempts' specifies the maximum number
+# of retry attempts that can be made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``maximum_instance_delete_attempts`` from instance_cleaning_opts
+#   group.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_delete_interval=300
+
+#
+# Interval (in seconds) between block device allocation retries on failures.
+#
+# This option allows the user to specify the time interval between
+# consecutive retries. 'block_device_allocate_retries' option specifies
+# the maximum number of retries.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds enables the option.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``block_device_allocate_retries`` in compute_manager_opts group.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#block_device_allocate_retries_interval=3
+block_device_allocate_retries_interval=10
+
+#
+# Interval between sending the scheduler a list of current instance UUIDs to
+# verify that its view of instances is in sync with nova.
+#
+# If the CONF option 'scheduler_tracks_instance_changes' is
+# False, the sync calls will not be made. So, changing this option will
+# have no effect.
+#
+# If the out of sync situations are not very common, this interval
+# can be increased to lower the number of RPC messages being sent.
+# Likewise, if sync issues turn out to be a problem, the interval
+# can be lowered to check more frequently.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option has no impact if ``scheduler_tracks_instance_changes``
+#   is set to False.
+#  (integer value)
+#scheduler_instance_sync_interval=120
+
+#
+# Interval for updating compute resources.
+#
+# This option specifies how often the update_available_resources
+# periodic task should run. A number less than 0 means to disable the
+# task completely. Leaving this at the default of 0 will cause this to
+# run at the default periodic interval. Setting it to any positive
+# value will cause it to run at approximately that number of seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Will run at the default periodic interval.
+# * Any value < 0: Disables the option.
+# * Any positive integer in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#update_resources_interval=0
+
+#
+# Time interval after which an instance is hard rebooted automatically.
+#
+# When doing a soft reboot, it is possible that a guest kernel is
+# completely hung in a way that causes the soft reboot task
+# to not ever finish. Setting this option to a time period in seconds
+# will automatically hard reboot an instance if it has been stuck
+# in a rebooting state longer than N seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default).
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#reboot_timeout=0
+
+#
+# Maximum time in seconds that an instance can take to build.
+#
+# If this timer expires, instance status will be changed to ERROR.
+# Enabling this option will make sure an instance will not be stuck
+# in BUILD state for a longer period.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default)
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#instance_build_timeout=0
+
+#
+# Interval to wait before un-rescuing an instance stuck in RESCUE.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default)
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#rescue_timeout=0
+
+#
+# Automatically confirm resizes after N seconds.
+#
+# Resize functionality will save the existing server before resizing.
+# After the resize completes, user is requested to confirm the resize.
+# The user has the opportunity to either confirm or revert all
+# changes. Confirm resize removes the original server and changes
+# server status from resized to active. Setting this option to a time
+# period (in seconds) will automatically confirm the resize if the
+# server is in resized state longer than that time.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0: Disables the option (default)
+# * Any positive integer in seconds: Enables the option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#resize_confirm_window=0
+
+#
+# Total time to wait in seconds for an instance toperform a clean
+# shutdown.
+#
+# It determines the overall period (in seconds) a VM is allowed to
+# perform a clean shutdown. While performing stop, rescue and shelve,
+# rebuild operations, configuring this option gives the VM a chance
+# to perform a controlled shutdown before the instance is powered off.
+# The default timeout is 60 seconds.
+#
+# The timeout value can be overridden on a per image basis by means
+# of os_shutdown_timeout that is an image metadata setting allowing
+# different types of operating systems to specify how much time they
+# need to shut down cleanly.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds (default value is 60).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#shutdown_timeout=60
+
+#
+# The compute service periodically checks for instances that have been
+# deleted in the database but remain running on the compute node. The
+# above option enables action to be taken when such instances are
+# identified.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * reap: Powers down the instances and deletes them(default)
+# * log: Logs warning message about deletion of the resource
+# * shutdown: Powers down instances and marks them as non-
+#   bootable which can be later used for debugging/analysis
+# * noop: Takes no action
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * running_deleted_instance_poll
+# * running_deleted_instance_timeout
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: noop, log, shutdown, reap
+#running_deleted_instance_action=reap
+
+#
+# Time interval in seconds to wait between runs for the clean up action.
+# If set to 0, above check will be disabled. If "running_deleted_instance
+# _action" is set to "log" or "reap", a value greater than 0 must be set.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds enables the option.
+# * 0: Disables the option.
+# * 1800: Default value.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * running_deleted_instance_action
+#  (integer value)
+#running_deleted_instance_poll_interval=1800
+
+#
+# Time interval in seconds to wait for the instances that have
+# been marked as deleted in database to be eligible for cleanup.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer in seconds(default is 0).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * "running_deleted_instance_action"
+#  (integer value)
+#running_deleted_instance_timeout=0
+
+#
+# The number of times to attempt to reap an instance's files.
+#
+# This option specifies the maximum number of retry attempts
+# that can be made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer defines how many attempts are made.
+# * Any value <=0 means no delete attempts occur, but you should use
+#   ``instance_delete_interval`` to disable the delete attempts.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``instance_delete_interval`` in interval_opts group can be used to disable
+#   this option.
+#  (integer value)
+#maximum_instance_delete_attempts=5
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the message queue topic that the compute service 'listens' on. It is
+# used when the compute service is started up to configure the queue, and
+# whenever an RPC call to the compute service is made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string, but there is almost never any reason to ever change this value
+#   from its default of 'compute'.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#compute_topic=compute
+
+#
+# Sets the scope of the check for unique instance names.
+#
+# The default doesn't check for unique names. If a scope for the name check is
+# set, a launch of a new instance or an update of an existing instance with a
+# duplicate name will result in an ''InstanceExists'' error. The uniqueness is
+# case-insensitive. Setting this option can increase the usability for end
+# users as they don't have to distinguish among instances with the same name
+# by their IDs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * '': An empty value means that no uniqueness check is done and duplicate
+#   names are possible.
+# * "project": The instance name check is done only for instances within the
+#   same project.
+# * "global": The instance name check is done for all instances regardless of
+#   the project.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: '', project, global
+#osapi_compute_unique_server_name_scope =
+
+#
+# Enable new services on this host automatically.
+#
+# When a new service (for example "nova-compute") starts up, it gets
+# registered in the database as an enabled service. Sometimes it can be useful
+# to register new services in disabled state and then enabled them at a later
+# point in time. This option can set this behavior for all services per host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``True``: Each new service is enabled as soon as it registers itself.
+# * ``False``: Services must be enabled via a REST API call or with the CLI
+#   with ``nova service-enable <hostname> <binary>``, otherwise they are not
+#   ready to use.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enable_new_services=true
+
+#
+# Template string to be used to generate instance names.
+#
+# This template controls the creation of the database name of an instance. This
+# is *not* the display name you enter when creating an instance (via Horizon
+# or CLI). For a new deployment it is advisable to change the default value
+# (which uses the database autoincrement) to another value which makes use
+# of the attributes of an instance, like ``instance-%(uuid)s``. If you
+# already have instances in your deployment when you change this, your
+# deployment will break.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string which either uses the instance database ID (like the
+#   default)
+# * A string with a list of named database columns, for example ``%(id)d``
+#   or ``%(uuid)s`` or ``%(hostname)s``.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * not to be confused with: ``multi_instance_display_name_template``
+#  (string value)
+#instance_name_template=instance-%08x
+
+#
+# Number of times to retry live-migration before failing.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * If == -1, try until out of hosts (default)
+# * If == 0, only try once, no retries
+# * Integer greater than 0
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#migrate_max_retries=-1
+
+#
+# Configuration drive format
+#
+# Configuration drive format that will contain metadata attached to the
+# instance when it boots.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * iso9660: A file system image standard that is widely supported across
+#   operating systems. NOTE: Mind the libvirt bug
+#   (https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1246201) - If your hypervisor
+#   driver is libvirt, and you want live migrate to work without shared storage,
+#   then use VFAT.
+# * vfat: For legacy reasons, you can configure the configuration drive to
+#   use VFAT format instead of ISO 9660.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when one of the following alternatives occur:
+#   1. force_config_drive option set to 'true'
+#   2. the REST API call to create the instance contains an enable flag for
+#      config drive option
+#   3. the image used to create the instance requires a config drive,
+#      this is defined by img_config_drive property for that image.
+# * A compute node running Hyper-V hypervisor can be configured to attach
+#   configuration drive as a CD drive. To attach the configuration drive as a CD
+#   drive, set config_drive_cdrom option at hyperv section, to true.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: iso9660, vfat
+#config_drive_format=iso9660
+
+#
+# Force injection to take place on a config drive
+#
+# When this option is set to true configuration drive functionality will be
+# forced enabled by default, otherwise user can still enable configuration
+# drives via the REST API or image metadata properties.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Force to use of configuration drive regardless the user's input in the
+#         REST API call.
+# * False: Do not force use of configuration drive. Config drives can still be
+#          enabled via the REST API or image metadata properties.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Use the 'mkisofs_cmd' flag to set the path where you install the
+#   genisoimage program. If genisoimage is in same path as the
+#   nova-compute service, you do not need to set this flag.
+# * To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the
+#   'mkisofs_cmd' value to the full path to an mkisofs.exe installation.
+#   Additionally, you must set the qemu_img_cmd value in the hyperv
+#   configuration section to the full path to an qemu-img command
+#   installation.
+#  (boolean value)
+#force_config_drive=false
+
+#
+# Name or path of the tool used for ISO image creation
+#
+# Use the mkisofs_cmd flag to set the path where you install the genisoimage
+# program. If genisoimage is on the system path, you do not need to change
+# the default value.
+#
+# To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the mkisofs_cmd value
+# to the full path to an mkisofs.exe installation. Additionally, you must set
+# the qemu_img_cmd value in the hyperv configuration section to the full path
+# to an qemu-img command installation.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Name of the ISO image creator program, in case it is in the same directory
+#   as the nova-compute service
+# * Path to ISO image creator program
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when config drives are enabled.
+# * To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the qemu_img_cmd
+#   value in the hyperv configuration section to the full path to an qemu-img
+#   command installation.
+#  (string value)
+#mkisofs_cmd=genisoimage
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# nova-console-proxy is used to set up multi-tenant VM console access.
+# This option allows pluggable driver program for the console session
+# and represents driver to use for the console proxy.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing fully classified class name of console driver.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# This option no longer does anything. Previously this option had only two
+# valid,
+# in-tree values: nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy and
+# nova.console.fake.FakeConsoleProxy. The latter of these was only used in tests
+# and has since been replaced.
+#console_driver=nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Represents the message queue topic name used by nova-console
+# service when communicating via the AMQP server. The Nova API uses a message
+# queue to communicate with nova-console to retrieve a console URL for that
+# host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing topic exchange name
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#console_topic=console
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option allows you to change the message topic used by nova-consoleauth
+# service when communicating via the AMQP server. Nova Console Authentication
+# server authenticates nova consoles. Users can then access their instances
+# through VNC clients. The Nova API service uses a message queue to
+# communicate with nova-consoleauth to get a VNC console.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * 'consoleauth' (default) or Any string representing topic exchange name.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#consoleauth_topic=consoleauth
+
+# DEPRECATED: The driver to use for database access (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 13.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#db_driver=nova.db
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Default flavor to use for the EC2 API only.
+# The Nova API does not support a default flavor.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: The EC2 API is deprecated.
+#default_flavor=m1.small
+
+#
+# Default pool for floating IPs.
+#
+# This option specifies the default floating IP pool for allocating floating
+# IPs.
+#
+# While allocating a floating ip, users can optionally pass in the name of the
+# pool they want to allocate from, otherwise it will be pulled from the
+# default pool.
+#
+# If this option is not set, then 'nova' is used as default floating pool.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing a floating IP pool name
+#  (string value)
+#default_floating_pool=nova
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Autoassigning floating IP to VM
+#
+# When set to True, floating IP is auto allocated and associated
+# to the VM upon creation.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#auto_assign_floating_ip=false
+use_neutron = True
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Full class name for the DNS Manager for floating IPs.
+#
+# This option specifies the class of the driver that provides functionality
+# to manage DNS entries associated with floating IPs.
+#
+# When a user adds a DNS entry for a specified domain to a floating IP,
+# nova will add a DNS entry using the specified floating DNS driver.
+# When a floating IP is deallocated, its DNS entry will automatically be
+# deleted.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Full Python path to the class to be used
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#floating_ip_dns_manager=nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Full class name for the DNS Manager for instance IPs.
+#
+# This option specifies the class of the driver that provides functionality
+# to manage DNS entries for instances.
+#
+# On instance creation, nova will add DNS entries for the instance name and
+# id, using the specified instance DNS driver and domain. On instance deletion,
+# nova will remove the DNS entries.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Full Python path to the class to be used
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#instance_dns_manager=nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# If specified, Nova checks if the availability_zone of every instance matches
+# what the database says the availability_zone should be for the specified
+# dns_domain.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this options only works with nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#instance_dns_domain =
+
+#
+# Abstracts out IPv6 address generation to pluggable backends.
+#
+# nova-network can be put into dual-stack mode, so that it uses
+# both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. In dual-stack mode, by default, instances
+# acquire IPv6 global unicast addresses with the help of stateless address
+# auto-configuration mechanism.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this option only works with nova-network.
+# * use_ipv6: this option only works if ipv6 is enabled for nova-network.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: rfc2462, account_identifier
+#ipv6_backend=rfc2462
+
+#
+# The IP address which the host is using to connect to the management network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String with valid IP address. Default is IPv4 address of this host.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * metadata_host
+# * my_block_storage_ip
+# * routing_source_ip
+# * vpn_ip
+#  (string value)
+#my_ip=10.89.104.70
+my_ip={{ controller.bind.private_address }}
+
+#
+# The IP address which is used to connect to the block storage network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String with valid IP address. Default is IP address of this host.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * my_ip - if my_block_storage_ip is not set, then my_ip value is used.
+#  (string value)
+#my_block_storage_ip=$my_ip
+
+#
+# Hostname, FQDN or IP address of this host. Must be valid within AMQP key.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String with hostname, FQDN or IP address. Default is hostname of this host.
+#  (string value)
+#host=lcy01-22
+
+#
+# Assign IPv6 and IPv4 addresses when creating instances.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron: this only works with nova-network.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_ipv6=false
+
+#
+# This option is a list of full paths to one or more configuration files for
+# dhcpbridge. In most cases the default path of '/etc/nova/nova-dhcpbridge.conf'
+# should be sufficient, but if you have special needs for configuring
+# dhcpbridge,
+# you can change or add to this list.
+#
+# Possible values
+#
+#     A list of strings, where each string is the full path to a dhcpbridge
+#     configuration file.
+#  (multi valued)
+dhcpbridge_flagfile=/etc/nova/nova.conf
+
+#
+# The location where the network configuration files will be kept. The default
+# is
+# the 'networks' directory off of the location where nova's Python module is
+# installed.
+#
+# Possible values
+#
+#     A string containing the full path to the desired configuration directory
+#  (string value)
+#networks_path=$state_path/networks
+
+#
+# This is the name of the network interface for public IP addresses. The default
+# is 'eth0'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a network interface name
+#  (string value)
+#public_interface=eth0
+
+#
+# The location of the binary nova-dhcpbridge. By default it is the binary named
+# 'nova-dhcpbridge' that is installed with all the other nova binaries.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing the full path to the binary for dhcpbridge
+#  (string value)
+dhcpbridge=/usr/bin/nova-dhcpbridge
+
+#
+# This is the public IP address of the network host. It is used when creating a
+# SNAT rule.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     force_snat_range
+#  (string value)
+#routing_source_ip=$my_ip
+
+#
+# The lifetime of a DHCP lease, in seconds. The default is 86400 (one day).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer value.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#dhcp_lease_time=86400
+
+#
+# Despite the singular form of the name of this option, it is actually a list of
+# zero or more server addresses that dnsmasq will use for DNS nameservers. If
+# this is not empty, dnsmasq will not read /etc/resolv.conf, but will only use
+# the servers specified in this option. If the option use_network_dns_servers is
+# True, the dns1 and dns2 servers from the network will be appended to this
+# list,
+# and will be used as DNS servers, too.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of strings, where each string is either an IP address or a FQDN.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     use_network_dns_servers
+#  (multi valued)
+#dns_server =
+
+#
+# When this option is set to True, the dns1 and dns2 servers for the network
+# specified by the user on boot will be used for DNS, as well as any specified
+# in
+# the `dns_server` option.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     dns_server
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_network_dns_servers=false
+
+#
+# This option is a list of zero or more IP address ranges in your network's DMZ
+# that should be accepted.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of strings, each of which should be a valid CIDR.
+#  (list value)
+#dmz_cidr =
+
+#
+# This is a list of zero or more IP ranges that traffic from the
+# `routing_source_ip` will be SNATted to. If the list is empty, then no SNAT
+# rules are created.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of strings, each of which should be a valid CIDR.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     routing_source_ip
+#  (multi valued)
+#force_snat_range =
+
+#
+# The path to the custom dnsmasq configuration file, if any.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     The full path to the configuration file, or an empty string if there is no
+#     custom dnsmasq configuration file.
+#  (string value)
+#dnsmasq_config_file =
+
+#
+# This is the class used as the ethernet device driver for linuxnet bridge
+# operations. The default value should be all you need for most cases, but if
+# you
+# wish to use a customized class, set this option to the full dot-separated
+# import path for that class.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a dot-separated class path that Nova can import.
+#  (string value)
+#linuxnet_interface_driver=nova.network.linux_net.LinuxBridgeInterfaceDriver
+
+#
+# The name of the Open vSwitch bridge that is used with linuxnet when connecting
+# with Open vSwitch."
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a valid bridge name.
+#  (string value)
+#linuxnet_ovs_integration_bridge=br-int
+
+#
+# When True, when a device starts up, and upon binding floating IP addresses,
+# arp
+# messages will be sent to ensure that the arp caches on the compute hosts are
+# up-to-date.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     send_arp_for_ha_count
+#  (boolean value)
+#send_arp_for_ha=false
+
+#
+# When arp messages are configured to be sent, they will be sent with the count
+# set to the value of this option. Of course, if this is set to zero, no arp
+# messages will be sent.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer greater than or equal to 0
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     send_arp_for_ha
+#  (integer value)
+#send_arp_for_ha_count=3
+
+#
+# When set to True, only the firt nic of a VM will get its default gateway from
+# the DHCP server.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_single_default_gateway=false
+
+#
+# One or more interfaces that bridges can forward traffic to. If any of the
+# items
+# in this list is the special keyword 'all', then all traffic will be forwarded.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     A list of zero or more interface names, or the word 'all'.
+#  (multi valued)
+#forward_bridge_interface=all
+
+#
+# This option determines the IP address for the network metadata API server.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#    * Any valid IP address. The default is the address of the Nova API server.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * metadata_port
+#  (string value)
+#metadata_host=$my_ip
+
+#
+# This option determines the port used for the metadata API server.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * metadata_host
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#metadata_port=8775
+
+#
+# This expression, if defined, will select any matching iptables rules and place
+# them at the top when applying metadata changes to the rules.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any string representing a valid regular expression, or an empty string
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * iptables_bottom_regex
+#  (string value)
+#iptables_top_regex =
+
+#
+# This expression, if defined, will select any matching iptables rules and place
+# them at the bottom when applying metadata changes to the rules.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any string representing a valid regular expression, or an empty string
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * iptables_top_regex
+#  (string value)
+#iptables_bottom_regex =
+
+#
+# By default, packets that do not pass the firewall are DROPped. In many cases,
+# though, an operator may find it more useful to change this from DROP to
+# REJECT,
+# so that the user issuing those packets may have a better idea as to what's
+# going on, or LOGDROP in order to record the blocked traffic before DROPping.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * A string representing an iptables chain. The default is DROP.
+#  (string value)
+#iptables_drop_action=DROP
+
+#
+# This option represents the period of time, in seconds, that the ovs_vsctl
+# calls
+# will wait for a response from the database before timing out. A setting of 0
+# means that the utility should wait forever for a response.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any positive integer if a limited timeout is desired, or zero if the
+#     calls should wait forever for a response.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#ovs_vsctl_timeout=120
+
+#
+# This option is used mainly in testing to avoid calls to the underlying network
+# utilities.
+#  (boolean value)
+#fake_network=false
+
+#
+# This option determines the number of times to retry ebtables commands before
+# giving up. The minimum number of retries is 1.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any positive integer
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * ebtables_retry_interval
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#ebtables_exec_attempts=3
+
+#
+# This option determines the time, in seconds, that the system will sleep in
+# between ebtables retries. Note that each successive retry waits a multiple of
+# this value, so for example, if this is set to the default of 1.0 seconds, and
+# ebtables_exec_attempts is 4, after the first failure, the system will sleep
+# for
+# 1 * 1.0 seconds, after the second failure it will sleep 2 * 1.0 seconds, and
+# after the third failure it will sleep 3 * 1.0 seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     * Any non-negative float or integer. Setting this to zero will result in
+# no
+#     waiting between attempts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * ebtables_exec_attempts
+#  (floating point value)
+#ebtables_retry_interval=1.0
+
+#
+# This option determines whether the network setup information is injected into
+# the VM before it is booted. While it was originally designed to be used only
+# by
+# nova-network, it is also used by the vmware and xenapi virt drivers to control
+# whether network information is injected into a VM.
+#  (boolean value)
+#flat_injected=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the bridge used for simple network interfaces when no
+# bridge is specified in the VM creation request.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string representing a valid network bridge, such as 'br100'
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#flat_network_bridge=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the address of the DNS server for a simple network. If this option is
+# not specified, the default of '8.8.4.4' is used.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#flat_network_dns=8.8.4.4
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is the name of the virtual interface of the VM on which the bridge
+# will be built. While it was originally designed to be used only by
+# nova-network, it is also used by libvirt for the bridge interface name.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid virtual interface name, such as 'eth0'
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#flat_interface=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the VLAN number used for private networks. Note that the when creating
+# the networks, if the specified number has already been assigned, nova-network
+# will increment this number until it finds an available VLAN.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option
+# for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer between 1 and 4094. Values outside of that range will raise a
+#     ValueError exception. Default = 100.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``network_manager``, ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 4094
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#vlan_start=100
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is the name of the virtual interface of the VM on which the VLAN
+# bridge will be built. While it was originally designed to be used only by
+# nova-network, it is also used by libvirt and xenapi for the bridge interface
+# name.
+#
+# Please note that this setting will be ignored in nova-network if the
+# configuration option for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid virtual interface name, such as 'eth0'
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options. While
+# this option has an effect when using neutron, it incorrectly override the
+# value
+# provided by neutron and should therefore not be used.
+#vlan_interface=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option represents the number of networks to create if not explicitly
+# specified when the network is created. The only time this is used is if a CIDR
+# is specified, but an explicit network_size is not. In that case, the subnets
+# are created by diving the IP address space of the CIDR by num_networks. The
+# resulting subnet sizes cannot be larger than the configuration option
+# `network_size`; in that event, they are reduced to `network_size`, and a
+# warning is logged.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer is technically valid, although there are practical
+#     limits based upon available IP address space and virtual interfaces. The
+#     default is 1.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``network_size``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#num_networks=1
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the public IP address for the cloudpipe VPN servers. It defaults to
+# the
+# IP address of the host.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option
+# for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address. The default is $my_ip, the IP address of the VM.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``network_manager``, ``use_neutron``, ``vpn_start``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#vpn_ip=$my_ip
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the port number to use as the first VPN port for private networks.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option
+# for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager', or if you specify a value the 'vpn_start'
+# parameter when creating a network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer representing a valid port number. The default is 1000.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``vpn_ip``, ``network_manager``
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#vpn_start=1000
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the number of addresses in each private subnet.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer that is less than or equal to the available network
+#     size. Note that if you are creating multiple networks, they must all fit
+# in
+#     the available IP address space. The default is 256.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``num_networks``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#network_size=256
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the fixed IPv6 address block when creating a network.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IPv6 CIDR. The default value is "fd00::/48".
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#fixed_range_v6=fd00::/48
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the default IPv4 gateway. It is used only in the testing suite.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``gateway_v6``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#gateway=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the default IPv6 gateway. It is used only in the testing suite.
+#
+# Please note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any valid IP address.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``gateway``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#gateway_v6=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option represents the number of IP addresses to reserve at the top of the
+# address range for VPN clients. It also will be ignored if the configuration
+# option for `network_manager` is not set to the default of
+# 'nova.network.manager.VlanManager'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer, 0 or greater. The default is 0.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``network_manager``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#cnt_vpn_clients=0
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is the number of seconds to wait before disassociating a deallocated
+# fixed
+# IP address. This is only used with the nova-network service, and has no effect
+# when using neutron for networking.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any integer, zero or greater. The default is 600 (10 minutes).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#fixed_ip_disassociate_timeout=600
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines how many times nova-network will attempt to create a
+# unique MAC address before giving up and raising a
+# `VirtualInterfaceMacAddressException` error.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any positive integer. The default is 5.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#create_unique_mac_address_attempts=5
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Determines whether unused gateway devices, both VLAN and bridge, are deleted
+# if
+# the network is in nova-network VLAN mode and is multi-hosted.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``, ``vpn_ip``, ``fake_network``
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#teardown_unused_network_gateway=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When this option is True, a call is made to release the DHCP for the instance
+# when that instance is terminated.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+force_dhcp_release=true
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# When this option is True, whenever a DNS entry must be updated, a fanout cast
+# message is sent to all network hosts to update their DNS entries in multi-host
+# mode.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#update_dns_entries=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option determines the time, in seconds, to wait between refreshing DNS
+# entries for the network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Either -1 (default), or any positive integer. A negative value will
+# disable
+#     the updates.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#dns_update_periodic_interval=-1
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option allows you to specify the domain for the DHCP server.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any string that is a valid domain name.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#dhcp_domain=novalocal
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option allows you to specify the L3 management library to be used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#     Any dot-separated string that represents the import path to an L3
+#     networking library.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     ``use_neutron``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#l3_lib=nova.network.l3.LinuxNetL3
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# THIS VALUE SHOULD BE SET WHEN CREATING THE NETWORK.
+#
+# If True in multi_host mode, all compute hosts share the same dhcp address. The
+# same IP address used for DHCP will be added on each nova-network node which is
+# only visible to the VMs on the same host.
+#
+# The use of this configuration has been deprecated and may be removed in any
+# release after Mitaka. It is recommended that instead of relying on this
+# option,
+# an explicit value should be passed to 'create_networks()' as a keyword
+# argument
+# with the name 'share_address'.
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 2014.2.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#share_dhcp_address=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: Whether to use Neutron or Nova Network as the back end for
+# networking. Defaults to False (indicating Nova network).Set to True to use
+# neutron. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#use_neutron=true
+
+#
+# URL for LDAP server which will store DNS entries
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid LDAP URL representing the server
+#  (uri value)
+#ldap_dns_url=ldap://ldap.example.com:389
+
+# Bind user for LDAP server (string value)
+#ldap_dns_user=uid=admin,ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
+
+# Bind user's password for LDAP server (string value)
+#ldap_dns_password=password
+
+#
+# Hostmaster for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid string representing LDAP DNS hostmaster.
+#  (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_hostmaster=hostmaster@example.org
+
+#
+# DNS Servers for LDAP DNS driver
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid URL representing a DNS server
+#  (multi valued)
+#ldap_dns_servers=dns.example.org
+
+#
+# Base distinguished name for the LDAP search query
+#
+# This option helps to decide where to look up the host in LDAP.
+#  (string value)
+#ldap_dns_base_dn=ou=hosts,dc=example,dc=org
+
+#
+# Refresh interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# Time interval, a secondary/slave DNS server waits before requesting for
+# primary DNS server's current SOA record. If the records are different,
+# secondary DNS server will request a zone transfer from primary.
+#
+# NOTE: Lower values would cause more traffic.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_refresh=1800
+
+#
+# Retry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# Time interval, a secondary/slave DNS server should wait, if an
+# attempt to transfer zone failed during the previous refresh interval.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_retry=3600
+
+#
+# Expiry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# Time interval, a secondary/slave DNS server holds the information
+# before it is no longer considered authoritative.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_expiry=86400
+
+#
+# Minimum interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Start of Authority
+#
+# It is Minimum time-to-live applies for all resource records in the
+# zone file. This value is supplied to other servers how long they
+# should keep the data in cache.
+#  (integer value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_minimum=7200
+
+# DEPRECATED: The topic network nodes listen on (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#network_topic=network
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Default value for multi_host in networks.
+#
+# nova-network service can operate in a multi-host or single-host mode.
+# In multi-host mode each compute node runs a copy of nova-network and the
+# instances on that compute node use the compute node as a gateway to the
+# Internet. Where as in single-host mode, a central server runs the nova-network
+# service. All compute nodes forward traffic from the instances to the
+# cloud controller which then forwards traffic to the Internet.
+#
+# If this options is set to true, some rpc network calls will be sent directly
+# to host.
+#
+# Note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead of
+# Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#multi_host=false
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Driver to use for network creation.
+#
+# Network driver initializes (creates bridges and so on) only when the
+# first VM lands on a host node. All network managers configure the
+# network using network drivers. The driver is not tied to any particular
+# network manager.
+#
+# The default Linux driver implements vlans, bridges, and iptables rules
+# using linux utilities.
+#
+# Note that this option is only used when using nova-network instead
+# of Neutron in your deployment.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#network_driver=nova.network.linux_net
+
+#
+# Firewall driver to use with ``nova-network`` service.
+#
+# This option only applies when using the ``nova-network`` service. When using
+# another networking services, such as Neutron, this should be to set to the
+# ``nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver``.
+#
+# If unset (the default), this will default to the hypervisor-specified
+# default driver.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.virt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver
+# * nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver
+# * nova.virt.libvirt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver
+# * [...]
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``use_neutron``: This must be set to ``False`` to enable ``nova-network``
+#   networking
+#  (string value)
+#firewall_driver=<None>
+firewall_driver=nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver
+
+#
+# Determine whether to allow network traffic from same network.
+#
+# When set to true, hosts on the same subnet are not filtered and are allowed
+# to pass all types of traffic between them. On a flat network, this allows
+# all instances from all projects unfiltered communication. With VLAN
+# networking, this allows access between instances within the same project.
+#
+# This option only applies when using the ``nova-network`` service. When using
+# another networking services, such as Neutron, security groups or other
+# approaches should be used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Network traffic should be allowed pass between all instances on the
+#   same network, regardless of their tenant and security policies
+# * False: Network traffic should not be allowed pass between instances unless
+#   it is unblocked in a security group
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``use_neutron``: This must be set to ``False`` to enable ``nova-network``
+#   networking
+# * ``firewall_driver``: This must be set to
+#   ``nova.virt.libvirt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver`` to ensure the
+#   libvirt firewall driver is enabled.
+#  (boolean value)
+#allow_same_net_traffic=true
+
+#
+# Filename that will be used for storing websocket frames received
+# and sent by a proxy service (like VNC, spice, serial) running on this host.
+# If this is not set, no recording will be done.
+#  (string value)
+#record=<None>
+
+# Run as a background process. (boolean value)
+#daemon=false
+
+# Disallow non-encrypted connections. (boolean value)
+#ssl_only=false
+
+# Set to True if source host is addressed with IPv6. (boolean value)
+#source_is_ipv6=false
+
+# Path to SSL certificate file. (string value)
+#cert=self.pem
+
+# SSL key file (if separate from cert). (string value)
+#key=<None>
+
+#
+# Path to directory with content which will be served by a web server.
+#  (string value)
+#web=/usr/share/spice-html5
+
+#
+# The directory where the Nova python modules are installed.
+#
+# This directory is used to store template files for networking and remote
+# console access. It is also the default path for other config options which
+# need to persist Nova internal data. It is very unlikely that you need to
+# change this option from its default value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The full path to a directory.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``state_path``
+#  (string value)
+#pybasedir=/build/nova-elxmSs/nova-15.0.2
+
+#
+# The directory where the Nova binaries are installed.
+#
+# This option is only relevant if the networking capabilities from Nova are
+# used (see services below). Nova's networking capabilities are targeted to
+# be fully replaced by Neutron in the future. It is very unlikely that you need
+# to change this option from its default value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The full path to a directory.
+#  (string value)
+#bindir=/usr/local/bin
+
+#
+# The top-level directory for maintaining Nova's state.
+#
+# This directory is used to store Nova's internal state. It is used by a
+# variety of other config options which derive from this. In some scenarios
+# (for example migrations) it makes sense to use a storage location which is
+# shared between multiple compute hosts (for example via NFS). Unless the
+# option ``instances_path`` gets overwritten, this directory can grow very
+# large.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The full path to a directory. Defaults to value provided in ``pybasedir``.
+#  (string value)
+state_path=/var/lib/nova
+
+#
+# Number of seconds indicating how frequently the state of services on a
+# given hypervisor is reported. Nova needs to know this to determine the
+# overall health of the deployment.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * service_down_time
+#   report_interval should be less than service_down_time. If service_down_time
+#   is less than report_interval, services will routinely be considered down,
+#   because they report in too rarely.
+#  (integer value)
+#report_interval=10
+report_interval=10
+
+#
+# Maximum time in seconds since last check-in for up service
+#
+# Each compute node periodically updates their database status based on the
+# specified report interval. If the compute node hasn't updated the status
+# for more than service_down_time, then the compute node is considered down.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * report_interval (service_down_time should not be less than report_interval)
+#  (integer value)
+service_down_time = {{ controller.service_down_time|default('180') }}
+
+#
+# Enable periodic tasks.
+#
+# If set to true, this option allows services to periodically run tasks
+# on the manager.
+#
+# In case of running multiple schedulers or conductors you may want to run
+# periodic tasks on only one host - in this case disable this option for all
+# hosts but one.
+#  (boolean value)
+#periodic_enable=true
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to randomly delay when starting the periodic task
+# scheduler to reduce stampeding.
+#
+# When compute workers are restarted in unison across a cluster,
+# they all end up running the periodic tasks at the same time
+# causing problems for the external services. To mitigate this
+# behavior, periodic_fuzzy_delay option allows you to introduce a
+# random initial delay when starting the periodic task scheduler.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer (in seconds)
+# * 0 : disable the random delay
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#periodic_fuzzy_delay=60
+
+# List of APIs to be enabled by default. (list value)
+enabled_apis=osapi_compute,metadata
+
+#
+# List of APIs with enabled SSL.
+#
+# Nova provides SSL support for the API servers. enabled_ssl_apis option
+# allows configuring the SSL support.
+#  (list value)
+#enabled_ssl_apis =
+
+#
+# IP address on which the OpenStack API will listen.
+#
+# The OpenStack API service listens on this IP address for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (string value)
+#osapi_compute_listen=0.0.0.0
+osapi_compute_listen={{ controller.bind.private_address }}
+
+#
+# Port on which the OpenStack API will listen.
+#
+# The OpenStack API service listens on this port number for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#osapi_compute_listen_port=8774
+
+#
+# Number of workers for OpenStack API service. The default will be the number
+# of CPUs available.
+#
+# OpenStack API services can be configured to run as multi-process (workers).
+# This overcomes the problem of reduction in throughput when API request
+# concurrency increases. OpenStack API service will run in the specified
+# number of processes.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer
+# * None (default value)
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#osapi_compute_workers=<None>
+osapi_compute_workers = {{ controller.workers }}
+
+#
+# IP address on which the metadata API will listen.
+#
+# The metadata API service listens on this IP address for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (string value)
+#metadata_listen=0.0.0.0
+metadata_listen={{ controller.bind.private_address }}
+osapi_volume_listen={{ controller.bind.private_address }}
+
+#
+# Port on which the metadata API will listen.
+#
+# The metadata API service listens on this port number for incoming
+# requests.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#metadata_listen_port=8775
+
+#
+# Number of workers for metadata service. If not specified the number of
+# available CPUs will be used.
+#
+# The metadata service can be configured to run as multi-process (workers).
+# This overcomes the problem of reduction in throughput when API request
+# concurrency increases. The metadata service will run in the specified
+# number of processes.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * Any positive integer
+# * None (default value)
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#metadata_workers=<None>
+metadata_workers = {{ controller.workers }}
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for network (string value)
+# Allowed values: nova.network.manager.FlatManager, nova.network.manager.FlatDHCPManager, nova.network.manager.VlanManager
+#network_manager=nova.network.manager.VlanManager
+
+#
+# This option specifies the driver to be used for the servicegroup service.
+#
+# ServiceGroup API in nova enables checking status of a compute node. When a
+# compute worker running the nova-compute daemon starts, it calls the join API
+# to join the compute group. Services like nova scheduler can query the
+# ServiceGroup API to check if a node is alive. Internally, the ServiceGroup
+# client driver automatically updates the compute worker status. There are
+# multiple backend implementations for this service: Database ServiceGroup
+# driver
+# and Memcache ServiceGroup driver.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+#     * db : Database ServiceGroup driver
+#     * mc : Memcache ServiceGroup driver
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+#     * service_down_time (maximum time since last check-in for up service)
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: db, mc
+#servicegroup_driver=db
+
+#
+# From oslo.log
+#
+
+# If set to true, the logging level will be set to DEBUG instead of the default
+# INFO level. (boolean value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+#debug=false
+debug=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: If set to false, the logging level will be set to WARNING instead
+# of the default INFO level. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#verbose=true
+verbose=true
+
+# The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any
+# existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration
+# files, see the Python logging module documentation. Note that when logging
+# configuration files are used then all logging configuration is set in the
+# configuration file and other logging configuration options are ignored (for
+# example, logging_context_format_string). (string value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/log_config
+#log_config_append=<None>
+
+# Defines the format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default:
+# %(default)s . This option is ignored if log_config_append is set. (string
+# value)
+#log_date_format=%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
+
+# (Optional) Name of log file to send logging output to. If no default is set,
+# logging will go to stderr as defined by use_stderr. This option is ignored if
+# log_config_append is set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logfile
+#log_file=<None>
+
+# (Optional) The base directory used for relative log_file  paths. This option
+# is ignored if log_config_append is set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logdir
+log_dir=/var/log/nova
+
+# Uses logging handler designed to watch file system. When log file is moved or
+# removed this handler will open a new log file with specified path
+# instantaneously. It makes sense only if log_file option is specified and Linux
+# platform is used. This option is ignored if log_config_append is set. (boolean
+# value)
+#watch_log_file=false
+
+# Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED and will be
+# changed later to honor RFC5424. This option is ignored if log_config_append is
+# set. (boolean value)
+#use_syslog=false
+
+# Syslog facility to receive log lines. This option is ignored if
+# log_config_append is set. (string value)
+#syslog_log_facility=LOG_USER
+
+# Log output to standard error. This option is ignored if log_config_append is
+# set. (boolean value)
+#use_stderr=false
+
+# Format string to use for log messages with context. (string value)
+#logging_context_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Format string to use for log messages when context is undefined. (string
+# value)
+#logging_default_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Additional data to append to log message when logging level for the message is
+# DEBUG. (string value)
+#logging_debug_format_suffix=%(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d
+
+# Prefix each line of exception output with this format. (string value)
+#logging_exception_prefix=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d ERROR %(name)s %(instance)s
+
+# Defines the format string for %(user_identity)s that is used in
+# logging_context_format_string. (string value)
+#logging_user_identity_format=%(user)s %(tenant)s %(domain)s %(user_domain)s %(project_domain)s
+
+# List of package logging levels in logger=LEVEL pairs. This option is ignored
+# if log_config_append is set. (list value)
+#default_log_levels=amqp=WARN,amqplib=WARN,boto=WARN,qpid=WARN,sqlalchemy=WARN,suds=INFO,oslo.messaging=INFO,iso8601=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,websocket=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.util.retry=WARN,urllib3.util.retry=WARN,keystonemiddleware=WARN,routes.middleware=WARN,stevedore=WARN,taskflow=WARN,keystoneauth=WARN,oslo.cache=INFO,dogpile.core.dogpile=INFO
+
+# Enables or disables publication of error events. (boolean value)
+#publish_errors=false
+
+# The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. (string value)
+#instance_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. (string
+# value)
+#instance_uuid_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# Interval, number of seconds, of log rate limiting. (integer value)
+#rate_limit_interval=0
+
+# Maximum number of logged messages per rate_limit_interval. (integer value)
+#rate_limit_burst=0
+
+# Log level name used by rate limiting: CRITICAL, ERROR, INFO, WARNING, DEBUG or
+# empty string. Logs with level greater or equal to rate_limit_except_level are
+# not filtered. An empty string means that all levels are filtered. (string
+# value)
+#rate_limit_except_level=CRITICAL
+
+# Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. (boolean value)
+#fatal_deprecations=false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Size of RPC connection pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_conn_pool_size
+#rpc_conn_pool_size=30
+
+# The pool size limit for connections expiration policy (integer value)
+#conn_pool_min_size=2
+
+# The time-to-live in sec of idle connections in the pool (integer value)
+#conn_pool_ttl=1200
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_address
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address=*
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+# Allowed values: redis, sentinel, dummy
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_matchmaker
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker=redis
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_contexts
+#rpc_zmq_contexts=1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_topic_backlog
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog=<None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_ipc_dir
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir=/var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_host
+#rpc_zmq_host=localhost
+
+# Number of seconds to wait before all pending messages will be sent after
+# closing a socket. The default value of -1 specifies an infinite linger period.
+# The value of 0 specifies no linger period. Pending messages shall be discarded
+# immediately when the socket is closed. Positive values specify an upper bound
+# for the linger period. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_cast_timeout
+#zmq_linger=-1
+zmq_linger=30
+
+# The default number of seconds that poll should wait. Poll raises timeout
+# exception when timeout expired. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_poll_timeout
+#rpc_poll_timeout=1
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a name service record about existing target (
+# < 0 means no timeout). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_expire
+#zmq_target_expire=300
+
+# Update period in seconds of a name service record about existing target.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_update
+#zmq_target_update=180
+
+# Use PUB/SUB pattern for fanout methods. PUB/SUB always uses proxy. (boolean
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_pub_sub
+#use_pub_sub=false
+
+# Use ROUTER remote proxy. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_router_proxy
+#use_router_proxy=false
+
+# This option makes direct connections dynamic or static. It makes sense only
+# with use_router_proxy=False which means to use direct connections for direct
+# message types (ignored otherwise). (boolean value)
+#use_dynamic_connections=false
+
+# How many additional connections to a host will be made for failover reasons.
+# This option is actual only in dynamic connections mode. (integer value)
+#zmq_failover_connections=2
+
+# Minimal port number for random ports range. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_min_port
+#rpc_zmq_min_port=49153
+
+# Maximal port number for random ports range. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65536
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_max_port
+#rpc_zmq_max_port=65536
+
+# Number of retries to find free port number before fail with ZMQBindError.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries
+#rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries=100
+
+# Default serialization mechanism for serializing/deserializing
+# outgoing/incoming messages (string value)
+# Allowed values: json, msgpack
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_serialization
+#rpc_zmq_serialization=json
+
+# This option configures round-robin mode in zmq socket. True means not keeping
+# a queue when server side disconnects. False means to keep queue and messages
+# even if server is disconnected, when the server appears we send all
+# accumulated messages to it. (boolean value)
+#zmq_immediate=true
+
+# Enable/disable TCP keepalive (KA) mechanism. The default value of -1 (or any
+# other negative value) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default;
+# 0 and 1 (or any other positive value) mean to disable and enable the option
+# respectively. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive=-1
+
+# The duration between two keepalive transmissions in idle condition. The unit
+# is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in Windows
+# etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means to skip
+# any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_idle=-1
+
+# The number of retransmissions to be carried out before declaring that remote
+# end is not available. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and
+# 0) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_cnt=-1
+
+# The duration between two successive keepalive retransmissions, if
+# acknowledgement to the previous keepalive transmission is not received. The
+# unit is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in
+# Windows etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means
+# to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_intvl=-1
+
+# Maximum number of (green) threads to work concurrently. (integer value)
+#rpc_thread_pool_size=100
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a sent/received message after which it is not
+# tracked anymore by a client/server. (integer value)
+#rpc_message_ttl=300
+
+# Wait for message acknowledgements from receivers. This mechanism works only
+# via proxy without PUB/SUB. (boolean value)
+#rpc_use_acks=false
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for an ack from a cast/call. After each retry
+# attempt this timeout is multiplied by some specified multiplier. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_base=15
+
+# Number to multiply base ack timeout by after each retry attempt. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_multiplier=2
+
+# Default number of message sending attempts in case of any problems occurred:
+# positive value N means at most N retries, 0 means no retries, None or -1 (or
+# any other negative values) mean to retry forever. This option is used only if
+# acknowledgments are enabled. (integer value)
+#rpc_retry_attempts=3
+
+# List of publisher hosts SubConsumer can subscribe on. This option has higher
+# priority then the default publishers list taken from the matchmaker. (list
+# value)
+#subscribe_on =
+
+# Size of executor thread pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_thread_pool_size
+#executor_thread_pool_size=64
+
+# Seconds to wait for a response from a call. (integer value)
+#rpc_response_timeout=60
+rpc_response_timeout=3600
+
+{%- set rabbit_port = controller.message_queue.get('port', 5671 if controller.message_queue.get('ssl',{}).get('enabled', False) else 5672) %}
+
+{%- if controller.message_queue.members is defined %}
+transport_url = rabbit://{% for member in controller.message_queue.members -%}
+                             {{ controller.message_queue.user }}:{{ controller.message_queue.password }}@{{ member.host }}:{{ member.get('port', rabbit_port) }}
+                             {%- if not loop.last -%},{%- endif -%}
+                         {%- endfor -%}
+                             /{{ controller.message_queue.virtual_host }}
+{%- else %}
+transport_url = rabbit://{{ controller.message_queue.user }}:{{ controller.message_queue.password }}@{{ controller.message_queue.host }}:{{ rabbit_port}}/{{ controller.message_queue.virtual_host }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+
+# DEPRECATED: The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers
+# include amqp and zmq. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rpc_backend=rabbit
+rpc_backend=rabbit
+
+# The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an
+# exchange name specified in the transport_url option. (string value)
+#control_exchange=openstack
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.periodic_task
+#
+
+# Some periodic tasks can be run in a separate process. Should we run them here?
+# (boolean value)
+#run_external_periodic_tasks=true
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.service
+#
+
+# Enable eventlet backdoor.  Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>,
+# where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in
+# listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port
+# is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port
+# number within the specified range of port numbers.  The chosen port is
+# displayed in the service's log file. (string value)
+#backdoor_port=<None>
+
+# Enable eventlet backdoor, using the provided path as a unix socket that can
+# receive connections. This option is mutually exclusive with 'backdoor_port' in
+# that only one should be provided. If both are provided then the existence of
+# this option overrides the usage of that option. (string value)
+#backdoor_socket=<None>
+
+# Enables or disables logging values of all registered options when starting a
+# service (at DEBUG level). (boolean value)
+#log_options=true
+
+# Specify a timeout after which a gracefully shutdown server will exit. Zero
+# value means endless wait. (integer value)
+#graceful_shutdown_timeout=60
+
+
+[api]
+#
+# Options under this group are used to define Nova API.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# This determines the strategy to use for authentication: keystone or noauth2.
+# 'noauth2' is designed for testing only, as it does no actual credential
+# checking. 'noauth2' provides administrative credentials only if 'admin' is
+# specified as the username.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: keystone, noauth2
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/auth_strategy
+#auth_strategy=keystone
+auth_strategy=keystone
+
+#
+# When True, the 'X-Forwarded-For' header is treated as the canonical remote
+# address. When False (the default), the 'remote_address' header is used.
+#
+# You should only enable this if you have an HTML sanitizing proxy.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_forwarded_for
+#use_forwarded_for=false
+use_forwarded_for=false
+
+#
+# When gathering the existing metadata for a config drive, the EC2-style
+# metadata is returned for all versions that don't appear in this option.
+# As of the Liberty release, the available versions are:
+#
+# * 1.0
+# * 2007-01-19
+# * 2007-03-01
+# * 2007-08-29
+# * 2007-10-10
+# * 2007-12-15
+# * 2008-02-01
+# * 2008-09-01
+# * 2009-04-04
+#
+# The option is in the format of a single string, with each version separated
+# by a space.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents zero or more versions, separated by spaces.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/config_drive_skip_versions
+#config_drive_skip_versions=1.0 2007-01-19 2007-03-01 2007-08-29 2007-10-10 2007-12-15 2008-02-01 2008-09-01
+
+#
+# A list of vendordata providers.
+#
+# vendordata providers are how deployers can provide metadata via configdrive
+# and metadata that is specific to their deployment. There are currently two
+# supported providers: StaticJSON and DynamicJSON.
+#
+# StaticJSON reads a JSON file configured by the flag vendordata_jsonfile_path
+# and places the JSON from that file into vendor_data.json and
+# vendor_data2.json.
+#
+# DynamicJSON is configured via the vendordata_dynamic_targets flag, which is
+# documented separately. For each of the endpoints specified in that flag, a
+# section is added to the vendor_data2.json.
+#
+# For more information on the requirements for implementing a vendordata
+# dynamic endpoint, please see the vendordata.rst file in the nova developer
+# reference.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of vendordata providers, with StaticJSON and DynamicJSON being
+#   current options.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_providers
+#vendordata_providers =
+
+#
+# A list of targets for the dynamic vendordata provider. These targets are of
+# the form <name>@<url>.
+#
+# The dynamic vendordata provider collects metadata by contacting external REST
+# services and querying them for information about the instance. This behaviour
+# is documented in the vendordata.rst file in the nova developer reference.
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_targets
+#vendordata_dynamic_targets =
+
+#
+# Path to an optional certificate file or CA bundle to verify dynamic
+# vendordata REST services ssl certificates against.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An empty string, or a path to a valid certificate file
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+#vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile =
+
+#
+# Maximum wait time for an external REST service to connect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any integer with a value greater than three (the TCP packet retransmission
+#   timeout). Note that instance start may be blocked during this wait time,
+#   so this value should be kept small.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 3
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+#vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout=5
+
+#
+# Maximum wait time for an external REST service to return data once connected.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any integer. Note that instance start is blocked during this wait time,
+#   so this value should be kept small.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+#vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout=5
+
+#
+# Should failures to fetch dynamic vendordata be fatal to instance boot?
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vendordata_providers
+# * vendordata_dynamic_targets
+# * vendordata_dynamic_ssl_certfile
+# * vendordata_dynamic_connect_timeout
+# * vendordata_dynamic_read_timeout
+#  (boolean value)
+#vendordata_dynamic_failure_fatal=false
+
+#
+# This option is the time (in seconds) to cache metadata. When set to 0,
+# metadata caching is disabled entirely; this is generally not recommended for
+# performance reasons. Increasing this setting should improve response times
+# of the metadata API when under heavy load. Higher values may increase memory
+# usage, and result in longer times for host metadata changes to take effect.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/metadata_cache_expiration
+#metadata_cache_expiration=15
+
+#
+# Cloud providers may store custom data in vendor data file that will then be
+# available to the instances via the metadata service, and to the rendering of
+# config-drive. The default class for this, JsonFileVendorData, loads this
+# information from a JSON file, whose path is configured by this option. If
+# there is no path set by this option, the class returns an empty dictionary.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing the path to the data file, or an empty string
+#     (default).
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vendordata_jsonfile_path
+#vendordata_jsonfile_path=<None>
+
+#
+# As a query can potentially return many thousands of items, you can limit the
+# maximum number of items in a single response by setting this option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_max_limit
+#max_limit=1000
+max_limit={{ controller.osapi_max_limit|default('1000') }}
+
+#
+# This string is prepended to the normal URL that is returned in links to the
+# OpenStack Compute API. If it is empty (the default), the URLs are returned
+# unchanged.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string, including an empty string (the default).
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_compute_link_prefix
+#compute_link_prefix=<None>
+
+#
+# This string is prepended to the normal URL that is returned in links to
+# Glance resources. If it is empty (the default), the URLs are returned
+# unchanged.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string, including an empty string (the default).
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_glance_link_prefix
+#glance_link_prefix=<None>
+
+#
+# Operators can turn off the ability for a user to take snapshots of their
+# instances by setting this option to False. When disabled, any attempt to
+# take a snapshot will result in a HTTP 400 response ("Bad Request").
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/allow_instance_snapshots
+#allow_instance_snapshots=true
+
+#
+# This option is a list of all instance states for which network address
+# information should not be returned from the API.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+#   A list of strings, where each string is a valid VM state, as defined in
+#   nova/compute/vm_states.py. As of the Newton release, they are:
+#
+# * "active"
+# * "building"
+# * "paused"
+# * "suspended"
+# * "stopped"
+# * "rescued"
+# * "resized"
+# * "soft-delete"
+# * "deleted"
+# * "error"
+# * "shelved"
+# * "shelved_offloaded"
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_hide_server_address_states
+#hide_server_address_states=building
+
+# The full path to the fping binary. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fping_path
+#fping_path=/usr/sbin/fping
+fping_path=/usr/sbin/fping
+
+#
+# When True, the TenantNetworkController will query the Neutron API to get the
+# default networks to use.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * neutron_default_tenant_id
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_neutron_default_nets
+#use_neutron_default_nets=false
+
+#
+# Tenant ID for getting the default network from Neutron API (also referred in
+# some places as the 'project ID') to use.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * use_neutron_default_nets
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/neutron_default_tenant_id
+#neutron_default_tenant_id=default
+
+#
+# Enables returning of the instance password by the relevant server API calls
+# such as create, rebuild, evacuate, or rescue. If the hypervisor does not
+# support password injection, then the password returned will not be correct,
+# so if your hypervisor does not support password injection, set this to False.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/enable_instance_password
+#enable_instance_password=true
+
+
+[api_database]
+#
+# The *Nova API Database* is a separate database which is used for information
+# which is used across *cells*. This database is mandatory since the Mitaka
+# release (13.0.0).
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+idle_timeout = 180
+min_pool_size = 100
+max_pool_size = 700
+max_overflow = 100
+retry_interval = 5
+max_retries = -1
+db_max_retries = 3
+db_retry_interval = 1
+connection_debug = 10
+pool_timeout = 120
+connection = {{ controller.database.engine }}+pymysql://{{ controller.database.user }}:{{ controller.database.password }}@{{ controller.database.host }}/{{ controller.database.name }}_api?charset=utf8{%- if controller.database.get('ssl',{}).get('enabled',False) %}&ssl_ca={{ controller.database.ssl.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}{% endif %}
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+#connection=sqlite:////var/lib/nova/nova.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by
+# the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. Setting a value of 0
+# indicates no limit. (integer value)
+#max_pool_size=<None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+#max_overflow=<None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+
+[barbican]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# Use this endpoint to connect to Barbican, for example:
+# "http://localhost:9311/" (string value)
+#barbican_endpoint=<None>
+
+# Version of the Barbican API, for example: "v1" (string value)
+#barbican_api_version=<None>
+
+# Use this endpoint to connect to Keystone (string value)
+{%- if controller.get('barbican', {}).get('enabled', False) %}
+auth_endpoint={{ controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.identity.get('host', 'localhost') }}:{{ controller.identity.get('port', '5000') }}/v3
+{%- if controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ controller.identity.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# Number of seconds to wait before retrying poll for key creation completion
+# (integer value)
+#retry_delay=1
+
+# Number of times to retry poll for key creation completion (integer value)
+#number_of_retries=60
+
+
+[cache]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+{%- if controller.cache is defined %}
+enabled = true
+backend = oslo_cache.memcache_pool
+memcache_servers={%- for member in controller.cache.members %}{{ member.host }}:11211{% if not loop.last %},{% endif %}{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+# Prefix for building the configuration dictionary for the cache region. This
+# should not need to be changed unless there is another dogpile.cache region
+# with the same configuration name. (string value)
+#config_prefix=cache.oslo
+
+# Default TTL, in seconds, for any cached item in the dogpile.cache region. This
+# applies to any cached method that doesn't have an explicit cache expiration
+# time defined for it. (integer value)
+#expiration_time=600
+
+# Dogpile.cache backend module. It is recommended that Memcache or Redis
+# (dogpile.cache.redis) be used in production deployments. For eventlet-based or
+# highly threaded servers, Memcache with pooling (oslo_cache.memcache_pool) is
+# recommended. For low thread servers, dogpile.cache.memcached is recommended.
+# Test environments with a single instance of the server can use the
+# dogpile.cache.memory backend. (string value)
+#backend=dogpile.cache.null
+
+# Arguments supplied to the backend module. Specify this option once per
+# argument to be passed to the dogpile.cache backend. Example format:
+# "<argname>:<value>". (multi valued)
+#backend_argument =
+
+# Proxy classes to import that will affect the way the dogpile.cache backend
+# functions. See the dogpile.cache documentation on changing-backend-behavior.
+# (list value)
+#proxies =
+
+# Global toggle for caching. (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+# Extra debugging from the cache backend (cache keys, get/set/delete/etc calls).
+# This is only really useful if you need to see the specific cache-backend
+# get/set/delete calls with the keys/values.  Typically this should be left set
+# to false. (boolean value)
+#debug_cache_backend=false
+
+# Memcache servers in the format of "host:port". (dogpile.cache.memcache and
+# oslo_cache.memcache_pool backends only). (list value)
+#memcache_servers=localhost:11211
+
+# Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is tried
+# again. (dogpile.cache.memcache and oslo_cache.memcache_pool backends only).
+# (integer value)
+#memcache_dead_retry=300
+
+# Timeout in seconds for every call to a server. (dogpile.cache.memcache and
+# oslo_cache.memcache_pool backends only). (integer value)
+#memcache_socket_timeout=3
+
+# Max total number of open connections to every memcached server.
+# (oslo_cache.memcache_pool backend only). (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize=10
+
+# Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the pool before
+# it is closed. (oslo_cache.memcache_pool backend only). (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout=60
+
+# Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcache client
+# connection. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_connection_get_timeout=10
+
+
+[cells]
+#
+# Cells options allow you to use cells functionality in openstack
+# deployment.
+#
+# Note that the options in this group are only for cells v1 functionality, which
+# is considered experimental and not recommended for new deployments. Cells v1
+# is being replaced with cells v2, which starting in the 15.0.0 Ocata release is
+# required and all Nova deployments will be at least a cells v2 cell of one.
+#
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Topic.
+#
+# This is the message queue topic that cells nodes listen on. It is
+# used when the cells service is started up to configure the queue,
+# and whenever an RPC call to the scheduler is made.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * cells: This is the recommended and the default value.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# Configurable RPC topics provide little value and can result in a wide variety
+# of errors. They should not be used.
+#topic=cells
+
+#
+# Enable cell v1 functionality.
+#
+# Note that cells v1 is considered experimental and not recommended for new
+# Nova deployments. Cells v1 is being replaced by cells v2 which starting in
+# the 15.0.0 Ocata release, all Nova deployments are at least a cells v2 cell
+# of one. Setting this option, or any other options in the [cells] group, is
+# not required for cells v2.
+#
+# When this functionality is enabled, it lets you to scale an OpenStack
+# Compute cloud in a more distributed fashion without having to use
+# complicated technologies like database and message queue clustering.
+# Cells are configured as a tree. The top-level cell should have a host
+# that runs a nova-api service, but no nova-compute services. Each
+# child cell should run all of the typical nova-* services in a regular
+# Compute cloud except for nova-api. You can think of cells as a normal
+# Compute deployment in that each cell has its own database server and
+# message queue broker.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * name: A unique cell name must be given when this functionality
+#   is enabled.
+# * cell_type: Cell type should be defined for all cells.
+#  (boolean value)
+enable=False
+
+#
+# Name of the current cell.
+#
+# This value must be unique for each cell. Name of a cell is used as
+# its id, leaving this option unset or setting the same name for
+# two or more cells may cause unexpected behaviour.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled: This option is meaningful only when cells service
+#   is enabled
+#  (string value)
+#name=nova
+
+#
+# Cell capabilities.
+#
+# List of arbitrary key=value pairs defining capabilities of the
+# current cell to be sent to the parent cells. These capabilities
+# are intended to be used in cells scheduler filters/weighers.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * key=value pairs list for example;
+#   ``hypervisor=xenserver;kvm,os=linux;windows``
+#  (list value)
+#capabilities=hypervisor=xenserver;kvm,os=linux;windows
+
+#
+# Call timeout.
+#
+# Cell messaging module waits for response(s) to be put into the
+# eventlet queue. This option defines the seconds waited for
+# response from a call to a cell.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to the interval time in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#call_timeout=60
+
+#
+# Reserve percentage
+#
+# Percentage of cell capacity to hold in reserve, so the minimum
+# amount of free resource is considered to be;
+#
+#     min_free = total * (reserve_percent / 100.0)
+#
+# This option affects both memory and disk utilization.
+#
+# The primary purpose of this reserve is to ensure some space is
+# available for users who want to resize their instance to be larger.
+# Note that currently once the capacity expands into this reserve
+# space this option is ignored.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float, corresponding to the percentage of cell capacity to
+#   be held in reserve.
+#  (floating point value)
+#reserve_percent=10.0
+
+#
+# Type of cell.
+#
+# When cells feature is enabled the hosts in the OpenStack Compute
+# cloud are partitioned into groups. Cells are configured as a tree.
+# The top-level cell's cell_type must be set to ``api``. All other
+# cells are defined as a ``compute cell`` by default.
+#
+# Related option:
+#
+# * quota_driver: Disable quota checking for the child cells.
+#   (nova.quota.NoopQuotaDriver)
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: api, compute
+#cell_type=compute
+
+#
+# Mute child interval.
+#
+# Number of seconds after which a lack of capability and capacity
+# update the child cell is to be treated as a mute cell. Then the
+# child cell will be weighed as recommend highly that it be skipped.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to the interval time in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#mute_child_interval=300
+
+#
+# Bandwidth update interval.
+#
+# Seconds between bandwidth usage cache updates for cells.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to the interval time in seconds.
+#  (integer value)
+#bandwidth_update_interval=600
+
+#
+# Instance update sync database limit.
+#
+# Number of instances to pull from the database at one time for
+# a sync. If there are more instances to update the results will
+# be paged through.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, corresponding to a number of instances.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_update_sync_database_limit=100
+
+#
+# Mute weight multiplier.
+#
+# Multiplier used to weigh mute children. Mute children cells are
+# recommended to be skipped so their weight is multiplied by this
+# negative value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Negative numeric number
+#  (floating point value)
+#mute_weight_multiplier=-10000.0
+
+#
+# Ram weight multiplier.
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing ram. Negative numbers indicate that
+# Compute should stack VMs on one host instead of spreading out new
+# VMs to more hosts in the cell.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Numeric multiplier
+#  (floating point value)
+#ram_weight_multiplier=10.0
+
+#
+# Offset weight multiplier
+#
+# Multiplier used to weigh offset weigher. Cells with higher
+# weight_offsets in the DB will be preferred. The weight_offset
+# is a property of a cell stored in the database. It can be used
+# by a deployer to have scheduling decisions favor or disfavor
+# cells based on the setting.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Numeric multiplier
+#  (floating point value)
+#offset_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# Instance updated at threshold
+#
+# Number of seconds after an instance was updated or deleted to
+# continue to update cells. This option lets cells manager to only
+# attempt to sync instances that have been updated recently.
+# i.e., a threshold of 3600 means to only update instances that
+# have modified in the last hour.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Threshold in seconds
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``instance_update_num_instances``
+#   value in a periodic task run.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_updated_at_threshold=3600
+
+#
+# Instance update num instances
+#
+# On every run of the periodic task, nova cells manager will attempt to
+# sync instance_updated_at_threshold number of instances. When the
+# manager gets the list of instances, it shuffles them so that multiple
+# nova-cells services do not attempt to sync the same instances in
+# lockstep.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer number
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``instance_updated_at_threshold``
+#   value in a periodic task run.
+#  (integer value)
+#instance_update_num_instances=1
+
+#
+# Maximum hop count
+#
+# When processing a targeted message, if the local cell is not the
+# target, a route is defined between neighbouring cells. And the
+# message is processed across the whole routing path. This option
+# defines the maximum hop counts until reaching the target.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer value
+#  (integer value)
+#max_hop_count=10
+
+#
+# Cells scheduler.
+#
+# The class of the driver used by the cells scheduler. This should be
+# the full Python path to the class to be used. If nothing is specified
+# in this option, the CellsScheduler is used.
+#  (string value)
+#scheduler=nova.cells.scheduler.CellsScheduler
+
+#
+# RPC driver queue base.
+#
+# When sending a message to another cell by JSON-ifying the message
+# and making an RPC cast to 'process_message', a base queue is used.
+# This option defines the base queue name to be used when communicating
+# between cells. Various topics by message type will be appended to this.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The base queue name to be used when communicating between cells.
+#  (string value)
+#rpc_driver_queue_base=cells.intercell
+
+#
+# Scheduler filter classes.
+#
+# Filter classes the cells scheduler should use. An entry of
+# "nova.cells.filters.all_filters" maps to all cells filters
+# included with nova. As of the Mitaka release the following
+# filter classes are available:
+#
+# Different cell filter: A scheduler hint of 'different_cell'
+# with a value of a full cell name may be specified to route
+# a build away from a particular cell.
+#
+# Image properties filter: Image metadata named
+# 'hypervisor_version_requires' with a version specification
+# may be specified to ensure the build goes to a cell which
+# has hypervisors of the required version. If either the version
+# requirement on the image or the hypervisor capability of the
+# cell is not present, this filter returns without filtering out
+# the cells.
+#
+# Target cell filter: A scheduler hint of 'target_cell' with a
+# value of a full cell name may be specified to route a build to
+# a particular cell. No error handling is done as there's no way
+# to know whether the full path is a valid.
+#
+# As an admin user, you can also add a filter that directs builds
+# to a particular cell.
+#
+#  (list value)
+#scheduler_filter_classes=nova.cells.filters.all_filters
+
+#
+# Scheduler weight classes.
+#
+# Weigher classes the cells scheduler should use. An entry of
+# "nova.cells.weights.all_weighers" maps to all cell weighers
+# included with nova. As of the Mitaka release the following
+# weight classes are available:
+#
+# mute_child: Downgrades the likelihood of child cells being
+# chosen for scheduling requests, which haven't sent capacity
+# or capability updates in a while. Options include
+# mute_weight_multiplier (multiplier for mute children; value
+# should be negative).
+#
+# ram_by_instance_type: Select cells with the most RAM capacity
+# for the instance type being requested. Because higher weights
+# win, Compute returns the number of available units for the
+# instance type requested. The ram_weight_multiplier option defaults
+# to 10.0 that adds to the weight by a factor of 10. Use a negative
+# number to stack VMs on one host instead of spreading out new VMs
+# to more hosts in the cell.
+#
+# weight_offset: Allows modifying the database to weight a particular
+# cell. The highest weight will be the first cell to be scheduled for
+# launching an instance. When the weight_offset of a cell is set to 0,
+# it is unlikely to be picked but it could be picked if other cells
+# have a lower weight, like if they're full. And when the weight_offset
+# is set to a very high value (for example, '999999999999999'), it is
+# likely to be picked if another cell do not have a higher weight.
+#  (list value)
+#scheduler_weight_classes=nova.cells.weights.all_weighers
+
+#
+# Scheduler retries.
+#
+# How many retries when no cells are available. Specifies how many
+# times the scheduler tries to launch a new instance when no cells
+# are available.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer value
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``scheduler_retry_delay`` value
+#   while retrying to find a suitable cell.
+#  (integer value)
+#scheduler_retries=10
+
+#
+# Scheduler retry delay.
+#
+# Specifies the delay (in seconds) between scheduling retries when no
+# cell can be found to place the new instance on. When the instance
+# could not be scheduled to a cell after ``scheduler_retries`` in
+# combination with ``scheduler_retry_delay``, then the scheduling
+# of the instance failed.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This value is used with the ``scheduler_retries`` value
+#   while retrying to find a suitable cell.
+#  (integer value)
+#scheduler_retry_delay=2
+
+#
+# DB check interval.
+#
+# Cell state manager updates cell status for all cells from the DB
+# only after this particular interval time is passed. Otherwise cached
+# status are used. If this value is 0 or negative all cell status are
+# updated from the DB whenever a state is needed.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Interval time, in seconds.
+#
+#  (integer value)
+#db_check_interval=60
+
+#
+# Optional cells configuration.
+#
+# Configuration file from which to read cells configuration. If given,
+# overrides reading cells from the database.
+#
+# Cells store all inter-cell communication data, including user names
+# and passwords, in the database. Because the cells data is not updated
+# very frequently, use this option to specify a JSON file to store
+# cells data. With this configuration, the database is no longer
+# consulted when reloading the cells data. The file must have columns
+# present in the Cell model (excluding common database fields and the
+# id column). You must specify the queue connection information through
+# a transport_url field, instead of username, password, and so on.
+#
+# The transport_url has the following form:
+# rabbit://USERNAME:PASSWORD@HOSTNAME:PORT/VIRTUAL_HOST
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# The scheme can be either qpid or rabbit, the following sample shows
+# this optional configuration:
+#
+#     {
+#         "parent": {
+#             "name": "parent",
+#             "api_url": "http://api.example.com:8774",
+#             "transport_url": "rabbit://rabbit.example.com",
+#             "weight_offset": 0.0,
+#             "weight_scale": 1.0,
+#             "is_parent": true
+#         },
+#         "cell1": {
+#             "name": "cell1",
+#             "api_url": "http://api.example.com:8774",
+#             "transport_url": "rabbit://rabbit1.example.com",
+#             "weight_offset": 0.0,
+#             "weight_scale": 1.0,
+#             "is_parent": false
+#         },
+#         "cell2": {
+#             "name": "cell2",
+#             "api_url": "http://api.example.com:8774",
+#             "transport_url": "rabbit://rabbit2.example.com",
+#             "weight_offset": 0.0,
+#             "weight_scale": 1.0,
+#             "is_parent": false
+#         }
+#     }
+#
+#  (string value)
+#cells_config=<None>
+
+
+[cinder]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Info to match when looking for cinder in the service catalog.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Format is separated values of the form:
+#   <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type>
+#
+# Note: Nova does not support the Cinder v1 API since the Nova 15.0.0 Ocata
+# release.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * endpoint_template - Setting this option will override catalog_info
+#  (string value)
+#catalog_info=volumev2:cinderv2:publicURL
+catalog_info=volumev2:cinderv2:internalURL
+{%- if controller.glance.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ controller.identity.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# If this option is set then it will override service catalog lookup with
+# this template for cinder endpoint
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * URL for cinder endpoint API
+#   e.g. http://localhost:8776/v2/%(project_id)s
+#
+# Note: Nova does not support the Cinder v1 API since the Nova 15.0.0 Ocata
+# release.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * catalog_info - If endpoint_template is not set, catalog_info will be used.
+#  (string value)
+#endpoint_template=<None>
+
+#
+# Region name of this node. This is used when picking the URL in the service
+# catalog.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing region name
+#  (string value)
+#os_region_name=<None>
+os_region_name = {{ controller.identity.region }}
+
+#
+# Number of times cinderclient should retry on any failed http call.
+# 0 means connection is attempted only once. Setting it to any positive integer
+# means that on failure connection is retried that many times e.g. setting it
+# to 3 means total attempts to connect will be 4.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any integer value. 0 means connection is attempted only once
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#http_retries=3
+
+#
+# Allow attach between instance and volume in different availability zones.
+#
+# If False, volumes attached to an instance must be in the same availability
+# zone in Cinder as the instance availability zone in Nova.
+# This also means care should be taken when booting an instance from a volume
+# where source is not "volume" because Nova will attempt to create a volume
+# using
+# the same availability zone as what is assigned to the instance.
+# If that AZ is not in Cinder (or allow_availability_zone_fallback=False in
+# cinder.conf), the volume create request will fail and the instance will fail
+# the build request.
+# By default there is no availability zone restriction on volume attach.
+#  (boolean value)
+#cross_az_attach=true
+{%- if controller.cross_az_attach is defined %}
+cross_az_attach={{ controller.cross_az_attach }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+[cloudpipe]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Image ID used when starting up a cloudpipe VPN client.
+#
+# An empty instance is created and configured with OpenVPN using
+# boot_script_template. This instance would be snapshotted and stored
+# in glance. ID of the stored image is used in 'vpn_image_id' to
+# create cloudpipe VPN client.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid ID of a VPN image
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vpn_image_id
+#vpn_image_id=0
+
+#
+# Flavor for VPN instances.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid flavor name
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vpn_flavor
+#vpn_flavor=m1.tiny
+
+#
+# Template for cloudpipe instance boot script.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid path to a cloudpipe instance boot script template
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# The following options are required to configure cloudpipe-managed
+# OpenVPN server.
+#
+# * dmz_net
+# * dmz_mask
+# * cnt_vpn_clients
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/boot_script_template
+#boot_script_template=$pybasedir/nova/cloudpipe/bootscript.template
+
+#
+# Network to push into OpenVPN config.
+#
+# Note: Above mentioned OpenVPN config can be found at
+# /etc/openvpn/server.conf.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid IPv4/IPV6 address
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * boot_script_template - dmz_net is pushed into bootscript.template
+#   to configure cloudpipe-managed OpenVPN server
+#  (IP address value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dmz_net
+#dmz_net=10.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Netmask to push into OpenVPN config.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid IPv4/IPV6 netmask
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * dmz_net - dmz_net and dmz_mask is pushed into bootscript.template
+#   to configure cloudpipe-managed OpenVPN server
+# * boot_script_template
+#  (IP address value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dmz_mask
+#dmz_mask=255.255.255.0
+
+#
+# Suffix to add to project name for VPN key and secgroups
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string value representing the VPN key suffix
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vpn_key_suffix
+#vpn_key_suffix=-vpn
+
+
+[conductor]
+#
+# Options under this group are used to define Conductor's communication,
+# which manager should be act as a proxy between computes and database,
+# and finally, how many worker processes will be used.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Topic exchange name on which conductor nodes listen.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There is no need to let users choose the RPC topic for all services - there
+# is little gain from this. Furthermore, it makes it really easy to break Nova
+# by using this option.
+#topic=conductor
+
+#
+# Number of workers for OpenStack Conductor service. The default will be the
+# number of CPUs available.
+#  (integer value)
+#workers=<None>
+workers = {{ controller.workers }}
+
+[console]
+#
+# Options under this group allow to tune the configuration of the console proxy
+# service.
+#
+# Note: in configuration of every compute is a ``console_host`` option,
+# which allows to select the console proxy service to connect to.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Adds list of allowed origins to the console websocket proxy to allow
+# connections from other origin hostnames.
+# Websocket proxy matches the host header with the origin header to
+# prevent cross-site requests. This list specifies if any there are
+# values other than host are allowed in the origin header.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list where each element is an allowed origin hostnames, else an empty list
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_allowed_origins
+#allowed_origins =
+
+
+[consoleauth]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The lifetime of a console auth token.
+#
+# A console auth token is used in authorizing console access for a user.
+# Once the auth token time to live count has elapsed, the token is
+# considered expired.  Expired tokens are then deleted.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_token_ttl
+#token_ttl=600
+
+
+[cors]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. Format: "<protocol>://<host>[:<port>]", no trailing
+# slash. Example: https://horizon.example.com (list value)
+#allowed_origin=<None>
+{% if controller.cors.allowed_origin is defined %}
+allowed_origin = {{ controller.cors.allowed_origin }}
+{% endif %}
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials=true
+{% if controller.cors.allow_credentials is defined %}
+allow_credentials = {{ controller.cors.allow_credentials }}
+{% endif %}
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Subject-Token,X-Service-Token
+{% if controller.cors.expose_headers is defined %}
+expose_headers = {{ controller.cors.expose_headers }}
+{% endif %}
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age=3600
+{% if controller.cors.max_age is defined %}
+max_age = {{ controller.cors.max_age }}
+{% endif %}
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods=GET,PUT,POST,DELETE,PATCH
+{% if controller.cors.allow_methods is defined %}
+allow_methods = {{ controller.cors.allow_methods }}
+{% endif %}
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request. (list
+# value)
+#allow_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Identity-Status,X-Roles,X-Service-Catalog,X-User-Id,X-Tenant-Id
+{% if controller.cors.allow_headers is defined %}
+allow_headers = {{ controller.cors.allow_headers }}
+{% endif %}
+
+[cors.subdomain]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. Format: "<protocol>://<host>[:<port>]", no trailing
+# slash. Example: https://horizon.example.com (list value)
+#allowed_origin=<None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials=true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Subject-Token,X-Service-Token
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age=3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods=GET,PUT,POST,DELETE,PATCH
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request. (list
+# value)
+#allow_headers=X-Auth-Token,X-Openstack-Request-Id,X-Identity-Status,X-Roles,X-Service-Catalog,X-User-Id,X-Tenant-Id
+
+
+[crypto]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Filename of root CA (Certificate Authority). This is a container format
+# and includes root certificates.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any file name containing root CA, cacert.pem is default
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ca_path
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ca_file
+#ca_file=cacert.pem
+
+#
+# Filename of a private key.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * keys_path
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/key_file
+#key_file=private/cakey.pem
+
+#
+# Filename of root Certificate Revocation List (CRL). This is a list of
+# certificates that have been revoked, and therefore, entities presenting
+# those (revoked) certificates should no longer be trusted.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ca_path
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/crl_file
+#crl_file=crl.pem
+
+#
+# Directory path where keys are located.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * key_file
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/keys_path
+#keys_path=$state_path/keys
+
+#
+# Directory path where root CA is located.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ca_file
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ca_path
+#ca_path=$state_path/CA
+
+# Option to enable/disable use of CA for each project. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_project_ca
+#use_project_ca=false
+
+#
+# Subject for certificate for users, %s for
+# project, user, timestamp
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/user_cert_subject
+#user_cert_subject=/C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=%.16s-%.16s-%s
+
+#
+# Subject for certificate for projects, %s for
+# project, timestamp
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/project_cert_subject
+#project_cert_subject=/C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=project-ca-%.16s-%s
+
+
+[database]
+
+#
+# From oslo.db
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: The file name to use with SQLite. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_db
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Should use config option connection or slave_connection to connect the
+# database.
+#sqlite_db=oslo.sqlite
+idle_timeout = 180
+min_pool_size = 100
+max_pool_size = 700
+max_overflow = 100
+retry_interval = 5
+max_retries = -1
+db_max_retries = 3
+db_retry_interval = 1
+connection_debug = 10
+pool_timeout = 120
+connection = {{ controller.database.engine }}+pymysql://{{ controller.database.user }}:{{ controller.database.password }}@{{ controller.database.host }}/{{ controller.database.name }}?charset=utf8{%- if controller.database.get('ssl',{}).get('enabled',False) %}&ssl_ca={{ controller.database.ssl.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}{% endif %}
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_synchronous
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The back end to use for the database. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/db_backend
+#backend=sqlalchemy
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/connection
+#connection=<None>
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by
+# the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_min_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_min_pool_size
+#min_pool_size=1
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. Setting a value of 0
+# indicates no limit. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_pool_size
+#max_pool_size=5
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_retries
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_retries
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_retry_interval
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/reconnect_interval
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_overflow
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_max_overflow
+#max_overflow=50
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 100
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_debug
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_trace
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_pool_timeout
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+# Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. (boolean
+# value)
+#use_db_reconnect=false
+
+# Seconds between retries of a database transaction. (integer value)
+#db_retry_interval=1
+
+# If True, increases the interval between retries of a database operation up to
+# db_max_retry_interval. (boolean value)
+#db_inc_retry_interval=true
+
+# If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between retries of a
+# database operation. (integer value)
+#db_max_retry_interval=10
+
+# Maximum retries in case of connection error or deadlock error before error is
+# raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#db_max_retries=20
+
+#
+# From oslo.db.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enable the experimental use of thread pooling for all DB API calls (boolean
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dbapi_use_tpool
+#use_tpool=false
+
+
+[ephemeral_storage_encryption]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enables/disables LVM ephemeral storage encryption.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# Cipher-mode string to be used.
+#
+# The cipher and mode to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage. The set of
+# cipher-mode combinations available depends on kernel support.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any crypto option listed in ``/proc/crypto``.
+#  (string value)
+#cipher=aes-xts-plain64
+
+#
+# Encryption key length in bits.
+#
+# The bit length of the encryption key to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage.
+# In XTS mode only half of the bits are used for encryption key.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#key_size=512
+
+
+[filter_scheduler]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Size of subset of best hosts selected by scheduler.
+#
+# New instances will be scheduled on a host chosen randomly from a subset of the
+# N best hosts, where N is the value set by this option.
+#
+# Setting this to a value greater than 1 will reduce the chance that multiple
+# scheduler processes handling similar requests will select the same host,
+# creating a potential race condition. By selecting a host randomly from the N
+# hosts that best fit the request, the chance of a conflict is reduced. However,
+# the higher you set this value, the less optimal the chosen host may be for a
+# given request.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to the size of a host subset. Any
+#   integer is valid, although any value less than 1 will be treated as 1
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_host_subset_size
+#host_subset_size=1
+host_subset_size=30
+
+#
+# The number of instances that can be actively performing IO on a host.
+#
+# Instances performing IO includes those in the following states: build, resize,
+# snapshot, migrate, rescue, unshelve.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'io_ops_filter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to the max number of instances
+#   that can be actively performing IO on any given host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_io_ops_per_host
+#max_io_ops_per_host=8
+max_io_ops_per_host=8
+
+#
+# Maximum number of instances that be active on a host.
+#
+# If you need to limit the number of instances on any given host, set this
+# option
+# to the maximum number of instances you want to allow. The num_instances_filter
+# will reject any host that has at least as many instances as this option's
+# value.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'num_instances_filter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to the max instances that can be
+#   scheduled on a host.
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_instances_per_host
+#max_instances_per_host=50
+max_instances_per_host=50
+
+#
+# Enable querying of individual hosts for instance information.
+#
+# The scheduler may need information about the instances on a host in order to
+# evaluate its filters and weighers. The most common need for this information
+# is
+# for the (anti-)affinity filters, which need to choose a host based on the
+# instances already running on a host.
+#
+# If the configured filters and weighers do not need this information, disabling
+# this option will improve performance. It may also be disabled when the
+# tracking
+# overhead proves too heavy, although this will cause classes requiring host
+# usage data to query the database on each request instead.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_tracks_instance_changes
+#track_instance_changes=true
+
+#
+# Filters that the scheduler can use.
+#
+# An unordered list of the filter classes the nova scheduler may apply.  Only
+# the
+# filters specified in the 'scheduler_enabled_filters' option will be used, but
+# any filter appearing in that option must also be included in this list.
+#
+# By default, this is set to all filters that are included with nova.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a filter that may be used for selecting a host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler_enabled_filters
+#  (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_available_filters
+#available_filters=nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters
+available_filters=nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters
+available_filters=nova.scheduler.filters.pci_passthrough_filter.PciPassthroughFilter
+{% for filter in controller.get('scheduler_custom_filters', []) %}
+scheduler_available_filters = {{ filter }}
+{% endfor %}
+
+#
+# Filters that the scheduler will use.
+#
+# An ordered list of filter class names that will be used for filtering
+# hosts. Ignore the word 'default' in the name of this option: these filters
+# will
+# *always* be applied, and they will be applied in the order they are listed so
+# place your most restrictive filters first to make the filtering process more
+# efficient.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a filter to be used for selecting a host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * All of the filters in this option *must* be present in the
+#   'scheduler_available_filters' option, or a SchedulerHostFilterNotFound
+#   exception will be raised.
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_default_filters
+#enabled_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,RamFilter,DiskFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,ServerGroupAntiAffinityFilter,ServerGroupAffinityFilter
+enabled_filters={{ controller.scheduler_default_filters }}
+
+#
+# Filters used for filtering baremetal hosts.
+#
+# Filters are applied in order, so place your most restrictive filters first to
+# make the filtering process more efficient.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a filter to be used for selecting a baremetal host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If the 'scheduler_use_baremetal_filters' option is False, this option has
+#   no effect.
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/baremetal_scheduler_default_filters
+#baremetal_enabled_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,ExactRamFilter,ExactDiskFilter,ExactCoreFilter
+
+#
+# Enable baremetal filters.
+#
+# Set this to True to tell the nova scheduler that it should use the filters
+# specified in the 'baremetal_scheduler_enabled_filters' option. If you are not
+# scheduling baremetal nodes, leave this at the default setting of False.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If this option is set to True, then the filters specified in the
+#   'baremetal_scheduler_enabled_filters' are used instead of the filters
+#   specified in 'scheduler_enabled_filters'.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_use_baremetal_filters
+#use_baremetal_filters=false
+use_baremetal_filters=false
+
+#
+# Weighers that the scheduler will use.
+#
+# Only hosts which pass the filters are weighed. The weight for any host starts
+# at 0, and the weighers order these hosts by adding to or subtracting from the
+# weight assigned by the previous weigher. Weights may become negative. An
+# instance will be scheduled to one of the N most-weighted hosts, where N is
+# 'scheduler_host_subset_size'.
+#
+# By default, this is set to all weighers that are included with Nova.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more strings, where each string corresponds to the name of
+#   a weigher that will be used for selecting a host
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_weight_classes
+#weight_classes=nova.scheduler.weights.all_weighers
+
+#
+# Ram weight multipler ratio.
+#
+# This option determines how hosts with more or less available RAM are weighed.
+# A
+# positive value will result in the scheduler preferring hosts with more
+# available RAM, and a negative number will result in the scheduler preferring
+# hosts with less available RAM. Another way to look at it is that positive
+# values for this option will tend to spread instances across many hosts, while
+# negative values will tend to fill up (stack) hosts as much as possible before
+# scheduling to a less-used host. The absolute value, whether positive or
+# negative, controls how strong the RAM weigher is relative to other weighers.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'ram' weigher is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ram_weight_multiplier
+#ram_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# Disk weight multipler ratio.
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing free disk space. Negative numbers mean to
+# stack vs spread.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'ram' weigher is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disk_weight_multiplier
+#disk_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# IO operations weight multipler ratio.
+#
+# This option determines how hosts with differing workloads are weighed.
+# Negative
+# values, such as the default, will result in the scheduler preferring hosts
+# with
+# lighter workloads whereas positive values will prefer hosts with heavier
+# workloads. Another way to look at it is that positive values for this option
+# will tend to schedule instances onto hosts that are already busy, while
+# negative values will tend to distribute the workload across more hosts. The
+# absolute value, whether positive or negative, controls how strong the io_ops
+# weigher is relative to other weighers.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'io_ops' weigher is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/io_ops_weight_multiplier
+#io_ops_weight_multiplier=-1.0
+
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing hosts for group soft-affinity.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to weight multiplier
+#   for hosts with group soft affinity. Only a positive value are meaningful, as
+#   negative values would make this behave as a soft anti-affinity weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/soft_affinity_weight_multiplier
+#soft_affinity_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# Multiplier used for weighing hosts for group soft-anti-affinity.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to weight multiplier
+#   for hosts with group soft anti-affinity. Only a positive value are
+#   meaningful, as negative values would make this behave as a soft affinity
+#   weigher.
+#  (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/soft_anti_affinity_weight_multiplier
+#soft_anti_affinity_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# List of UUIDs for images that can only be run on certain hosts.
+#
+# If there is a need to restrict some images to only run on certain designated
+# hosts, list those image UUIDs here.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'IsolatedHostsFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of UUID strings, where each string corresponds to the UUID of an
+#   image
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler/isolated_hosts
+# * scheduler/restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/isolated_images
+#isolated_images =
+
+#
+# List of hosts that can only run certain images.
+#
+# If there is a need to restrict some images to only run on certain designated
+# hosts, list those host names here.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'IsolatedHostsFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of strings, where each string corresponds to the name of a host
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler/isolated_images
+# * scheduler/restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images
+#  (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/isolated_hosts
+#isolated_hosts =
+
+#
+# Prevent non-isolated images from being built on isolated hosts.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'IsolatedHostsFilter' filter is enabled. Even
+# then, this option doesn't affect the behavior of requests for isolated images,
+# which will *always* be restricted to isolated hosts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * scheduler/isolated_images
+# * scheduler/isolated_hosts
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images
+#restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images=true
+
+#
+# Image property namespace for use in the host aggregate.
+#
+# Images and hosts can be configured so that certain images can only be
+# scheduled
+# to hosts in a particular aggregate. This is done with metadata values set on
+# the host aggregate that are identified by beginning with the value of this
+# option. If the host is part of an aggregate with such a metadata key, the
+# image
+# in the request spec must have the value of that metadata in its properties in
+# order for the scheduler to consider the host as acceptable.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'aggregate_image_properties_isolation' filter
+# is
+# enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string, where the string corresponds to an image property namespace
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace
+#aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace=<None>
+
+#
+# Separator character(s) for image property namespace and name.
+#
+# When using the aggregate_image_properties_isolation filter, the relevant
+# metadata keys are prefixed with the namespace defined in the
+# aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace configuration option plus a
+# separator. This option defines the separator to be used.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'aggregate_image_properties_isolation' filter
+# is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string, where the string corresponds to an image property namespace
+#   separator character
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator
+#aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator=.
+
+
+[glance]
+# Configuration options for the Image service
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# List of glance api servers endpoints available to nova.
+#
+# https is used for ssl-based glance api servers.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of any fully qualified url of the form
+# "scheme://hostname:port[/path]"
+#   (i.e. "http://10.0.1.0:9292" or "https://my.glance.server/image").
+#  (list value)
+#api_servers=<None>
+api_servers = {{ controller.glance.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.glance.host }}:{{ controller.glance.get('port', 9292) }}
+
+#
+# Enable insecure SSL (https) requests to glance.
+#
+# This setting can be used to turn off verification of the glance server
+# certificate against the certificate authorities.
+#  (boolean value)
+#api_insecure=false
+
+#
+# Enable glance operation retries.
+#
+# Specifies the number of retries when uploading / downloading
+# an image to / from glance. 0 means no retries.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#num_retries=0
+
+#
+# List of url schemes that can be directly accessed.
+#
+# This option specifies a list of url schemes that can be downloaded
+# directly via the direct_url. This direct_URL can be fetched from
+# Image metadata which can be used by nova to get the
+# image more efficiently. nova-compute could benefit from this by
+# invoking a copy when it has access to the same file system as glance.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * [file], Empty list (default)
+#  (list value)
+#allowed_direct_url_schemes =
+
+#
+# Enable image signature verification.
+#
+# nova uses the image signature metadata from glance and verifies the signature
+# of a signed image while downloading that image. If the image signature cannot
+# be verified or if the image signature metadata is either incomplete or
+# unavailable, then nova will not boot the image and instead will place the
+# instance into an error state. This provides end users with stronger assurances
+# of the integrity of the image data they are using to create servers.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * The options in the `key_manager` group, as the key_manager is used
+#   for the signature validation.
+#  (boolean value)
+{%- if controller.get('barbican', {}).get('enabled', False) %}
+verify_glance_signatures=true
+{%- else %}
+#verify_glance_signatures=false
+{%- endif %}
+
+# Enable or disable debug logging with glanceclient. (boolean value)
+#debug=false
+
+
+[guestfs]
+#
+# libguestfs is a set of tools for accessing and modifying virtual
+# machine (VM) disk images. You can use this for viewing and editing
+# files inside guests, scripting changes to VMs, monitoring disk
+# used/free statistics, creating guests, P2V, V2V, performing backups,
+# cloning VMs, building VMs, formatting disks and resizing disks.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable/disables guestfs logging.
+#
+# This configures guestfs to debug messages and push them to Openstack
+# logging system. When set to True, it traces libguestfs API calls and
+# enable verbose debug messages. In order to use the above feature,
+# "libguestfs" package must be installed.
+#
+# Related options:
+# Since libguestfs access and modifies VM's managed by libvirt, below options
+# should be set to give access to those VM's.
+#     * libvirt.inject_key
+#     * libvirt.inject_partition
+#     * libvirt.inject_password
+#  (boolean value)
+#debug=false
+
+
+[healthcheck]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: The path to respond to healtcheck requests on. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#path=/healthcheck
+
+# Show more detailed information as part of the response (boolean value)
+#detailed=false
+
+# Additional backends that can perform health checks and report that information
+# back as part of a request. (list value)
+#backends =
+
+# Check the presence of a file to determine if an application is running on a
+# port. Used by DisableByFileHealthcheck plugin. (string value)
+#disable_by_file_path=<None>
+
+# Check the presence of a file based on a port to determine if an application is
+# running on a port. Expects a "port:path" list of strings. Used by
+# DisableByFilesPortsHealthcheck plugin. (list value)
+#disable_by_file_paths =
+
+
+[hyperv]
+#
+# The hyperv feature allows you to configure the Hyper-V hypervisor
+# driver to be used within an OpenStack deployment.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Dynamic memory ratio
+#
+# Enables dynamic memory allocation (ballooning) when set to a value
+# greater than 1. The value expresses the ratio between the total RAM
+# assigned to an instance and its startup RAM amount. For example a
+# ratio of 2.0 for an instance with 1024MB of RAM implies 512MB of
+# RAM allocated at startup.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 1.0: Disables dynamic memory allocation (Default).
+# * Float values greater than 1.0: Enables allocation of total implied
+#   RAM divided by this value for startup.
+#  (floating point value)
+#dynamic_memory_ratio=1.0
+
+#
+# Enable instance metrics collection
+#
+# Enables metrics collections for an instance by using Hyper-V's
+# metric APIs. Collected data can by retrieved by other apps and
+# services, e.g.: Ceilometer.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enable_instance_metrics_collection=false
+
+#
+# Instances path share
+#
+# The name of a Windows share mapped to the "instances_path" dir
+# and used by the resize feature to copy files to the target host.
+# If left blank, an administrative share (hidden network share) will
+# be used, looking for the same "instances_path" used locally.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * "": An administrative share will be used (Default).
+# * Name of a Windows share.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * "instances_path": The directory which will be used if this option
+#   here is left blank.
+#  (string value)
+#instances_path_share =
+
+#
+# Limit CPU features
+#
+# This flag is needed to support live migration to hosts with
+# different CPU features and checked during instance creation
+# in order to limit the CPU features used by the instance.
+#  (boolean value)
+#limit_cpu_features=false
+
+#
+# Mounted disk query retry count
+#
+# The number of times to retry checking for a mounted disk.
+# The query runs until the device can be found or the retry
+# count is reached.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer values. Values greater than 1 is recommended
+#   (Default: 10).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Time interval between disk mount retries is declared with
+#   "mounted_disk_query_retry_interval" option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#mounted_disk_query_retry_count=10
+
+#
+# Mounted disk query retry interval
+#
+# Interval between checks for a mounted disk, in seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 5).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when the mounted_disk_query_retry_count
+#   is greater than 1.
+# * The retry loop runs with mounted_disk_query_retry_count and
+#   mounted_disk_query_retry_interval configuration options.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#mounted_disk_query_retry_interval=5
+
+#
+# Power state check timeframe
+#
+# The timeframe to be checked for instance power state changes.
+# This option is used to fetch the state of the instance from Hyper-V
+# through the WMI interface, within the specified timeframe.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Timeframe in seconds (Default: 60).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#power_state_check_timeframe=60
+
+#
+# Power state event polling interval
+#
+# Instance power state change event polling frequency. Sets the
+# listener interval for power state events to the given value.
+# This option enhances the internal lifecycle notifications of
+# instances that reboot themselves. It is unlikely that an operator
+# has to change this value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 2).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#power_state_event_polling_interval=2
+
+#
+# qemu-img command
+#
+# qemu-img is required for some of the image related operations
+# like converting between different image types. You can get it
+# from here: (http://qemu.weilnetz.de/) or you can install the
+# Cloudbase OpenStack Hyper-V Compute Driver
+# (https://cloudbase.it/openstack-hyperv-driver/) which automatically
+# sets the proper path for this config option. You can either give the
+# full path of qemu-img.exe or set its path in the PATH environment
+# variable and leave this option to the default value.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Name of the qemu-img executable, in case it is in the same
+#   directory as the nova-compute service or its path is in the
+#   PATH environment variable (Default).
+# * Path of qemu-img command (DRIVELETTER:\PATH\TO\QEMU-IMG\COMMAND).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If the config_drive_cdrom option is False, qemu-img will be used to
+#   convert the ISO to a VHD, otherwise the configuration drive will
+#   remain an ISO. To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must
+#   set the mkisofs_cmd value to the full path to an mkisofs.exe
+#   installation.
+#  (string value)
+#qemu_img_cmd=qemu-img.exe
+
+#
+# External virtual switch name
+#
+# The Hyper-V Virtual Switch is a software-based layer-2 Ethernet
+# network switch that is available with the installation of the
+# Hyper-V server role. The switch includes programmatically managed
+# and extensible capabilities to connect virtual machines to both
+# virtual networks and the physical network. In addition, Hyper-V
+# Virtual Switch provides policy enforcement for security, isolation,
+# and service levels. The vSwitch represented by this config option
+# must be an external one (not internal or private).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * If not provided, the first of a list of available vswitches
+#   is used. This list is queried using WQL.
+# * Virtual switch name.
+#  (string value)
+#vswitch_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Wait soft reboot seconds
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft
+# reboot request is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance
+# does not shutdown within this window.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 60).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#wait_soft_reboot_seconds=60
+
+#
+# Configuration drive cdrom
+#
+# OpenStack can be configured to write instance metadata to
+# a configuration drive, which is then attached to the
+# instance before it boots. The configuration drive can be
+# attached as a disk drive (default) or as a CD drive.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Attach the configuration drive image as a CD drive.
+# * False: Attach the configuration drive image as a disk drive (Default).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful with force_config_drive option set to 'True'
+#   or when the REST API call to create an instance will have
+#   '--config-drive=True' flag.
+# * config_drive_format option must be set to 'iso9660' in order to use
+#   CD drive as the configuration drive image.
+# * To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the
+#   mkisofs_cmd value to the full path to an mkisofs.exe installation.
+#   Additionally, you must set the qemu_img_cmd value to the full path
+#   to an qemu-img command installation.
+# * You can configure the Compute service to always create a configuration
+#   drive by setting the force_config_drive option to 'True'.
+#  (boolean value)
+#config_drive_cdrom=false
+
+#
+# Configuration drive inject password
+#
+# Enables setting the admin password in the configuration drive image.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option is meaningful when used with other options that enable
+#   configuration drive usage with Hyper-V, such as force_config_drive.
+# * Currently, the only accepted config_drive_format is 'iso9660'.
+#  (boolean value)
+#config_drive_inject_password=false
+
+#
+# Volume attach retry count
+#
+# The number of times to retry attaching a volume. Volume attachment
+# is retried until success or the given retry count is reached.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Positive integer values (Default: 10).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Time interval between attachment attempts is declared with
+#   volume_attach_retry_interval option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#volume_attach_retry_count=10
+
+#
+# Volume attach retry interval
+#
+# Interval between volume attachment attempts, in seconds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Time in seconds (Default: 5).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This options is meaningful when volume_attach_retry_count
+#   is greater than 1.
+# * The retry loop runs with volume_attach_retry_count and
+#   volume_attach_retry_interval configuration options.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#volume_attach_retry_interval=5
+
+#
+# Enable RemoteFX feature
+#
+# This requires at least one DirectX 11 capable graphics adapter for
+# Windows / Hyper-V Server 2012 R2 or newer and RDS-Virtualization
+# feature has to be enabled.
+#
+# Instances with RemoteFX can be requested with the following flavor
+# extra specs:
+#
+# **os:resolution**. Guest VM screen resolution size. Acceptable values::
+#
+#     1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200, 1920x1200, 2560x1600, 3840x2160
+#
+# ``3840x2160`` is only available on Windows / Hyper-V Server 2016.
+#
+# **os:monitors**. Guest VM number of monitors. Acceptable values::
+#
+#     [1, 4] - Windows / Hyper-V Server 2012 R2
+#     [1, 8] - Windows / Hyper-V Server 2016
+#
+# **os:vram**. Guest VM VRAM amount. Only available on
+# Windows / Hyper-V Server 2016. Acceptable values::
+#
+#     64, 128, 256, 512, 1024
+#  (boolean value)
+#enable_remotefx=false
+
+#
+# Use multipath connections when attaching iSCSI or FC disks.
+#
+# This requires the Multipath IO Windows feature to be enabled. MPIO must be
+# configured to claim such devices.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_multipath_io=false
+
+#
+# List of iSCSI initiators that will be used for estabilishing iSCSI sessions.
+#
+# If none are specified, the Microsoft iSCSI initiator service will choose the
+# initiator.
+#  (list value)
+#iscsi_initiator_list =
+
+
+[image_file_url]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# List of file systems that are configured in this file in the
+# image_file_url:<list entry name> sections
+#  (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The feature to download images from glance via filesystem is not used and will
+# be removed in the future.
+#filesystems =
+
+
+[ironic]
+#
+# Configuration options for Ironic driver (Bare Metal).
+# If using the Ironic driver following options must be set:
+# * auth_type
+# * auth_url
+# * project_name
+# * username
+# * password
+# * project_domain_id or project_domain_name
+# * user_domain_id or user_domain_name
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# URL override for the Ironic API endpoint. (string value)
+#api_endpoint=http://ironic.example.org:6385/
+
+#
+# The number of times to retry when a request conflicts.
+# If set to 0, only try once, no retries.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * api_retry_interval
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#api_max_retries=60
+
+#
+# The number of seconds to wait before retrying the request.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * api_max_retries
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#api_retry_interval=2
+
+# Timeout (seconds) to wait for node serial console state changed. Set to 0 to
+# disable timeout. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#serial_console_state_timeout=10
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [ironic]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [ironic]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+
+[key_manager]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Fixed key returned by key manager, specified in hex.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Empty string or a key in hex value
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [keymgr]/fixed_key
+#fixed_key=<None>
+
+# The full class name of the key manager API class (string value)
+{%- if controller.get('barbican', {}).get('enabled', False) %}
+api_class=castellan.key_manager.barbican_key_manager.BarbicanKeyManager
+{%- endif %}
+
+# The type of authentication credential to create. Possible values are 'token',
+# 'password', 'keystone_token', and 'keystone_password'. Required if no context
+# is passed to the credential factory. (string value)
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Token for authentication. Required for 'token' and 'keystone_token' auth_type
+# if no context is passed to the credential factory. (string value)
+#token=<None>
+
+# Username for authentication. Required for 'password' auth_type. Optional for
+# the 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#username=<None>
+
+# Password for authentication. Required for 'password' and 'keystone_password'
+# auth_type. (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# User ID for authentication. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain ID for authentication. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name for authentication. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID for trust scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Domain ID for domain scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name for domain scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID for project scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name for project scoping. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Project's domain ID for project. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Project's domain name for project. Optional for 'keystone_token' and
+# 'keystone_password' auth_type. (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Allow fetching a new token if the current one is going to expire. Optional for
+# 'keystone_token' and 'keystone_password' auth_type. (boolean value)
+#reauthenticate=true
+
+
+[keystone_authtoken]
+
+#
+# From keystonemiddleware.auth_token
+#
+revocation_cache_time = 10
+signing_dir=/tmp/keystone-signing-nova
+auth_type = password
+user_domain_id = {{ controller.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_domain_id = {{ controller.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_name = {{ controller.identity.tenant }}
+username = {{ controller.identity.user }}
+password = {{ controller.identity.password }}
+auth_uri={{ controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.identity.host }}:5000
+auth_url={{ controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.identity.host }}:35357
+{%- if controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ controller.identity.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- if controller.cache is defined %}
+memcached_servers={%- for member in controller.cache.members %}{{ member.host }}:11211{% if not loop.last %},{% endif %}{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+# Complete "public" Identity API endpoint. This endpoint should not be an
+# "admin" endpoint, as it should be accessible by all end users. Unauthenticated
+# clients are redirected to this endpoint to authenticate. Although this
+# endpoint should  ideally be unversioned, client support in the wild varies.
+# If you're using a versioned v2 endpoint here, then this  should *not* be the
+# same endpoint the service user utilizes  for validating tokens, because normal
+# end users may not be  able to reach that endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_uri=<None>
+
+# API version of the admin Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_version=<None>
+
+# Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the
+# authorization decision to downstream WSGI components. (boolean value)
+#delay_auth_decision=false
+
+# Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. (integer
+# value)
+#http_connect_timeout=<None>
+
+# How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API
+# Server. (integer value)
+#http_request_max_retries=3
+
+# Request environment key where the Swift cache object is stored. When
+# auth_token middleware is deployed with a Swift cache, use this option to have
+# the middleware share a caching backend with swift. Otherwise, use the
+# ``memcached_servers`` option instead. (string value)
+#cache=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# Defaults to system CAs. (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# The region in which the identity server can be found. (string value)
+#region_name=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens. This option
+# has been deprecated in the Ocata release and will be removed in the P release.
+# (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#signing_dir=<None>
+
+# Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left
+# undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [keystone_authtoken]/memcache_servers
+#memcached_servers=<None>
+
+# In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware
+# caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to
+# -1 to disable caching completely. (integer value)
+#token_cache_time=300
+
+# DEPRECATED: Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is
+# retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation
+# events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce
+# performance. Only valid for PKI tokens. This option has been deprecated in the
+# Ocata release and will be removed in the P release. (integer value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#revocation_cache_time=10
+
+# (Optional) If defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or
+# authenticated and encrypted. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC)
+# in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the
+# cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will
+# raise an exception on initialization. (string value)
+# Allowed values: None, MAC, ENCRYPT
+#memcache_security_strategy=None
+
+# (Optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) This string is
+# used for key derivation. (string value)
+#memcache_secret_key=<None>
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is
+# tried again. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_dead_retry=300
+
+# (Optional) Maximum total number of open connections to every memcached server.
+# (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize=10
+
+# (Optional) Socket timeout in seconds for communicating with a memcached
+# server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_socket_timeout=3
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the
+# pool before it is closed. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout=60
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcached
+# client connection from the pool. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_conn_get_timeout=10
+
+# (Optional) Use the advanced (eventlet safe) memcached client pool. The
+# advanced pool will only work under python 2.x. (boolean value)
+#memcache_use_advanced_pool=false
+
+# (Optional) Indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False,
+# middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not
+# set the X-Service-Catalog header. (boolean value)
+#include_service_catalog=true
+
+# Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled"
+# to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding
+# information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if
+# not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will
+# be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed.
+# Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. (string
+# value)
+#enforce_token_bind=permissive
+
+# DEPRECATED: If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens.
+# This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the identity server. (boolean
+# value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#check_revocations_for_cached=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a
+# single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python
+# standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put
+# the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be
+# stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while
+# migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old
+# tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better
+# performance. (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since Ocata.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: PKI token format is no longer supported.
+#hash_algorithms=md5
+
+# A choice of roles that must be present in a service token. Service tokens are
+# allowed to request that an expired token can be used and so this check should
+# tightly control that only actual services should be sending this token. Roles
+# here are applied as an ANY check so any role in this list must be present. For
+# backwards compatibility reasons this currently only affects the allow_expired
+# check. (list value)
+#service_token_roles=service
+
+# For backwards compatibility reasons we must let valid service tokens pass that
+# don't pass the service_token_roles check as valid. Setting this true will
+# become the default in a future release and should be enabled if possible.
+# (boolean value)
+#service_token_roles_required=false
+
+# Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_admin_prefix =
+
+# Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_host=127.0.0.1
+
+# Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (integer value)
+#auth_port=35357
+
+# Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#auth_protocol=https
+
+# Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root
+# endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ (string value)
+#identity_uri=<None>
+
+# This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single
+# shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a
+# Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication
+# process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password`
+# instead. (string value)
+#admin_token=<None>
+
+# Service username. (string value)
+#admin_user=<None>
+
+# Service user password. (string value)
+#admin_password=<None>
+
+# Service tenant name. (string value)
+#admin_tenant_name=admin
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [keystone_authtoken]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+
+[libvirt]
+#
+# Libvirt options allows cloud administrator to configure related
+# libvirt hypervisor driver to be used within an OpenStack deployment.
+#
+# Almost all of the libvirt config options are influence by ``virt_type`` config
+# which describes the virtualization type (or so called domain type) libvirt
+# should use for specific features such as live migration, snapshot.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The ID of the image to boot from to rescue data from a corrupted instance.
+#
+# If the rescue REST API operation doesn't provide an ID of an image to
+# use, the image which is referenced by this ID is used. If this
+# option is not set, the image from the instance is used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An ID of an image or nothing. If it points to an *Amazon Machine
+#   Image* (AMI), consider to set the config options ``rescue_kernel_id``
+#   and ``rescue_ramdisk_id`` too. If nothing is set, the image of the instance
+#   is used.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rescue_kernel_id``: If the chosen rescue image allows the separate
+#   definition of its kernel disk, the value of this option is used,
+#   if specified. This is the case when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image
+#   format is used for the rescue image.
+# * ``rescue_ramdisk_id``: If the chosen rescue image allows the separate
+#   definition of its RAM disk, the value of this option is used if,
+#   specified. This is the case when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image
+#   format is used for the rescue image.
+#  (string value)
+#rescue_image_id=<None>
+
+#
+# The ID of the kernel (AKI) image to use with the rescue image.
+#
+# If the chosen rescue image allows the separate definition of its kernel
+# disk, the value of this option is used, if specified. This is the case
+# when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image format is used for the rescue image.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An ID of an kernel image or nothing. If nothing is specified, the kernel
+#   disk from the instance is used if it was launched with one.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rescue_image_id``: If that option points to an image in *Amazon*'s
+#   AMI/AKI/ARI image format, it's useful to use ``rescue_kernel_id`` too.
+#  (string value)
+#rescue_kernel_id=<None>
+
+#
+# The ID of the RAM disk (ARI) image to use with the rescue image.
+#
+# If the chosen rescue image allows the separate definition of its RAM
+# disk, the value of this option is used, if specified. This is the case
+# when *Amazon*'s AMI/AKI/ARI image format is used for the rescue image.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An ID of a RAM disk image or nothing. If nothing is specified, the RAM
+#   disk from the instance is used if it was launched with one.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rescue_image_id``: If that option points to an image in *Amazon*'s
+#   AMI/AKI/ARI image format, it's useful to use ``rescue_ramdisk_id`` too.
+#  (string value)
+#rescue_ramdisk_id=<None>
+
+#
+# Describes the virtualization type (or so called domain type) libvirt should
+# use.
+#
+# The choice of this type must match the underlying virtualization strategy
+# you have chosen for this host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * See the predefined set of case-sensitive values.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``connection_uri``: depends on this
+# * ``disk_prefix``: depends on this
+# * ``cpu_mode``: depends on this
+# * ``cpu_model``: depends on this
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: kvm, lxc, qemu, uml, xen, parallels
+#virt_type=kvm
+virt_type=kvm
+
+#
+# Overrides the default libvirt URI of the chosen virtualization type.
+#
+# If set, Nova will use this URI to connect to libvirt.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An URI like ``qemu:///system`` or ``xen+ssh://oirase/`` for example.
+#   This is only necessary if the URI differs to the commonly known URIs
+#   for the chosen virtualization type.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``virt_type``: Influences what is used as default value here.
+#  (string value)
+#connection_uri =
+
+#
+# Allow the injection of an admin password for instance only at ``create`` and
+# ``rebuild`` process.
+#
+# There is no agent needed within the image to do this. If *libguestfs* is
+# available on the host, it will be used. Otherwise *nbd* is used. The file
+# system of the image will be mounted and the admin password, which is provided
+# in the REST API call will be injected as password for the root user. If no
+# root user is available, the instance won't be launched and an error is thrown.
+# Be aware that the injection is *not* possible when the instance gets launched
+# from a volume.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Allows the injection.
+# * False (default): Disallows the injection. Any via the REST API provided
+# admin password will be silently ignored.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``inject_partition``: That option will decide about the discovery and usage
+#   of the file system. It also can disable the injection at all.
+#  (boolean value)
+#inject_password=false
+
+#
+# Allow the injection of an SSH key at boot time.
+#
+# There is no agent needed within the image to do this. If *libguestfs* is
+# available on the host, it will be used. Otherwise *nbd* is used. The file
+# system of the image will be mounted and the SSH key, which is provided
+# in the REST API call will be injected as SSH key for the root user and
+# appended to the ``authorized_keys`` of that user. The SELinux context will
+# be set if necessary. Be aware that the injection is *not* possible when the
+# instance gets launched from a volume.
+#
+# This config option will enable directly modifying the instance disk and does
+# not affect what cloud-init may do using data from config_drive option or the
+# metadata service.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``inject_partition``: That option will decide about the discovery and usage
+#   of the file system. It also can disable the injection at all.
+#  (boolean value)
+#inject_key=false
+
+#
+# Determines the way how the file system is chosen to inject data into it.
+#
+# *libguestfs* will be used a first solution to inject data. If that's not
+# available on the host, the image will be locally mounted on the host as a
+# fallback solution. If libguestfs is not able to determine the root partition
+# (because there are more or less than one root partition) or cannot mount the
+# file system it will result in an error and the instance won't be boot.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * -2 => disable the injection of data.
+# * -1 => find the root partition with the file system to mount with libguestfs
+# *  0 => The image is not partitioned
+# * >0 => The number of the partition to use for the injection
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``inject_key``: If this option allows the injection of a SSH key it depends
+#   on value greater or equal to -1 for ``inject_partition``.
+# * ``inject_password``: If this option allows the injection of an admin
+# password
+#   it depends on value greater or equal to -1 for ``inject_partition``.
+# * ``guestfs`` You can enable the debug log level of libguestfs with this
+#   config option. A more verbose output will help in debugging issues.
+# * ``virt_type``: If you use ``lxc`` as virt_type it will be treated as a
+#   single partition image
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -2
+#inject_partition=-2
+inject_partition = -1
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Enable a mouse cursor within a graphical VNC or SPICE sessions.
+#
+# This will only be taken into account if the VM is fully virtualized and VNC
+# and/or SPICE is enabled. If the node doesn't support a graphical framebuffer,
+# then it is valid to set this to False.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``[vnc]enabled``: If VNC is enabled, ``use_usb_tablet`` will have an effect.
+# * ``[spice]enabled`` + ``[spice].agent_enabled``: If SPICE is enabled and the
+#   spice agent is disabled, the config value of ``use_usb_tablet`` will have
+#   an effect.
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: This option is being replaced by the 'pointer_model' option.
+#use_usb_tablet=true
+use_usb_tablet=true
+
+#
+# The IP address or hostname to be used as the target for live migration
+# traffic.
+#
+# If this option is set to None, the hostname of the migration target compute
+# node will be used.
+#
+# This option is useful in environments where the live-migration traffic can
+# impact the network plane significantly. A separate network for live-migration
+# traffic can then use this config option and avoids the impact on the
+# management network.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid IP address or hostname, else None.
+#  (string value)
+#live_migration_inbound_addr=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Live migration target URI to use.
+#
+# Override the default libvirt live migration target URI (which is dependent
+# on virt_type). Any included "%s" is replaced with the migration target
+# hostname.
+#
+# If this option is set to None (which is the default), Nova will automatically
+# generate the `live_migration_uri` value based on only 3 supported `virt_type`
+# in following list:
+# * 'kvm': 'qemu+tcp://%s/system'
+# * 'qemu': 'qemu+tcp://%s/system'
+# * 'xen': 'xenmigr://%s/system'
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``live_migration_inbound_addr``: If ``live_migration_inbound_addr`` value
+#   is not None, the ip/hostname address of target compute node is used instead
+#   of ``live_migration_uri`` as the uri for live migration.
+# * ``live_migration_scheme``: If ``live_migration_uri`` is not set, the scheme
+#   used for live migration is taken from ``live_migration_scheme`` instead.
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# live_migration_uri is deprecated for removal in favor of two other options
+# that
+# allow to change live migration scheme and target URI:
+# ``live_migration_scheme``
+# and ``live_migration_inbound_addr`` respectively.
+#live_migration_uri=<None>
+
+#
+# Schema used for live migration.
+#
+# Override the default libvirt live migration scheme (which is dependant on
+# virt_type). If this option is set to None, nova will automatically choose a
+# sensible default based on the hypervisor. It is not recommended that you
+# change
+# this unless you are very sure that hypervisor supports a particular scheme.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ``virt_type``: This option is meaningful only when ``virt_type`` is set to
+#   `kvm` or `qemu`.
+# * ``live_migration_uri``: If ``live_migration_uri`` value is not None, the
+#   scheme used for live migration is taken from ``live_migration_uri`` instead.
+#  (string value)
+#live_migration_scheme=<None>
+
+#
+# Enable tunnelled migration.
+#
+# This option enables the tunnelled migration feature, where migration data is
+# transported over the libvirtd connection. If enabled, we use the
+# VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED migration flag, avoiding the need to configure
+# the network to allow direct hypervisor to hypervisor communication.
+# If False, use the native transport. If not set, Nova will choose a
+# sensible default based on, for example the availability of native
+# encryption support in the hypervisor. Enable this option will definitely
+# impact performance massively.
+#
+# Note that this option is NOT compatible with use of block migration.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Supersedes and (if set) overrides the deprecated 'live_migration_flag' and
+#   'block_migration_flag' to enable tunneled migration.
+#  (boolean value)
+#live_migration_tunnelled=false
+
+#
+# Maximum bandwidth(in MiB/s) to be used during migration.
+#
+# If set to 0, the hypervisor will choose a suitable default. Some hypervisors
+# do not support this feature and will return an error if bandwidth is not 0.
+# Please refer to the libvirt documentation for further details.
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_bandwidth=0
+
+#
+# Maximum permitted downtime, in milliseconds, for live migration
+# switchover.
+#
+# Will be rounded up to a minimum of 100ms. You can increase this value
+# if you want to allow live-migrations to complete faster, or avoid
+# live-migration timeout errors by allowing the guest to be paused for
+# longer during the live-migration switch over.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * live_migration_completion_timeout
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime=500
+
+#
+# Number of incremental steps to reach max downtime value.
+#
+# Will be rounded up to a minimum of 3 steps.
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime_steps=10
+
+#
+# Time to wait, in seconds, between each step increase of the migration
+# downtime.
+#
+# Minimum delay is 10 seconds. Value is per GiB of guest RAM + disk to be
+# transferred, with lower bound of a minimum of 2 GiB per device.
+#  (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime_delay=75
+
+#
+# Time to wait, in seconds, for migration to successfully complete transferring
+# data before aborting the operation.
+#
+# Value is per GiB of guest RAM + disk to be transferred, with lower bound of
+# a minimum of 2 GiB. Should usually be larger than downtime delay * downtime
+# steps. Set to 0 to disable timeouts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * live_migration_downtime
+# * live_migration_downtime_steps
+# * live_migration_downtime_delay
+#  (integer value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+#live_migration_completion_timeout=800
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Time to wait, in seconds, for migration to make forward progress in
+# transferring data before aborting the operation.
+#
+# Set to 0 to disable timeouts.
+#
+# This is deprecated, and now disabled by default because we have found serious
+# bugs in this feature that caused false live-migration timeout failures. This
+# feature will be removed or replaced in a future release.
+#  (integer value)
+# Note: This option can be changed without restarting.
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Serious bugs found in this feature.
+#live_migration_progress_timeout=0
+
+#
+# This option allows nova to switch an on-going live migration to post-copy
+# mode, i.e., switch the active VM to the one on the destination node before the
+# migration is complete, therefore ensuring an upper bound on the memory that
+# needs to be transferred. Post-copy requires libvirt>=1.3.3 and QEMU>=2.5.0.
+#
+# When permitted, post-copy mode will be automatically activated if a
+# live-migration memory copy iteration does not make percentage increase of at
+# least 10% over the last iteration.
+#
+# The live-migration force complete API also uses post-copy when permitted. If
+# post-copy mode is not available, force complete falls back to pausing the VM
+# to ensure the live-migration operation will complete.
+#
+# When using post-copy mode, if the source and destination hosts loose network
+# connectivity, the VM being live-migrated will need to be rebooted. For more
+# details, please see the Administration guide.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * live_migration_permit_auto_converge
+#  (boolean value)
+#live_migration_permit_post_copy=false
+
+#
+# This option allows nova to start live migration with auto converge on.
+#
+# Auto converge throttles down CPU if a progress of on-going live migration
+# is slow. Auto converge will only be used if this flag is set to True and
+# post copy is not permitted or post copy is unavailable due to the version
+# of libvirt and QEMU in use. Auto converge requires libvirt>=1.2.3 and
+# QEMU>=1.6.0.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+#     * live_migration_permit_post_copy
+#  (boolean value)
+#live_migration_permit_auto_converge=false
+
+#
+# Determine the snapshot image format when sending to the image service.
+#
+# If set, this decides what format is used when sending the snapshot to the
+# image service.
+# If not set, defaults to same type as source image.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``raw``: RAW disk format
+# * ``qcow2``: KVM default disk format
+# * ``vmdk``: VMWare default disk format
+# * ``vdi``: VirtualBox default disk format
+# * If not set, defaults to same type as source image.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, qcow2, vmdk, vdi
+#snapshot_image_format=<None>
+
+#
+# Override the default disk prefix for the devices attached to an instance.
+#
+# If set, this is used to identify a free disk device name for a bus.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any prefix which will result in a valid disk device name like 'sda' or 'hda'
+#   for example. This is only necessary if the device names differ to the
+#   commonly known device name prefixes for a virtualization type such as: sd,
+#   xvd, uvd, vd.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``virt_type``: Influences which device type is used, which determines
+#   the default disk prefix.
+#  (string value)
+#disk_prefix=<None>
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft reboot request
+# is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance does not shutdown within this
+# window. (integer value)
+#wait_soft_reboot_seconds=120
+
+#
+# Is used to set the CPU mode an instance should have.
+#
+# If virt_type="kvm|qemu", it will default to "host-model", otherwise it will
+# default to "none".
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * ``host-model``: Clones the host CPU feature flags.
+# * ``host-passthrough``: Use the host CPU model exactly;
+# * ``custom``: Use a named CPU model;
+# * ``none``: Not set any CPU model.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``cpu_model``: If ``custom`` is used for ``cpu_mode``, set this config
+#   option too, otherwise this would result in an error and the instance won't
+#   be launched.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: host-model, host-passthrough, custom, none
+#cpu_mode=<None>
+cpu_mode=host-passthrough
+
+#
+# Set the name of the libvirt CPU model the instance should use.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * The names listed in /usr/share/libvirt/cpu_map.xml
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``cpu_mode``: Don't set this when ``cpu_mode`` is NOT set to ``custom``.
+#   This would result in an error and the instance won't be launched.
+# * ``virt_type``: Only the virtualization types ``kvm`` and ``qemu`` use this.
+#  (string value)
+#cpu_model=<None>
+
+# Location where libvirt driver will store snapshots before uploading them to
+# image service (string value)
+#snapshots_directory=$instances_path/snapshots
+
+# Location where the Xen hvmloader is kept (string value)
+#xen_hvmloader_path=/usr/lib/xen/boot/hvmloader
+
+# Specific cachemodes to use for different disk types e.g:
+# file=directsync,block=none (list value)
+#disk_cachemodes =
+
+# A path to a device that will be used as source of entropy on the host.
+# Permitted options are: /dev/random or /dev/hwrng (string value)
+#rng_dev_path=<None>
+
+# For qemu or KVM guests, set this option to specify a default machine type per
+# host architecture. You can find a list of supported machine types in your
+# environment by checking the output of the "virsh capabilities"command. The
+# format of the value for this config option is host-arch=machine-type. For
+# example: x86_64=machinetype1,armv7l=machinetype2 (list value)
+#hw_machine_type=<None>
+
+# The data source used to the populate the host "serial" UUID exposed to guest
+# in the virtual BIOS. (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, os, hardware, auto
+#sysinfo_serial=auto
+
+# A number of seconds to memory usage statistics period. Zero or negative value
+# mean to disable memory usage statistics. (integer value)
+#mem_stats_period_seconds=10
+
+# List of uid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-uid:host-uid:countMaximum of 5
+# allowed. (list value)
+#uid_maps =
+
+# List of guid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-gid:host-gid:countMaximum of 5
+# allowed. (list value)
+#gid_maps =
+
+# In a realtime host context vCPUs for guest will run in that scheduling
+# priority. Priority depends on the host kernel (usually 1-99) (integer value)
+#realtime_scheduler_priority=1
+
+#
+# This is a performance event list which could be used as monitor. These events
+# will be passed to libvirt domain xml while creating a new instances.
+# Then event statistics data can be collected from libvirt.  The minimum
+# libvirt version is 2.0.0. For more information about `Performance monitoring
+# events`, refer https://libvirt.org/formatdomain.html#elementsPerf .
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * A string list. For example: ``enabled_perf_events = cmt, mbml, mbmt``
+#   The supported events list can be found in
+#   https://libvirt.org/html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html ,
+#   which you may need to search key words ``VIR_PERF_PARAM_*``
+#  (list value)
+#enabled_perf_events =
+
+#
+# VM Images format.
+#
+# If default is specified, then use_cow_images flag is used instead of this
+# one.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * virt.use_cow_images
+# * images_volume_group
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, flat, qcow2, lvm, rbd, ploop, default
+#images_type=default
+
+#
+# LVM Volume Group that is used for VM images, when you specify images_type=lvm
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * images_type
+#  (string value)
+#images_volume_group=<None>
+
+#
+# Create sparse logical volumes (with virtualsize) if this flag is set to True.
+#  (boolean value)
+#sparse_logical_volumes=false
+
+# The RADOS pool in which rbd volumes are stored (string value)
+#images_rbd_pool=rbd
+
+# Path to the ceph configuration file to use (string value)
+#images_rbd_ceph_conf =
+
+#
+# Discard option for nova managed disks.
+#
+# Requires:
+#
+# * Libvirt >= 1.0.6
+# * Qemu >= 1.5 (raw format)
+# * Qemu >= 1.6 (qcow2 format)
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: ignore, unmap
+#hw_disk_discard=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Allows image information files to be stored in non-standard
+# locations (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Image info files are no longer used by the image cache
+#image_info_filename_pattern=$instances_path/$image_cache_subdirectory_name/%(image)s.info
+
+# Unused resized base images younger than this will not be removed (integer
+# value)
+#remove_unused_resized_minimum_age_seconds=3600
+
+# DEPRECATED: Write a checksum for files in _base to disk (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: The image cache no longer periodically calculates checksums of stored
+# images. Data integrity can be checked at the block or filesystem level.
+#checksum_base_images=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: How frequently to checksum base images (integer value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: The image cache no longer periodically calculates checksums of stored
+# images. Data integrity can be checked at the block or filesystem level.
+#checksum_interval_seconds=3600
+
+#
+# Method used to wipe ephemeral disks when they are deleted. Only takes effect
+# if LVM is set as backing storage.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * none - do not wipe deleted volumes
+# * zero - overwrite volumes with zeroes
+# * shred - overwrite volume repeatedly
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * images_type - must be set to ``lvm``
+# * volume_clear_size
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, zero, shred
+#volume_clear=zero
+
+#
+# Size of area in MiB, counting from the beginning of the allocated volume,
+# that will be cleared using method set in ``volume_clear`` option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * 0 - clear whole volume
+# * >0 - clear specified amount of MiB
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * images_type - must be set to ``lvm``
+# * volume_clear - must be set and the value must be different than ``none``
+#   for this option to have any impact
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#volume_clear_size=0
+
+#
+# Enable snapshot compression for ``qcow2`` images.
+#
+# Note: you can set ``snapshot_image_format`` to ``qcow2`` to force all
+# snapshots to be in ``qcow2`` format, independently from their original image
+# type.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * snapshot_image_format
+#  (boolean value)
+#snapshot_compression=false
+
+# Use virtio for bridge interfaces with KVM/QEMU (boolean value)
+#use_virtio_for_bridges=true
+use_virtio_for_bridges=true
+
+#
+# Protocols listed here will be accessed directly from QEMU.
+#
+# If gluster is present in qemu_allowed_storage_drivers, glusterfs's backend
+# will
+# pass a disk configuration to QEMU. This allows QEMU to access the volume using
+# libgfapi rather than mounting GlusterFS via fuse.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * [gluster]
+#  (list value)
+#qemu_allowed_storage_drivers =
+
+#
+# Use multipath connection of the iSCSI or FC volume
+#
+# Volumes can be connected in the LibVirt as multipath devices. This will
+# provide high availability and fault tolerance.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [libvirt]/iscsi_use_multipath
+#volume_use_multipath=false
+
+#
+# Number of times to rediscover AoE target to find volume.
+#
+# Nova provides support for block storage attaching to hosts via AOE (ATA over
+# Ethernet). This option allows the user to specify the maximum number of retry
+# attempts that can be made to discover the AoE device.
+#  (integer value)
+#num_aoe_discover_tries=3
+
+#
+# Absolute path to the directory where the glusterfs volume is mounted on the
+# compute node.
+#  (string value)
+#glusterfs_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Number of times to scan iSCSI target to find volume.
+#  (integer value)
+#num_iscsi_scan_tries=5
+
+#
+# The iSCSI transport iface to use to connect to target in case offload support
+# is desired.
+#
+# Default format is of the form <transport_name>.<hwaddress> where
+# <transport_name> is one of (be2iscsi, bnx2i, cxgb3i, cxgb4i, qla4xxx, ocs) and
+# <hwaddress> is the MAC address of the interface and can be generated via the
+# iscsiadm -m iface command. Do not confuse the iscsi_iface parameter to be
+# provided here with the actual transport name.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [libvirt]/iscsi_transport
+#iscsi_iface=<None>
+
+#
+# Number of times to scan iSER target to find volume.
+#
+# iSER is a server network protocol that extends iSCSI protocol to use Remote
+# Direct Memory Access (RDMA). This option allows the user to specify the
+# maximum
+# number of scan attempts that can be made to find iSER volume.
+#  (integer value)
+#num_iser_scan_tries=5
+
+#
+# Use multipath connection of the iSER volume.
+#
+# iSER volumes can be connected as multipath devices. This will provide high
+# availability and fault tolerance.
+#  (boolean value)
+#iser_use_multipath=false
+
+#
+# The RADOS client name for accessing rbd(RADOS Block Devices) volumes.
+#
+# Libvirt will refer to this user when connecting and authenticating with
+# the Ceph RBD server.
+#  (string value)
+#rbd_user=<None>
+
+#
+# The libvirt UUID of the secret for the rbd_user volumes.
+#  (string value)
+#rbd_secret_uuid=<None>
+
+#
+# Directory where the NFS volume is mounted on the compute node.
+# The default is 'mnt' directory of the location where nova's Python module
+# is installed.
+#
+# NFS provides shared storage for the OpenStack Block Storage service.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing absolute path of mount point.
+#  (string value)
+#nfs_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Mount options passed to the NFS client. See section of the nfs man page
+# for details.
+#
+# Mount options controls the way the filesystem is mounted and how the
+# NFS client behaves when accessing files on this mount point.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing mount options separated by commas.
+# * Example string: vers=3,lookupcache=pos
+#  (string value)
+#nfs_mount_options=<None>
+
+#
+# Directory where the Quobyte volume is mounted on the compute node.
+#
+# Nova supports Quobyte volume driver that enables storing Block Storage
+# service volumes on a Quobyte storage back end. This Option sepcifies the
+# path of the directory where Quobyte volume is mounted.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing absolute path of mount point.
+#  (string value)
+#quobyte_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+# Path to a Quobyte Client configuration file. (string value)
+#quobyte_client_cfg=<None>
+
+#
+# Path or URL to Scality SOFS(Scale-Out File Server) configuration file.
+#
+# The Scality SOFS provides OpenStack users the option of storing their
+# data on a high capacity, replicated, highly available Scality Ring object
+# storage cluster.
+#  (string value)
+#scality_sofs_config=<None>
+
+#
+# Base dir where Scality SOFS shall be mounted.
+#
+# The Scality volume driver in Nova mounts SOFS and lets the hypervisor access
+# the volumes.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * $state_path/scality where state_path is a config option that specifies
+#   the top-level directory for maintaining nova's state or Any string
+#   containing the full directory path.
+#  (string value)
+#scality_sofs_mount_point=$state_path/scality
+
+#
+# Directory where the SMBFS shares are mounted on the compute node.
+#  (string value)
+#smbfs_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Mount options passed to the SMBFS client.
+#
+# Provide SMBFS options as a single string containing all parameters.
+# See mount.cifs man page for  details. Note that the libvirt-qemu ``uid``
+# and ``gid`` must be specified.
+#  (string value)
+#smbfs_mount_options =
+
+#
+# libvirt's transport method for remote file operations.
+#
+# Because libvirt cannot use RPC to copy files over network to/from other
+# compute nodes, other method must be used for:
+#
+# * creating directory on remote host
+# * creating file on remote host
+# * removing file from remote host
+# * copying file to remote host
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: ssh, rsync
+#remote_filesystem_transport=ssh
+
+#
+# Directory where the Virtuozzo Storage clusters are mounted on the compute
+# node.
+#
+# This option defines non-standard mountpoint for Vzstorage cluster.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_point_base=$state_path/mnt
+
+#
+# Mount owner user name.
+#
+# This option defines the owner user of Vzstorage cluster mountpoint.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_user=stack
+
+#
+# Mount owner group name.
+#
+# This option defines the owner group of Vzstorage cluster mountpoint.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_group=qemu
+
+#
+# Mount access mode.
+#
+# This option defines the access bits of Vzstorage cluster mountpoint,
+# in the format similar to one of chmod(1) utility, like this: 0770.
+# It consists of one to four digits ranging from 0 to 7, with missing
+# lead digits assumed to be 0's.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_* group of parameters
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_perms=0770
+
+#
+# Path to vzstorage client log.
+#
+# This option defines the log of cluster operations,
+# it should include "%(cluster_name)s" template to separate
+# logs from multiple shares.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_opts may include more detailed logging options.
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_log_path=/var/log/pstorage/%(cluster_name)s/nova.log.gz
+
+#
+# Path to the SSD cache file.
+#
+# You can attach an SSD drive to a client and configure the drive to store
+# a local cache of frequently accessed data. By having a local cache on a
+# client's SSD drive, you can increase the overall cluster performance by
+# up to 10 and more times.
+# WARNING! There is a lot of SSD models which are not server grade and
+# may loose arbitrary set of data changes on power loss.
+# Such SSDs should not be used in Vstorage and are dangerous as may lead
+# to data corruptions and inconsistencies. Please consult with the manual
+# on which SSD models are known to be safe or verify it using
+# vstorage-hwflush-check(1) utility.
+#
+# This option defines the path which should include "%(cluster_name)s"
+# template to separate caches from multiple shares.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * vzstorage_mount_opts may include more detailed cache options.
+#  (string value)
+#vzstorage_cache_path=<None>
+
+#
+# Extra mount options for pstorage-mount
+#
+# For full description of them, see
+# https://static.openvz.org/vz-man/man1/pstorage-mount.1.gz.html
+# Format is a python string representation of arguments list, like:
+# "['-v', '-R', '500']"
+# Shouldn't include -c, -l, -C, -u, -g and -m as those have
+# explicit vzstorage_* options.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * All other vzstorage_* options
+#  (list value)
+#vzstorage_mount_opts =
+
+
+[matchmaker_redis]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: Host to locate redis. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#host=127.0.0.1
+
+# DEPRECATED: Use this port to connect to redis host. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#port=6379
+
+# DEPRECATED: Password for Redis server (optional). (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#password =
+
+# DEPRECATED: List of Redis Sentinel hosts (fault tolerance mode), e.g.,
+# [host:port, host1:port ... ] (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#sentinel_hosts =
+
+# Redis replica set name. (string value)
+#sentinel_group_name=oslo-messaging-zeromq
+
+# Time in ms to wait between connection attempts. (integer value)
+#wait_timeout=2000
+
+# Time in ms to wait before the transaction is killed. (integer value)
+#check_timeout=20000
+
+# Timeout in ms on blocking socket operations. (integer value)
+#socket_timeout=10000
+
+
+[metrics]
+#
+# Configuration options for metrics
+#
+# Options under this group allow to adjust how values assigned to metrics are
+# calculated.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# When using metrics to weight the suitability of a host, you can use this
+# option
+# to change how the calculated weight influences the weight assigned to a host
+# as
+# follows:
+#
+# * >1.0: increases the effect of the metric on overall weight
+# * 1.0: no change to the calculated weight
+# * >0.0,<1.0: reduces the effect of the metric on overall weight
+# * 0.0: the metric value is ignored, and the value of the
+#   'weight_of_unavailable' option is returned instead
+# * >-1.0,<0.0: the effect is reduced and reversed
+# * -1.0: the effect is reversed
+# * <-1.0: the effect is increased proportionally and reversed
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_of_unavailable
+#  (floating point value)
+#weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# This setting specifies the metrics to be weighed and the relative ratios for
+# each metric. This should be a single string value, consisting of a series of
+# one or more 'name=ratio' pairs, separated by commas, where 'name' is the name
+# of the metric to be weighed, and 'ratio' is the relative weight for that
+# metric.
+#
+# Note that if the ratio is set to 0, the metric value is ignored, and instead
+# the weight will be set to the value of the 'weight_of_unavailable' option.
+#
+# As an example, let's consider the case where this option is set to:
+#
+#     ``name1=1.0, name2=-1.3``
+#
+# The final weight will be:
+#
+#     ``(name1.value * 1.0) + (name2.value * -1.3)``
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of zero or more key/value pairs separated by commas, where the key is
+#   a string representing the name of a metric and the value is a numeric weight
+#   for that metric. If any value is set to 0, the value is ignored and the
+#   weight will be set to the value of the 'weight_of_unavailable' option.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_of_unavailable
+#  (list value)
+#weight_setting =
+
+#
+# This setting determines how any unavailable metrics are treated. If this
+# option
+# is set to True, any hosts for which a metric is unavailable will raise an
+# exception, so it is recommended to also use the MetricFilter to filter out
+# those hosts before weighing.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True or False, where False ensures any metric being unavailable for a host
+#   will set the host weight to 'weight_of_unavailable'.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_of_unavailable
+#  (boolean value)
+#required=true
+
+#
+# When any of the following conditions are met, this value will be used in place
+# of any actual metric value:
+#
+# * One of the metrics named in 'weight_setting' is not available for a host,
+#   and the value of 'required' is False
+# * The ratio specified for a metric in 'weight_setting' is 0
+# * The 'weight_multiplier' option is set to 0
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer or float value, where the value corresponds to the multipler
+#   ratio for this weigher.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * weight_setting
+# * required
+# * weight_multiplier
+#  (floating point value)
+#weight_of_unavailable=-10000.0
+
+
+[mks]
+#
+# Nova compute node uses WebMKS, a desktop sharing protocol to provide
+# instance console access to VM's created by VMware hypervisors.
+#
+# Related options:
+# Following options must be set to provide console access.
+# * mksproxy_base_url
+# * enabled
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Location of MKS web console proxy
+#
+# The URL in the response points to a WebMKS proxy which
+# starts proxying between client and corresponding vCenter
+# server where instance runs. In order to use the web based
+# console access, WebMKS proxy should be installed and configured
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Must be a valid URL of the form:``http://host:port/``
+#  (string value)
+#mksproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6090/
+
+#
+# Enables graphical console access for virtual machines.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+
+[neutron]
+#
+# Configuration options for neutron (network connectivity as a service).
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+auth_type=v3password
+project_domain_name = Default
+user_domain_name = Default
+auth_url = {{ controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.identity.host }}:35357/v3
+{% if pillar.neutron is defined and pillar.neutron.server is defined %}
+password={{ pillar.neutron.server.identity.password }}
+project_name={{ pillar.neutron.server.identity.tenant }}
+username={{ pillar.neutron.server.identity.user }}
+region_name= {{ pillar.neutron.server.identity.region }}
+{%- else %}
+password={{ controller.network.password }}
+project_name={{ controller.network.tenant }}
+username={{ controller.network.user }}
+region_name= {{ controller.network.region }}
+{%- endif %}
+url={{ controller.network.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.network.host }}:{{ controller.network.port }}
+{%- if controller.network.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ controller.network.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- if controller.get('networking', 'default') != "contrail" %}
+metadata_proxy_shared_secret={{ controller.metadata.password }}
+{%- endif %}
+service_metadata_proxy=True
+#
+# This option specifies the URL for connecting to Neutron.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid URL that points to the Neutron API service is appropriate here.
+#   This typically matches the URL returned for the 'network' service type
+#   from the Keystone service catalog.
+#  (uri value)
+#url=http://127.0.0.1:9696
+
+#
+# Region name for connecting to Neutron in admin context.
+#
+# This option is used in multi-region setups. If there are two Neutron
+# servers running in two regions in two different machines, then two
+# services need to be created in Keystone with two different regions and
+# associate corresponding endpoints to those services. When requests are made
+# to Keystone, the Keystone service uses the region_name to determine the
+# region the request is coming from.
+#  (string value)
+#region_name=RegionOne
+
+#
+# Specifies the name of an integration bridge interface used by OpenvSwitch.
+# This option is used only if Neutron does not specify the OVS bridge name.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing OVS bridge name.
+#  (string value)
+#ovs_bridge=br-int
+
+#
+# Integer value representing the number of seconds to wait before querying
+# Neutron for extensions.  After this number of seconds the next time Nova
+# needs to create a resource in Neutron it will requery Neutron for the
+# extensions that it has loaded.  Setting value to 0 will refresh the
+# extensions with no wait.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#extension_sync_interval=600
+
+#
+# When set to True, this option indicates that Neutron will be used to proxy
+# metadata requests and resolve instance ids. Otherwise, the instance ID must be
+# passed to the metadata request in the 'X-Instance-ID' header.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * metadata_proxy_shared_secret
+#  (boolean value)
+#service_metadata_proxy=false
+
+#
+# This option holds the shared secret string used to validate proxy requests to
+# Neutron metadata requests. In order to be used, the
+# 'X-Metadata-Provider-Signature' header must be supplied in the request.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * service_metadata_proxy
+#  (string value)
+#metadata_proxy_shared_secret =
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [neutron]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [neutron]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[notifications]
+#
+# Most of the actions in Nova which manipulate the system state generate
+# notifications which are posted to the messaging component (e.g. RabbitMQ) and
+# can be consumed by any service outside the Openstack. More technical details
+# at http://docs.openstack.org/developer/nova/notifications.html
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# If set, send compute.instance.update notifications on instance state
+# changes.
+#
+# Please refer to https://wiki.openstack.org/wiki/SystemUsageData for
+# additional information on notifications.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None - no notifications
+# * "vm_state" - notifications on VM state changes
+# * "vm_and_task_state" - notifications on VM and task state changes
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: <None>, vm_state, vm_and_task_state
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notify_on_state_change
+#notify_on_state_change=<None>
+
+#
+# If enabled, send api.fault notifications on caught exceptions in the
+# API service.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notify_api_faults
+#notify_on_api_faults=false
+notify_on_api_faults=false
+
+# Default notification level for outgoing notifications. (string value)
+# Allowed values: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/default_notification_level
+#default_level=INFO
+
+#
+# Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications. If you consider routing
+# notifications using different publisher, change this value accordingly.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Defaults to the IPv4 address of this host, but it can be any valid
+#   oslo.messaging publisher_id
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# *  my_ip - IP address of this host
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/default_publisher_id
+#default_publisher_id=$my_ip
+
+#
+# Specifies which notification format shall be used by nova.
+#
+# The default value is fine for most deployments and rarely needs to be changed.
+# This value can be set to 'versioned' once the infrastructure moves closer to
+# consuming the newer format of notifications. After this occurs, this option
+# will be removed (possibly in the "P" release).
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * unversioned: Only the legacy unversioned notifications are emitted.
+# * versioned: Only the new versioned notifications are emitted.
+# * both: Both the legacy unversioned and the new versioned notifications are
+#   emitted. (Default)
+#
+# The list of versioned notifications is visible in
+# http://docs.openstack.org/developer/nova/notifications.html
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: unversioned, versioned, both
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_format
+#notification_format=both
+
+
+[osapi_v21]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is a list of all of the v2.1 API extensions to never load.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of strings, each being the alias of an extension that you do not
+#   wish to load.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled
+# * extensions_whitelist
+#  (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 12.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# API extensions are now part of the standard API. API extensions should be
+# disabled using policy, rather than via these configuration options.
+#extensions_blacklist =
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This is a list of extensions. If it is empty, then *all* extensions except
+# those specified in the extensions_blacklist option will be loaded. If it is
+# not
+# empty, then only those extensions in this list will be loaded, provided that
+# they are also not in the extensions_blacklist option.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A list of strings, each being the alias of an extension that you wish to
+#   load, or an empty list, which indicates that all extensions are to be run.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled
+# * extensions_blacklist
+#  (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 12.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# API extensions are now part of the standard API. API extensions should be
+# disabled using policy, rather than via these configuration options.
+#extensions_whitelist =
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option is a string representing a regular expression (regex) that matches
+# the project_id as contained in URLs. If not set, it will match normal UUIDs
+# created by keystone.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing any legal regular expression
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 13.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# Recent versions of nova constrain project IDs to hexadecimal characters and
+# dashes. If your installation uses IDs outside of this range, you should use
+# this option to provide your own regex and give you time to migrate offending
+# projects to valid IDs before the next release.
+#project_id_regex=<None>
+
+
+[oslo_concurrency]
+
+#
+# From oslo.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enables or disables inter-process locks. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disable_process_locking
+#disable_process_locking=false
+
+# Directory to use for lock files.  For security, the specified directory should
+# only be writable by the user running the processes that need locking. Defaults
+# to environment variable OSLO_LOCK_PATH. If OSLO_LOCK_PATH is not set in the
+# environment, use the Python tempfile.gettempdir function to find a suitable
+# location. If external locks are used, a lock path must be set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/lock_path
+lock_path=/var/lib/nova/tmp
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_amqp]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Name for the AMQP container. must be globally unique. Defaults to a generated
+# UUID (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/container_name
+#container_name=<None>
+
+# Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=0
+
+# Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/trace
+#trace=false
+
+# CA certificate PEM file used to verify the server's certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file =
+
+# Self-identifying certificate PEM file for client authentication (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file =
+
+# Private key PEM file used to sign ssl_cert_file certificate (optional) (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file =
+
+# Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_password
+#ssl_key_password=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/allow_insecure_clients
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Not applicable - not a SSL server
+#allow_insecure_clients=false
+
+# Space separated list of acceptable SASL mechanisms (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/sasl_mechanisms
+#sasl_mechanisms =
+
+# Path to directory that contains the SASL configuration (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/sasl_config_dir
+#sasl_config_dir =
+
+# Name of configuration file (without .conf suffix) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/sasl_config_name
+#sasl_config_name =
+
+# User name for message broker authentication (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/username
+#username =
+
+# Password for message broker authentication (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/password
+#password =
+
+# Seconds to pause before attempting to re-connect. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#connection_retry_interval=1
+
+# Increase the connection_retry_interval by this many seconds after each
+# unsuccessful failover attempt. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#connection_retry_backoff=2
+
+# Maximum limit for connection_retry_interval + connection_retry_backoff
+# (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#connection_retry_interval_max=30
+
+# Time to pause between re-connecting an AMQP 1.0 link that failed due to a
+# recoverable error. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#link_retry_delay=10
+
+# The maximum number of attempts to re-send a reply message which failed due to
+# a recoverable error. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#default_reply_retry=0
+
+# The deadline for an rpc reply message delivery. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 5
+#default_reply_timeout=30
+
+# The deadline for an rpc cast or call message delivery. Only used when caller
+# does not provide a timeout expiry. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 5
+#default_send_timeout=30
+
+# The deadline for a sent notification message delivery. Only used when caller
+# does not provide a timeout expiry. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 5
+#default_notify_timeout=30
+
+# The duration to schedule a purge of idle sender links. Detach link after
+# expiry. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#default_sender_link_timeout=600
+
+# Indicates the addressing mode used by the driver.
+# Permitted values:
+# 'legacy'   - use legacy non-routable addressing
+# 'routable' - use routable addresses
+# 'dynamic'  - use legacy addresses if the message bus does not support routing
+# otherwise use routable addressing (string value)
+#addressing_mode=dynamic
+
+# address prefix used when sending to a specific server (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/server_request_prefix
+#server_request_prefix=exclusive
+
+# address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/broadcast_prefix
+#broadcast_prefix=broadcast
+
+# address prefix when sending to any server in group (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/group_request_prefix
+#group_request_prefix=unicast
+
+# Address prefix for all generated RPC addresses (string value)
+#rpc_address_prefix=openstack.org/om/rpc
+
+# Address prefix for all generated Notification addresses (string value)
+#notify_address_prefix=openstack.org/om/notify
+
+# Appended to the address prefix when sending a fanout message. Used by the
+# message bus to identify fanout messages. (string value)
+#multicast_address=multicast
+
+# Appended to the address prefix when sending to a particular RPC/Notification
+# server. Used by the message bus to identify messages sent to a single
+# destination. (string value)
+#unicast_address=unicast
+
+# Appended to the address prefix when sending to a group of consumers. Used by
+# the message bus to identify messages that should be delivered in a round-robin
+# fashion across consumers. (string value)
+#anycast_address=anycast
+
+# Exchange name used in notification addresses.
+# Exchange name resolution precedence:
+# Target.exchange if set
+# else default_notification_exchange if set
+# else control_exchange if set
+# else 'notify' (string value)
+#default_notification_exchange=<None>
+
+# Exchange name used in RPC addresses.
+# Exchange name resolution precedence:
+# Target.exchange if set
+# else default_rpc_exchange if set
+# else control_exchange if set
+# else 'rpc' (string value)
+#default_rpc_exchange=<None>
+
+# Window size for incoming RPC Reply messages. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#reply_link_credit=200
+
+# Window size for incoming RPC Request messages (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#rpc_server_credit=100
+
+# Window size for incoming Notification messages (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#notify_server_credit=100
+
+# Send messages of this type pre-settled.
+# Pre-settled messages will not receive acknowledgement
+# from the peer. Note well: pre-settled messages may be
+# silently discarded if the delivery fails.
+# Permitted values:
+# 'rpc-call' - send RPC Calls pre-settled
+# 'rpc-reply'- send RPC Replies pre-settled
+# 'rpc-cast' - Send RPC Casts pre-settled
+# 'notify'   - Send Notifications pre-settled
+#  (multi valued)
+#pre_settled=rpc-cast
+#pre_settled=rpc-reply
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_kafka]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: Default Kafka broker Host (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#kafka_default_host=localhost
+
+# DEPRECATED: Default Kafka broker Port (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#kafka_default_port=9092
+
+# Max fetch bytes of Kafka consumer (integer value)
+#kafka_max_fetch_bytes=1048576
+
+# Default timeout(s) for Kafka consumers (integer value)
+#kafka_consumer_timeout=1.0
+
+# Pool Size for Kafka Consumers (integer value)
+#pool_size=10
+
+# The pool size limit for connections expiration policy (integer value)
+#conn_pool_min_size=2
+
+# The time-to-live in sec of idle connections in the pool (integer value)
+#conn_pool_ttl=1200
+
+# Group id for Kafka consumer. Consumers in one group will coordinate message
+# consumption (string value)
+#consumer_group=oslo_messaging_consumer
+
+# Upper bound on the delay for KafkaProducer batching in seconds (floating point
+# value)
+#producer_batch_timeout=0.0
+
+# Size of batch for the producer async send (integer value)
+#producer_batch_size=16384
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_notifications]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# The Drivers(s) to handle sending notifications. Possible values are messaging,
+# messagingv2, routing, log, test, noop (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_driver
+#driver =
+{%- if controller.notification is mapping %}
+driver = {{ controller.notification.get('driver', 'messagingv2') }}
+{%- if controller.notification.topics is defined %}
+topics = {{ controller.notification.topics }}
+{%- endif %}
+{%- elif controller.notification %}
+driver=messagingv2
+{%- endif %}
+
+# A URL representing the messaging driver to use for notifications. If not set,
+# we fall back to the same configuration used for RPC. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_transport_url
+#transport_url=<None>
+
+# AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [rpc_notifier2]/topics
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/notification_topics
+#topics=notifications
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_rabbit]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+rabbit_retry_interval = 1
+rabbit_retry_backoff = 2
+rpc_conn_pool_size = 300
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues=false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete=false
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_version
+#kombu_ssl_version =
+
+# SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_keyfile
+#kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+
+# SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_certfile
+#kombu_ssl_certfile =
+
+# SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_ca_certs
+#kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+
+# How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel
+# notification. (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_reconnect_delay
+#kombu_reconnect_delay=1.0
+
+# EXPERIMENTAL: Possible values are: gzip, bz2. If not set compression will not
+# be used. This option may not be available in future versions. (string value)
+#kombu_compression=<None>
+
+# How long to wait a missing client before abandoning to send it its replies.
+# This value should not be longer than rpc_response_timeout. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [oslo_messaging_rabbit]/kombu_reconnect_timeout
+#kombu_missing_consumer_retry_timeout=60
+
+# Determines how the next RabbitMQ node is chosen in case the one we are
+# currently connected to becomes unavailable. Takes effect only if more than one
+# RabbitMQ node is provided in config. (string value)
+# Allowed values: round-robin, shuffle
+#kombu_failover_strategy=round-robin
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_host
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_host=localhost
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_port
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_port=5672
+
+# DEPRECATED: RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_hosts
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_hosts=$rabbit_host:$rabbit_port
+
+# Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_use_ssl
+#rabbit_use_ssl=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ userid. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_userid
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_userid=guest
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ password. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_password
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_password=guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ login method. (string value)
+# Allowed values: PLAIN, AMQPLAIN, RABBIT-CR-DEMO
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_login_method
+#rabbit_login_method=AMQPLAIN
+
+# DEPRECATED: The RabbitMQ virtual host. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_virtual_host
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Replaced by [DEFAULT]/transport_url
+#rabbit_virtual_host=/
+
+# How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. (integer value)
+#rabbit_retry_interval=1
+
+# How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_retry_backoff
+#rabbit_retry_backoff=2
+
+# Maximum interval of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 30 seconds.
+# (integer value)
+#rabbit_interval_max=30
+
+# DEPRECATED: Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0
+# (infinite retry count). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_max_retries
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#rabbit_max_retries=0
+
+# Try to use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this
+# option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. In RabbitMQ 3.0, queue mirroring
+# is no longer controlled by the x-ha-policy argument when declaring a queue. If
+# you just want to make sure that all queues (except those with auto-generated
+# names) are mirrored across all nodes, run: "rabbitmqctl set_policy HA
+# '^(?!amq\.).*' '{"ha-mode": "all"}' " (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_ha_queues
+#rabbit_ha_queues=false
+
+# Positive integer representing duration in seconds for queue TTL (x-expires).
+# Queues which are unused for the duration of the TTL are automatically deleted.
+# The parameter affects only reply and fanout queues. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#rabbit_transient_queues_ttl=1800
+
+# Specifies the number of messages to prefetch. Setting to zero allows unlimited
+# messages. (integer value)
+#rabbit_qos_prefetch_count=0
+
+# Number of seconds after which the Rabbit broker is considered down if
+# heartbeat's keep-alive fails (0 disable the heartbeat). EXPERIMENTAL (integer
+# value)
+#heartbeat_timeout_threshold=60
+
+# How often times during the heartbeat_timeout_threshold we check the heartbeat.
+# (integer value)
+#heartbeat_rate=2
+
+# Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fake_rabbit
+#fake_rabbit=false
+
+# Maximum number of channels to allow (integer value)
+#channel_max=<None>
+
+# The maximum byte size for an AMQP frame (integer value)
+#frame_max=<None>
+
+# How often to send heartbeats for consumer's connections (integer value)
+#heartbeat_interval=3
+
+# Enable SSL (boolean value)
+#ssl=<None>
+
+# Arguments passed to ssl.wrap_socket (dict value)
+#ssl_options=<None>
+
+# Set socket timeout in seconds for connection's socket (floating point value)
+#socket_timeout=0.25
+
+# Set TCP_USER_TIMEOUT in seconds for connection's socket (floating point value)
+#tcp_user_timeout=0.25
+
+# Set delay for reconnection to some host which has connection error (floating
+# point value)
+#host_connection_reconnect_delay=0.25
+
+# Connection factory implementation (string value)
+# Allowed values: new, single, read_write
+#connection_factory=single
+
+# Maximum number of connections to keep queued. (integer value)
+#pool_max_size=30
+
+# Maximum number of connections to create above `pool_max_size`. (integer value)
+#pool_max_overflow=0
+
+# Default number of seconds to wait for a connections to available (integer
+# value)
+#pool_timeout=30
+
+# Lifetime of a connection (since creation) in seconds or None for no recycling.
+# Expired connections are closed on acquire. (integer value)
+#pool_recycle=600
+
+# Threshold at which inactive (since release) connections are considered stale
+# in seconds or None for no staleness. Stale connections are closed on acquire.
+# (integer value)
+#pool_stale=60
+
+# Default serialization mechanism for serializing/deserializing
+# outgoing/incoming messages (string value)
+# Allowed values: json, msgpack
+#default_serializer_type=json
+
+# Persist notification messages. (boolean value)
+#notification_persistence=false
+
+# Exchange name for sending notifications (string value)
+#default_notification_exchange=${control_exchange}_notification
+
+# Max number of not acknowledged message which RabbitMQ can send to notification
+# listener. (integer value)
+#notification_listener_prefetch_count=100
+
+# Reconnecting retry count in case of connectivity problem during sending
+# notification, -1 means infinite retry. (integer value)
+#default_notification_retry_attempts=-1
+
+# Reconnecting retry delay in case of connectivity problem during sending
+# notification message (floating point value)
+#notification_retry_delay=0.25
+
+# Time to live for rpc queues without consumers in seconds. (integer value)
+#rpc_queue_expiration=60
+
+# Exchange name for sending RPC messages (string value)
+#default_rpc_exchange=${control_exchange}_rpc
+
+# Exchange name for receiving RPC replies (string value)
+#rpc_reply_exchange=${control_exchange}_rpc_reply
+
+# Max number of not acknowledged message which RabbitMQ can send to rpc
+# listener. (integer value)
+#rpc_listener_prefetch_count=100
+
+# Max number of not acknowledged message which RabbitMQ can send to rpc reply
+# listener. (integer value)
+#rpc_reply_listener_prefetch_count=100
+
+# Reconnecting retry count in case of connectivity problem during sending reply.
+# -1 means infinite retry during rpc_timeout (integer value)
+#rpc_reply_retry_attempts=-1
+
+# Reconnecting retry delay in case of connectivity problem during sending reply.
+# (floating point value)
+#rpc_reply_retry_delay=0.25
+
+# Reconnecting retry count in case of connectivity problem during sending RPC
+# message, -1 means infinite retry. If actual retry attempts in not 0 the rpc
+# request could be processed more than one time (integer value)
+#default_rpc_retry_attempts=-1
+
+# Reconnecting retry delay in case of connectivity problem during sending RPC
+# message (floating point value)
+#rpc_retry_delay=0.25
+
+{# rabbitmq ssl configuration #}
+{%- if controller.message_queue.get('ssl',{}).get('enabled', False) %}
+rabbit_use_ssl=true
+
+{%- if controller.message_queue.ssl.version is defined %}
+kombu_ssl_version = {{ controller.message_queue.ssl.version }}
+{%- elif salt['grains.get']('pythonversion') > [2,7,8] %}
+kombu_ssl_version = TLSv1_2
+{%- endif %}
+
+kombu_ssl_ca_certs = {{ controller.message_queue.ssl.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+[oslo_messaging_zmq]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_address
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address=*
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+# Allowed values: redis, sentinel, dummy
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_matchmaker
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker=redis
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_contexts
+#rpc_zmq_contexts=1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_topic_backlog
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog=<None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_ipc_dir
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir=/var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_host
+#rpc_zmq_host=localhost
+
+# Number of seconds to wait before all pending messages will be sent after
+# closing a socket. The default value of -1 specifies an infinite linger period.
+# The value of 0 specifies no linger period. Pending messages shall be discarded
+# immediately when the socket is closed. Positive values specify an upper bound
+# for the linger period. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_cast_timeout
+#zmq_linger=-1
+
+# The default number of seconds that poll should wait. Poll raises timeout
+# exception when timeout expired. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_poll_timeout
+#rpc_poll_timeout=1
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a name service record about existing target (
+# < 0 means no timeout). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_expire
+#zmq_target_expire=300
+
+# Update period in seconds of a name service record about existing target.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/zmq_target_update
+#zmq_target_update=180
+
+# Use PUB/SUB pattern for fanout methods. PUB/SUB always uses proxy. (boolean
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_pub_sub
+#use_pub_sub=false
+
+# Use ROUTER remote proxy. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/use_router_proxy
+#use_router_proxy=false
+
+# This option makes direct connections dynamic or static. It makes sense only
+# with use_router_proxy=False which means to use direct connections for direct
+# message types (ignored otherwise). (boolean value)
+#use_dynamic_connections=false
+
+# How many additional connections to a host will be made for failover reasons.
+# This option is actual only in dynamic connections mode. (integer value)
+#zmq_failover_connections=2
+
+# Minimal port number for random ports range. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_min_port
+#rpc_zmq_min_port=49153
+
+# Maximal port number for random ports range. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65536
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_max_port
+#rpc_zmq_max_port=65536
+
+# Number of retries to find free port number before fail with ZMQBindError.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries
+#rpc_zmq_bind_port_retries=100
+
+# Default serialization mechanism for serializing/deserializing
+# outgoing/incoming messages (string value)
+# Allowed values: json, msgpack
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_zmq_serialization
+#rpc_zmq_serialization=json
+
+# This option configures round-robin mode in zmq socket. True means not keeping
+# a queue when server side disconnects. False means to keep queue and messages
+# even if server is disconnected, when the server appears we send all
+# accumulated messages to it. (boolean value)
+#zmq_immediate=true
+
+# Enable/disable TCP keepalive (KA) mechanism. The default value of -1 (or any
+# other negative value) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default;
+# 0 and 1 (or any other positive value) mean to disable and enable the option
+# respectively. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive=-1
+
+# The duration between two keepalive transmissions in idle condition. The unit
+# is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in Windows
+# etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means to skip
+# any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_idle=-1
+
+# The number of retransmissions to be carried out before declaring that remote
+# end is not available. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and
+# 0) means to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_cnt=-1
+
+# The duration between two successive keepalive retransmissions, if
+# acknowledgement to the previous keepalive transmission is not received. The
+# unit is platform dependent, for example, seconds in Linux, milliseconds in
+# Windows etc. The default value of -1 (or any other negative value and 0) means
+# to skip any overrides and leave it to OS default. (integer value)
+#zmq_tcp_keepalive_intvl=-1
+
+# Maximum number of (green) threads to work concurrently. (integer value)
+#rpc_thread_pool_size=100
+rpc_thread_pool_size=70
+
+# Expiration timeout in seconds of a sent/received message after which it is not
+# tracked anymore by a client/server. (integer value)
+#rpc_message_ttl=300
+
+# Wait for message acknowledgements from receivers. This mechanism works only
+# via proxy without PUB/SUB. (boolean value)
+#rpc_use_acks=false
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for an ack from a cast/call. After each retry
+# attempt this timeout is multiplied by some specified multiplier. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_base=15
+
+# Number to multiply base ack timeout by after each retry attempt. (integer
+# value)
+#rpc_ack_timeout_multiplier=2
+
+# Default number of message sending attempts in case of any problems occurred:
+# positive value N means at most N retries, 0 means no retries, None or -1 (or
+# any other negative values) mean to retry forever. This option is used only if
+# acknowledgments are enabled. (integer value)
+#rpc_retry_attempts=3
+
+# List of publisher hosts SubConsumer can subscribe on. This option has higher
+# priority then the default publishers list taken from the matchmaker. (list
+# value)
+#subscribe_on =
+
+
+[oslo_middleware]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# The maximum body size for each  request, in bytes. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_max_request_body_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_request_body_size
+#max_request_body_size=114688
+
+# DEPRECATED: The HTTP Header that will be used to determine what the original
+# request protocol scheme was, even if it was hidden by a SSL termination proxy.
+# (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header=X-Forwarded-Proto
+
+# Whether the application is behind a proxy or not. This determines if the
+# middleware should parse the headers or not. (boolean value)
+#enable_proxy_headers_parsing=false
+enable_proxy_headers_parsing=True
+
+[oslo_policy]
+
+#
+# From oslo.policy
+#
+
+# The file that defines policies. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_file
+#policy_file=policy.json
+
+# Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_default_rule
+#policy_default_rule=default
+
+# Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative
+# to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or
+# absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these
+# directories to be searched.  Missing or empty directories are ignored. (multi
+# valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_dirs
+#policy_dirs=policy.d
+
+
+[pci]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# An alias for a PCI passthrough device requirement.
+#
+# This allows users to specify the alias in the extra_spec for a flavor, without
+# needing to repeat all the PCI property requirements.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+# * A list of JSON values which describe the aliases. For example:
+#
+#     alias = {
+#       "name": "QuickAssist",
+#       "product_id": "0443",
+#       "vendor_id": "8086",
+#       "device_type": "type-PCI"
+#     }
+#
+#   defines an alias for the Intel QuickAssist card. (multi valued). Valid key
+#   values are :
+#
+#   * "name": Name of the PCI alias.
+#   * "product_id": Product ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "vendor_id": Vendor ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "device_type": Type of PCI device. Valid values are: "type-PCI",
+#     "type-PF" and "type-VF".
+#  (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/pci_alias
+#alias =
+
+#
+# White list of PCI devices available to VMs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A JSON dictionary which describe a whitelisted PCI device. It should take
+#   the following format:
+#
+#     ["vendor_id": "<id>",] ["product_id": "<id>",]
+#     ["address": "[[[[<domain>]:]<bus>]:][<slot>][.[<function>]]" |
+#      "devname": "<name>",]
+#     {"<tag>": "<tag_value>",}
+#
+#   Where '[' indicates zero or one occurrences, '{' indicates zero or multiple
+#   occurrences, and '|' mutually exclusive options. Note that any missing
+#   fields are automatically wildcarded.
+#
+#   Valid key values are :
+#
+#   * "vendor_id": Vendor ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "product_id": Product ID of the device in hexadecimal.
+#   * "address": PCI address of the device.
+#   * "devname": Device name of the device (for e.g. interface name). Not all
+#     PCI devices have a name.
+#   * "<tag>": Additional <tag> and <tag_value> used for matching PCI devices.
+#     Supported <tag>: "physical_network".
+#
+#   The address key supports traditional glob style and regular expression
+#   syntax. Valid examples are:
+#
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"devname":"eth0",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":"*:0a:00.*"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":":0a:00.",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"vendor_id":"1137",
+#                              "product_id":"0071"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"vendor_id":"1137",
+#                              "product_id":"0071",
+#                              "address": "0000:0a:00.1",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":{"domain": ".*",
+#                                         "bus": "02", "slot": "01",
+#                                         "function": "[2-7]"},
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"address":{"domain": ".*",
+#                                         "bus": "02", "slot": "0[1-2]",
+#                                         "function": ".*"},
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet1"}
+#
+#   The following are invalid, as they specify mutually exclusive options:
+#
+#     passthrough_whitelist = {"devname":"eth0",
+#                              "physical_network":"physnet",
+#                              "address":"*:0a:00.*"}
+#
+# * A JSON list of JSON dictionaries corresponding to the above format. For
+#   example:
+#
+#     passthrough_whitelist = [{"product_id":"0001", "vendor_id":"8086"},
+#                              {"product_id":"0002", "vendor_id":"8086"}]
+#  (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/pci_passthrough_whitelist
+#passthrough_whitelist =
+
+
+[placement]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Region name of this node. This is used when picking the URL in the service
+# catalog.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing region name
+#  (string value)
+os_region_name = {{ controller.identity.region }}
+auth_type = password
+user_domain_id = {{ controller.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_domain_id = {{ controller.identity.get('domain', 'default') }}
+project_name = {{ controller.identity.tenant }}
+username = {{ controller.identity.user }}
+password = {{ controller.identity.password }}
+auth_url={{ controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') }}://{{ controller.identity.host }}:35357/v3
+{%- if controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+cafile={{ controller.identity.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+os_interface = internal
+
+#
+# Endpoint interface for this node. This is used when picking the URL in the
+# service catalog.
+#  (string value)
+#os_interface=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [placement]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [placement]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[quota]
+#
+# Quota options allow to manage quotas in openstack deployment.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The number of instances allowed per project.
+#
+# Possible Values
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_instances
+#instances=10
+
+#
+# The number of instance cores or vCPUs allowed per project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_cores
+#cores=20
+
+#
+# The number of megabytes of instance RAM allowed per project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_ram
+#ram=51200
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of floating IPs allowed per project.
+#
+# Floating IPs are not allocated to instances by default. Users need to select
+# them from the pool configured by the OpenStack administrator to attach to
+# their
+# instances.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_floating_ips
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#floating_ips=10
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of fixed IPs allowed per project.
+#
+# Unlike floating IPs, fixed IPs are allocated dynamically by the network
+# component when instances boot up.  This quota value should be at least the
+# number of instances allowed
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_fixed_ips
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#fixed_ips=-1
+
+#
+# The number of metadata items allowed per instance.
+#
+# Users can associate metadata with an instance during instance creation. This
+# metadata takes the form of key-value pairs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_metadata_items
+#metadata_items=128
+
+#
+# The number of injected files allowed.
+#
+# File injection allows users to customize the personality of an instance by
+# injecting data into it upon boot. Only text file injection is permitted:
+# binary
+# or ZIP files are not accepted. During file injection, any existing files that
+# match specified files are renamed to include ``.bak`` extension appended with
+# a
+# timestamp.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_injected_files
+#injected_files=5
+
+#
+# The number of bytes allowed per injected file.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_injected_file_content_bytes
+#injected_file_content_bytes=10240
+
+#
+# The maximum allowed injected file path length.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_injected_file_path_length
+#injected_file_path_length=255
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of security groups per project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_security_groups
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#security_groups=10
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The number of security rules per security group.
+#
+# The associated rules in each security group control the traffic to instances
+# in
+# the group.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_security_group_rules
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# nova-network is deprecated, as are any related configuration options.
+#security_group_rules=20
+
+#
+# The maximum number of key pairs allowed per user.
+#
+# Users can create at least one key pair for each project and use the key pair
+# for multiple instances that belong to that project.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_key_pairs
+#key_pairs=100
+
+#
+# The maxiumum number of server groups per project.
+#
+# Server groups are used to control the affinity and anti-affinity scheduling
+# policy for a group of servers or instances. Reducing the quota will not affect
+# any existing group, but new servers will not be allowed into groups that have
+# become over quota.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_server_groups
+#server_groups=10
+
+#
+# The maximum number of servers per server group.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer or 0.
+# * -1 to disable the quota.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_server_group_members
+#server_group_members=10
+
+#
+# The number of seconds until a reservation expires.
+#
+# This quota represents the time period for invalidating quota reservations.
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/reservation_expire
+#reservation_expire=86400
+reservation_expire=86400
+
+#
+# The count of reservations until usage is refreshed.
+#
+# This defaults to 0 (off) to avoid additional load but it is useful to turn on
+# to help keep quota usage up-to-date and reduce the impact of out of sync usage
+# issues.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/until_refresh
+#until_refresh=0
+until_refresh=0
+
+#
+# The number of seconds between subsequent usage refreshes.
+#
+# This defaults to 0 (off) to avoid additional load but it is useful to turn on
+# to help keep quota usage up-to-date and reduce the impact of out of sync usage
+# issues. Note that quotas are not updated on a periodic task, they will update
+# on a new reservation if max_age has passed since the last reservation.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_age
+#max_age=0
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The quota enforcer driver.
+#
+# Provides abstraction for quota checks. Users can configure a specific
+# driver to use for quota checks.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver (default) or any string representing fully
+#   qualified class name.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/quota_driver
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 14.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#driver=nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver
+
+
+[rdp]
+#
+# Options under this group enable and configure Remote Desktop Protocol (
+# RDP) related features.
+#
+# This group is only relevant to Hyper-V users.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) related features.
+#
+# Hyper-V, unlike the majority of the hypervisors employed on Nova compute
+# nodes, uses RDP instead of VNC and SPICE as a desktop sharing protocol to
+# provide instance console access. This option enables RDP for graphical
+# console access for virtual machines created by Hyper-V.
+#
+# **Note:** RDP should only be enabled on compute nodes that support the Hyper-V
+# virtualization platform.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``compute_driver``: Must be hyperv.
+#
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# The URL an end user would use to connect to the RDP HTML5 console proxy.
+# The console proxy service is called with this token-embedded URL and
+# establishes the connection to the proper instance.
+#
+# An RDP HTML5 console proxy service will need to be configured to listen on the
+# address configured here. Typically the console proxy service would be run on a
+# controller node. The localhost address used as default would only work in a
+# single node environment i.e. devstack.
+#
+# An RDP HTML5 proxy allows a user to access via the web the text or graphical
+# console of any Windows server or workstation using RDP. RDP HTML5 console
+# proxy services include FreeRDP, wsgate.
+# See https://github.com/FreeRDP/FreeRDP-WebConnect
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * <scheme>://<ip-address>:<port-number>/
+#
+#   The scheme must be identical to the scheme configured for the RDP HTML5
+#   console proxy service.
+#
+#   The IP address must be identical to the address on which the RDP HTML5
+#   console proxy service is listening.
+#
+#   The port must be identical to the port on which the RDP HTML5 console proxy
+#   service is listening.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``rdp.enabled``: Must be set to ``True`` for ``html5_proxy_base_url`` to be
+#   effective.
+#  (string value)
+#html5_proxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6083/
+
+
+[remote_debug]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Debug host (IP or name) to connect to. This command line parameter is used
+# when
+# you want to connect to a nova service via a debugger running on a different
+# host.
+#
+# Note that using the remote debug option changes how Nova uses the eventlet
+# library to support async IO. This could result in failures that do not occur
+# under normal operation. Use at your own risk.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+#    * IP address of a remote host as a command line parameter
+#      to a nova service. For Example:
+#
+#     /usr/local/bin/nova-compute --config-file /etc/nova/nova.conf
+#     --remote_debug-host <IP address where the debugger is running>
+#  (string value)
+#host=<None>
+
+#
+# Debug port to connect to. This command line parameter allows you to specify
+# the port you want to use to connect to a nova service via a debugger running
+# on different host.
+#
+# Note that using the remote debug option changes how Nova uses the eventlet
+# library to support async IO. This could result in failures that do not occur
+# under normal operation. Use at your own risk.
+#
+# Possible Values:
+#
+#    * Port number you want to use as a command line parameter
+#      to a nova service. For Example:
+#
+#     /usr/local/bin/nova-compute --config-file /etc/nova/nova.conf
+#     --remote_debug-host <IP address where the debugger is running>
+#     --remote_debug-port <port> it's listening on>.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#port=<None>
+
+
+[scheduler]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The scheduler host manager to use.
+#
+# The host manager manages the in-memory picture of the hosts that the scheduler
+# uses. The options values are chosen from the entry points under the namespace
+# 'nova.scheduler.host_manager' in 'setup.cfg'.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: host_manager, ironic_host_manager
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_host_manager
+#host_manager=host_manager
+host_manager=host_manager
+
+#
+# The class of the driver used by the scheduler.
+#
+# The options are chosen from the entry points under the namespace
+# 'nova.scheduler.driver' in 'setup.cfg'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string, where the string corresponds to the class name of a scheduler
+#   driver. There are a number of options available:
+# ** 'caching_scheduler', which aggressively caches the system state for better
+#    individual scheduler performance at the risk of more retries when running
+#    multiple schedulers
+# ** 'chance_scheduler', which simply picks a host at random
+# ** 'fake_scheduler', which is used for testing
+# ** A custom scheduler driver. In this case, you will be responsible for
+#    creating and maintaining the entry point in your 'setup.cfg' file
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: filter_scheduler, caching_scheduler, chance_scheduler, fake_scheduler
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_driver
+#driver=filter_scheduler
+driver=filter_scheduler
+
+#
+# Periodic task interval.
+#
+# This value controls how often (in seconds) to run periodic tasks in the
+# scheduler. The specific tasks that are run for each period are determined by
+# the particular scheduler being used.
+#
+# If this is larger than the nova-service 'service_down_time' setting, Nova may
+# report the scheduler service as down. This is because the scheduler driver is
+# responsible for sending a heartbeat and it will only do that as often as this
+# option allows. As each scheduler can work a little differently than the
+# others,
+# be sure to test this with your selected scheduler.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * An integer, where the integer corresponds to periodic task interval in
+#   seconds. 0 uses the default interval (60 seconds). A negative value disables
+#   periodic tasks.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``nova-service service_down_time``
+#  (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_driver_task_period
+#periodic_task_interval=60
+
+#
+# Maximum number of schedule attempts for a chosen host.
+#
+# This is the maximum number of attempts that will be made to schedule an
+# instance before it is assumed that the failures aren't due to normal
+# occasional
+# race conflicts, but rather some other problem. When this is reached a
+# MaxRetriesExceeded exception is raised, and the instance is set to an error
+# state.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A positive integer, where the integer corresponds to the max number of
+#   attempts that can be made when scheduling an instance.
+#          (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/scheduler_max_attempts
+#max_attempts=3
+max_attempts=3
+
+#
+# Periodic task interval.
+#
+# This value controls how often (in seconds) the scheduler should attempt
+# to discover new hosts that have been added to cells. If negative (the
+# default), no automatic discovery will occur.
+#
+# Small deployments may want this periodic task enabled, as surveying the
+# cells for new hosts is likely to be lightweight enough to not cause undue
+# burdon to the scheduler. However, larger clouds (and those that are not
+# adding hosts regularly) will likely want to disable this automatic
+# behavior and instead use the `nova-manage cell_v2 discover_hosts` command
+# when hosts have been added to a cell.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+#discover_hosts_in_cells_interval=-1
+discover_hosts_in_cells_interval=300
+
+
+[serial_console]
+#
+# The serial console feature allows you to connect to a guest in case a
+# graphical console like VNC, RDP or SPICE is not available. This is only
+# currently supported for the libvirt, Ironic and hyper-v drivers.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable the serial console feature.
+#
+# In order to use this feature, the service ``nova-serialproxy`` needs to run.
+# This service is typically executed on the controller node.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# A range of TCP ports a guest can use for its backend.
+#
+# Each instance which gets created will use one port out of this range. If the
+# range is not big enough to provide another port for an new instance, this
+# instance won't get launched.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Each string which passes the regex ``\d+:\d+`` For example ``10000:20000``.
+#   Be sure that the first port number is lower than the second port number
+#   and that both are in range from 0 to 65535.
+#  (string value)
+#port_range=10000:20000
+
+#
+# The URL an end user would use to connect to the ``nova-serialproxy`` service.
+#
+# The ``nova-serialproxy`` service is called with this token enriched URL
+# and establishes the connection to the proper instance.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * The IP address must be identical to the address to which the
+#   ``nova-serialproxy`` service is listening (see option ``serialproxy_host``
+#   in this section).
+# * The port must be the same as in the option ``serialproxy_port`` of this
+#   section.
+# * If you choose to use a secured websocket connection, then start this option
+#   with ``wss://`` instead of the unsecured ``ws://``. The options ``cert``
+#   and ``key`` in the ``[DEFAULT]`` section have to be set for that.
+#  (uri value)
+#base_url=ws://127.0.0.1:6083/
+
+#
+# The IP address to which proxy clients (like ``nova-serialproxy``) should
+# connect to get the serial console of an instance.
+#
+# This is typically the IP address of the host of a ``nova-compute`` service.
+#  (string value)
+#proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# The IP address which is used by the ``nova-serialproxy`` service to listen
+# for incoming requests.
+#
+# The ``nova-serialproxy`` service listens on this IP address for incoming
+# connection requests to instances which expose serial console.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Ensure that this is the same IP address which is defined in the option
+#   ``base_url`` of this section or use ``0.0.0.0`` to listen on all addresses.
+#  (string value)
+#serialproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# The port number which is used by the ``nova-serialproxy`` service to listen
+# for incoming requests.
+#
+# The ``nova-serialproxy`` service listens on this port number for incoming
+# connection requests to instances which expose serial console.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * Ensure that this is the same port number which is defined in the option
+#   ``base_url`` of this section.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#serialproxy_port=6083
+
+
+[service_user]
+#
+# Configuration options for service to service authentication using a service
+# token. These options allow to send a service token along with the
+# user's token when contacting external REST APIs.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# When True, if sending a user token to an REST API, also send a service token.
+#
+# Nova often reuses the user token provided to the nova-api to talk to other
+# REST APIs, such as Cinder and Neutron. It is possible that while the
+# user token was valid when the request was made to Nova, the token may expire
+# before it reaches the other service. To avoid any failures, and to
+# make it clear it is Nova calling the service on the users behalf, we include
+# a server token along with the user token. Should the user's token have
+# expired, a valid service token ensures the REST API request will still be
+# accepted by the keystone middleware.
+#
+# This feature is currently experimental, and as such is turned off by default
+# while full testing and performance tuning of this feature is completed.
+#  (boolean value)
+#send_service_user_token=false
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [service_user]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [service_user]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[spice]
+#
+# SPICE console feature allows you to connect to a guest virtual machine.
+# SPICE is a replacement for fairly limited VNC protocol.
+#
+# Following requirements must be met in order to use SPICE:
+#
+# * Virtualization driver must be libvirt
+# * spice.enabled set to True
+# * vnc.enabled set to False
+# * update html5proxy_base_url
+# * update server_proxyclient_address
+enabled = false
+html5proxy_base_url = {{ controller.vncproxy_url }}/spice_auto.html
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable SPICE related features.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * VNC must be explicitly disabled to get access to the SPICE console. Set the
+#   enabled option to False in the [vnc] section to disable the VNC console.
+#  (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+#
+# Enable the SPICE guest agent support on the instances.
+#
+# The Spice agent works with the Spice protocol to offer a better guest console
+# experience. However, the Spice console can still be used without the Spice
+# Agent. With the Spice agent installed the following features are enabled:
+#
+# * Copy & Paste of text and images between the guest and client machine
+# * Automatic adjustment of resolution when the client screen changes - e.g.
+#   if you make the Spice console full screen the guest resolution will adjust
+# to
+#   match it rather than letterboxing.
+# * Better mouse integration - The mouse can be captured and released without
+#   needing to click inside the console or press keys to release it. The
+#   performance of mouse movement is also improved.
+#  (boolean value)
+#agent_enabled=true
+
+#
+# Location of the SPICE HTML5 console proxy.
+#
+# End user would use this URL to connect to the `nova-spicehtml5proxy``
+# service. This service will forward request to the console of an instance.
+#
+# In order to use SPICE console, the service ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` should be
+# running. This service is typically launched on the controller node.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Must be a valid URL of the form:  ``http://host:port/spice_auto.html``
+#   where host is the node running ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` and the port is
+#   typically 6082. Consider not using default value as it is not well defined
+#   for any real deployment.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on ``html5proxy_host`` and ``html5proxy_port`` options.
+#   The access URL returned by the compute node must have the host
+#   and port where the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service is listening.
+#  (uri value)
+#html5proxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html
+
+#
+# The  address where the SPICE server running on the instances should listen.
+#
+# Typically, the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` proxy client runs on the controller
+# node and connects over the private network to this address on the compute
+# node(s).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * IP address to listen on.
+#  (string value)
+#server_listen=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# The address used by ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` client to connect to instance
+# console.
+#
+# Typically, the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` proxy client runs on the
+# controller node and connects over the private network to this address on the
+# compute node(s).
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid IP address on the compute node.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on the ``server_listen`` option.
+#   The proxy client must be able to access the address specified in
+#   ``server_listen`` using the value of this option.
+#  (string value)
+#server_proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# A keyboard layout which is supported by the underlying hypervisor on this
+# node.
+#
+# Possible values:
+# * This is usually an 'IETF language tag' (default is 'en-us'). If you
+#   use QEMU as hypervisor, you should find the list of supported keyboard
+#   layouts at /usr/share/qemu/keymaps.
+#  (string value)
+#keymap=en-us
+
+#
+# IP address or a hostname on which the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service
+# listens for incoming requests.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on the ``html5proxy_base_url`` option.
+#   The ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service must be listening on a host that is
+#   accessible from the HTML5 client.
+#  (string value)
+#html5proxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port on which the ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service listens for incoming
+# requests.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * This option depends on the ``html5proxy_base_url`` option.
+#   The ``nova-spicehtml5proxy`` service must be listening on a port that is
+#   accessible from the HTML5 client.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#html5proxy_port=6082
+
+
+[ssl]
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_ca_file
+{%- if controller.identity.get('protocol', 'http') == 'https' %}
+ca_file={{ controller.glance.get('cacert_file', controller.cacert_file) }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# Certificate file to use when starting the server securely. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_cert_file
+#cert_file=<None>
+
+# Private key file to use when starting the server securely. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_key_file
+#key_file=<None>
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+#version=<None>
+
+# Sets the list of available ciphers. value should be a string in the OpenSSL
+# cipher list format. (string value)
+#ciphers=<None>
+
+
+[trusted_computing]
+#
+# Configuration options for enabling Trusted Platform Module.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# The host to use as the attestation server.
+#
+# Cloud computing pools can involve thousands of compute nodes located at
+# different geographical locations, making it difficult for cloud providers to
+# identify a node's trustworthiness. When using the Trusted filter, users can
+# request that their VMs only be placed on nodes that have been verified by the
+# attestation server specified in this option.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing the host name or IP address of the attestation server,
+#   or an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_server=<None>
+
+#
+# The absolute path to the certificate to use for authentication when connecting
+# to the attestation server. See the `attestation_server` help text for more
+# information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing the path to the authentication certificate for the
+#   attestation server, or an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_server_ca_file=<None>
+
+#
+# The port to use when connecting to the attestation server. See the
+# `attestation_server` help text for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#attestation_port=8443
+
+#
+# The URL on the attestation server to use. See the `attestation_server` help
+# text for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This value must be just that path portion of the full URL, as it will be
+# joined
+# to the host specified in the attestation_server option.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A valid URL string of the attestation server, or an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_api_url=/OpenAttestationWebServices/V1.0
+
+#
+# Attestation servers require a specific blob that is used to authenticate. The
+# content and format of the blob are determined by the particular attestation
+# server being used. There is no default value; you must supply the value as
+# specified by your attestation service. See the `attestation_server` help text
+# for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string containing the specific blob required by the attestation server, or
+#   an empty string.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (string value)
+#attestation_auth_blob=<None>
+
+#
+# This value controls how long a successful attestation is cached. Once this
+# period has elapsed, a new attestation request will be made. See the
+# `attestation_server` help text for more information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A integer value, corresponding to the timeout interval for attestations in
+#   seconds. Any integer is valid, although setting this to zero or negative
+#   values can greatly impact performance when using an attestation service.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_insecure_ssl
+#  (integer value)
+#attestation_auth_timeout=60
+
+#
+# When set to True, the SSL certificate verification is skipped for the
+# attestation service. See the `attestation_server` help text for more
+# information about host verification.
+#
+# This option is only used by the FilterScheduler and its subclasses; if you use
+# a different scheduler, this option has no effect. Also note that this setting
+# only affects scheduling if the 'TrustedFilter' filter is enabled.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * attestation_server
+# * attestation_server_ca_file
+# * attestation_port
+# * attestation_api_url
+# * attestation_auth_blob
+# * attestation_auth_timeout
+#  (boolean value)
+#attestation_insecure_ssl=false
+
+
+[upgrade_levels]
+{%- if controller.upgrade_levels is defined %}
+{%- for key, value in controller.upgrade_levels.iteritems() %}
+{{ key }}={{ value }}
+{%- endfor %}
+{%- endif %}
+#
+# upgrade_levels options are used to set version cap for RPC
+# messages sent between different nova services.
+#
+# By default all services send messages using the latest version
+# they know about.
+#
+# The compute upgrade level is an important part of rolling upgrades
+# where old and new nova-compute services run side by side.
+#
+# The other options can largely be ignored, and are only kept to
+# help with a possible future backport issue.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Compute RPC API version cap.
+#
+# By default, we always send messages using the most recent version
+# the client knows about.
+#
+# Where you have old and new compute services running, you should set
+# this to the lowest deployed version. This is to guarantee that all
+# services never send messages that one of the compute nodes can't
+# understand. Note that we only support upgrading from release N to
+# release N+1.
+#
+# Set this option to "auto" if you want to let the compute RPC module
+# automatically determine what version to use based on the service
+# versions in the deployment.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * By default send the latest version the client knows about
+# * 'auto': Automatically determines what version to use based on
+#   the service versions in the deployment.
+# * A string representing a version number in the format 'N.N';
+#   for example, possible values might be '1.12' or '2.0'.
+# * An OpenStack release name, in lower case, such as 'mitaka' or
+#   'liberty'.
+#  (string value)
+#compute=<None>
+
+# Cells RPC API version cap (string value)
+#cells=<None>
+
+# Intercell RPC API version cap (string value)
+#intercell=<None>
+
+# Cert RPC API version cap (string value)
+#cert=<None>
+
+# Scheduler RPC API version cap (string value)
+#scheduler=<None>
+
+# Conductor RPC API version cap (string value)
+#conductor=<None>
+
+# Console RPC API version cap (string value)
+#console=<None>
+
+# Consoleauth RPC API version cap (string value)
+#consoleauth=<None>
+
+# Network RPC API version cap (string value)
+#network=<None>
+
+# Base API RPC API version cap (string value)
+#baseapi=<None>
+
+
+[vendordata_dynamic_auth]
+#
+# Options within this group control the authentication of the vendordata
+# subsystem of the metadata API server (and config drive) with external systems.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+#timeout=<None>
+
+# Authentication type to load (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [vendordata_dynamic_auth]/auth_plugin
+#auth_type=<None>
+
+# Config Section from which to load plugin specific options (string value)
+#auth_section=<None>
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain ID to use with v3 and v2 parameters. It will be used for both
+# the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication. (string
+# value)
+#default_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Optional domain name to use with v3 API and v2 parameters. It will be used for
+# both the user and project domain in v3 and ignored in v2 authentication.
+# (string value)
+#default_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User ID (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [vendordata_dynamic_auth]/user-name
+#username=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant Name (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+
+[vmware]
+#
+# Related options:
+# Following options must be set in order to launch VMware-based
+# virtual machines.
+#
+# * compute_driver: Must use vmwareapi.VMwareVCDriver.
+# * vmware.host_username
+# * vmware.host_password
+# * vmware.cluster_name
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# This option specifies the physical ethernet adapter name for VLAN
+# networking.
+#
+# Set the vlan_interface configuration option to match the ESX host
+# interface that handles VLAN-tagged VM traffic.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid string representing VLAN interface name
+#  (string value)
+#vlan_interface=vmnic0
+
+#
+# This option should be configured only when using the NSX-MH Neutron
+# plugin. This is the name of the integration bridge on the ESXi server
+# or host. This should not be set for any other Neutron plugin. Hence
+# the default value is not set.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid string representing the name of the integration bridge
+#  (string value)
+#integration_bridge=<None>
+
+#
+# Set this value if affected by an increased network latency causing
+# repeated characters when typing in a remote console.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#console_delay_seconds=<None>
+
+#
+# Identifies the remote system where the serial port traffic will
+# be sent.
+#
+# This option adds a virtual serial port which sends console output to
+# a configurable service URI. At the service URI address there will be
+# virtual serial port concentrator that will collect console logs.
+# If this is not set, no serial ports will be added to the created VMs.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid URI
+#  (string value)
+#serial_port_service_uri=<None>
+
+#
+# Identifies a proxy service that provides network access to the
+# serial_port_service_uri.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid URI
+#
+# Related options:
+# This option is ignored if serial_port_service_uri is not specified.
+# * serial_port_service_uri
+#  (string value)
+#serial_port_proxy_uri=<None>
+
+#
+# Hostname or IP address for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_ip=<None>
+
+# Port for connection to VMware vCenter host. (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#host_port=443
+
+# Username for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_username=<None>
+
+# Password for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_password=<None>
+
+#
+# Specifies the CA bundle file to be used in verifying the vCenter
+# server certificate.
+#  (string value)
+#ca_file=<None>
+
+#
+# If true, the vCenter server certificate is not verified. If false,
+# then the default CA truststore is used for verification.
+#
+# Related options:
+# * ca_file: This option is ignored if "ca_file" is set.
+#  (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Name of a VMware Cluster ComputeResource. (string value)
+#cluster_name=<None>
+
+#
+# Regular expression pattern to match the name of datastore.
+#
+# The datastore_regex setting specifies the datastores to use with
+# Compute. For example, datastore_regex="nas.*" selects all the data
+# stores that have a name starting with "nas".
+#
+# NOTE: If no regex is given, it just picks the datastore with the
+# most freespace.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any matching regular expression to a datastore must be given
+#  (string value)
+#datastore_regex=<None>
+
+#
+# Time interval in seconds to poll remote tasks invoked on
+# VMware VC server.
+#  (floating point value)
+#task_poll_interval=0.5
+
+#
+# Number of times VMware vCenter server API must be retried on connection
+# failures, e.g. socket error, etc.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#api_retry_count=10
+
+#
+# This option specifies VNC starting port.
+#
+# Every VM created by ESX host has an option of enabling VNC client
+# for remote connection. Above option 'vnc_port' helps you to set
+# default starting port for the VNC client.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid port number within 5900 -(5900 + vnc_port_total)
+#
+# Related options:
+# Below options should be set to enable VNC client.
+# * vnc.enabled = True
+# * vnc_port_total
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#vnc_port=5900
+
+#
+# Total number of VNC ports.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vnc_port_total=10000
+
+#
+# This option enables/disables the use of linked clone.
+#
+# The ESX hypervisor requires a copy of the VMDK file in order to boot
+# up a virtual machine. The compute driver must download the VMDK via
+# HTTP from the OpenStack Image service to a datastore that is visible
+# to the hypervisor and cache it. Subsequent virtual machines that need
+# the VMDK use the cached version and don't have to copy the file again
+# from the OpenStack Image service.
+#
+# If set to false, even with a cached VMDK, there is still a copy
+# operation from the cache location to the hypervisor file directory
+# in the shared datastore. If set to true, the above copy operation
+# is avoided as it creates copy of the virtual machine that shares
+# virtual disks with its parent VM.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_linked_clone=true
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# This option specifies VIM Service WSDL Location
+#
+# If vSphere API versions 5.1 and later is being used, this section can
+# be ignored. If version is less than 5.1, WSDL files must be hosted
+# locally and their location must be specified in the above section.
+#
+# Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * http://<server>/vimService.wsdl
+# * file:///opt/stack/vmware/SDK/wsdl/vim25/vimService.wsdl
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason: Only vCenter versions earlier than 5.1 require this option and the
+# current minimum version is 5.1.
+#wsdl_location=<None>
+
+#
+# This option enables or disables storage policy based placement
+# of instances.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * pbm_default_policy
+#  (boolean value)
+#pbm_enabled=false
+
+#
+# This option specifies the PBM service WSDL file location URL.
+#
+# Setting this will disable storage policy based placement
+# of instances.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid file path
+#   e.g file:///opt/SDK/spbm/wsdl/pbmService.wsdl
+#  (string value)
+#pbm_wsdl_location=<None>
+
+#
+# This option specifies the default policy to be used.
+#
+# If pbm_enabled is set and there is no defined storage policy for the
+# specific request, then this policy will be used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any valid storage policy such as VSAN default storage policy
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * pbm_enabled
+#  (string value)
+#pbm_default_policy=<None>
+
+#
+# This option specifies the limit on the maximum number of objects to
+# return in a single result.
+#
+# A positive value will cause the operation to suspend the retrieval
+# when the count of objects reaches the specified limit. The server may
+# still limit the count to something less than the configured value.
+# Any remaining objects may be retrieved with additional requests.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#maximum_objects=100
+
+#
+# This option adds a prefix to the folder where cached images are stored
+#
+# This is not the full path - just a folder prefix. This should only be
+# used when a datastore cache is shared between compute nodes.
+#
+# Note: This should only be used when the compute nodes are running on same
+# host or they have a shared file system.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string representing the cache prefix to the folder
+#  (string value)
+#cache_prefix=<None>
+
+
+[vnc]
+#
+# Virtual Network Computer (VNC) can be used to provide remote desktop
+# console access to instances for tenants and/or administrators.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Enable VNC related features.
+#
+# Guests will get created with graphical devices to support this. Clients
+# (for example Horizon) can then establish a VNC connection to the guest.
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vnc_enabled
+#enabled=true
+enabled=true
+
+#
+# Keymap for VNC.
+#
+# The keyboard mapping (keymap) determines which keyboard layout a VNC
+# session should use by default.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A keyboard layout which is supported by the underlying hypervisor on
+#   this node. This is usually an 'IETF language tag' (for example
+#   'en-us').  If you use QEMU as hypervisor, you should find the  list
+#   of supported keyboard layouts at ``/usr/share/qemu/keymaps``.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vnc_keymap
+#keymap=en-us
+
+#
+# The IP address or hostname on which an instance should listen to for
+# incoming VNC connection requests on this node.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vncserver_listen
+#vncserver_listen=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# Private, internal IP address or hostname of VNC console proxy.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients.
+#
+# This option sets the private address to which proxy clients, such as
+# ``nova-xvpvncproxy``, should connect to.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/vncserver_proxyclient_address
+#vncserver_proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+#
+# Public address of noVNC VNC console proxy.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. noVNC provides
+# VNC support through a websocket-based client.
+#
+# This option sets the public base URL to which client systems will
+# connect. noVNC clients can use this address to connect to the noVNC
+# instance and, by extension, the VNC sessions.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * novncproxy_host
+# * novncproxy_port
+#  (uri value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/novncproxy_base_url
+#novncproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html
+enabled = true
+novncproxy_host = {{ controller.bind.get('novncproxy_address', '0.0.0.0') }}
+novncproxy_base_url = {{ controller.vncproxy_url }}/vnc_auto.html
+novncproxy_port={{ controller.bind.get('vncproxy_port', '6080') }}
+{%- if pillar.nova.compute is defined %}
+vncserver_listen={{ controller.bind.private_address }}
+vncserver_proxyclient_address={{ controller.bind.private_address }}
+{%- else %}
+vncserver_listen={{ controller.bind.get('novncproxy_address', '0.0.0.0') }}
+{%- endif %}
+keymap = {{ controller.get('vnc_keymap', 'en-us') }}
+
+#
+# IP address or hostname that the XVP VNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. Xen provides
+# the Xenserver VNC Proxy, or XVP, as an alternative to the
+# websocket-based noVNC proxy used by Libvirt. In contrast to noVNC,
+# XVP clients are Java-based.
+#
+# This option sets the private address to which the XVP VNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * xvpvncproxy_port
+# * xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/xvpvncproxy_host
+#xvpvncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port that the XVP VNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. Xen provides
+# the Xenserver VNC Proxy, or XVP, as an alternative to the
+# websocket-based noVNC proxy used by Libvirt. In contrast to noVNC,
+# XVP clients are Java-based.
+#
+# This option sets the private port to which the XVP VNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * xvpvncproxy_host
+# * xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/xvpvncproxy_port
+#xvpvncproxy_port=6081
+
+#
+# Public URL address of XVP VNC console proxy.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. Xen provides
+# the Xenserver VNC Proxy, or XVP, as an alternative to the
+# websocket-based noVNC proxy used by Libvirt. In contrast to noVNC,
+# XVP clients are Java-based.
+#
+# This option sets the public base URL to which client systems will
+# connect. XVP clients can use this address to connect to the XVP
+# instance and, by extension, the VNC sessions.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * xvpvncproxy_host
+# * xvpvncproxy_port
+#  (uri value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#xvpvncproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6081/console
+
+#
+# IP address that the noVNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. noVNC provides
+# VNC support through a websocket-based client.
+#
+# This option sets the private address to which the noVNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * novncproxy_port
+# * novncproxy_base_url
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/novncproxy_host
+#novncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+#
+# Port that the noVNC console proxy should bind to.
+#
+# The VNC proxy is an OpenStack component that enables compute service
+# users to access their instances through VNC clients. noVNC provides
+# VNC support through a websocket-based client.
+#
+# This option sets the private port to which the noVNC console proxy
+# service should bind to.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * novncproxy_host
+# * novncproxy_base_url
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/novncproxy_port
+#novncproxy_port=6080
+
+
+[workarounds]
+#
+# A collection of workarounds used to mitigate bugs or issues found in system
+# tools (e.g. Libvirt or QEMU) or Nova itself under certain conditions. These
+# should only be enabled in exceptional circumstances. All options are linked
+# against bug IDs, where more information on the issue can be found.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Use sudo instead of rootwrap.
+#
+# Allow fallback to sudo for performance reasons.
+#
+# For more information, refer to the bug report:
+#
+#   https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1415106
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Use sudo instead of rootwrap
+# * False: Use rootwrap as usual
+#
+# Interdependencies to other options:
+#
+# * Any options that affect 'rootwrap' will be ignored.
+#  (boolean value)
+#disable_rootwrap=false
+
+#
+# Disable live snapshots when using the libvirt driver.
+#
+# Live snapshots allow the snapshot of the disk to happen without an
+# interruption to the guest, using coordination with a guest agent to
+# quiesce the filesystem.
+#
+# When using libvirt 1.2.2 live snapshots fail intermittently under load
+# (likely related to concurrent libvirt/qemu operations). This config
+# option provides a mechanism to disable live snapshot, in favor of cold
+# snapshot, while this is resolved. Cold snapshot causes an instance
+# outage while the guest is going through the snapshotting process.
+#
+# For more information, refer to the bug report:
+#
+#   https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1334398
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True: Live snapshot is disabled when using libvirt
+# * False: Live snapshots are always used when snapshotting (as long as
+#   there is a new enough libvirt and the backend storage supports it)
+#  (boolean value)
+#disable_libvirt_livesnapshot=true
+
+#
+# Enable handling of events emitted from compute drivers.
+#
+# Many compute drivers emit lifecycle events, which are events that occur when,
+# for example, an instance is starting or stopping. If the instance is going
+# through task state changes due to an API operation, like resize, the events
+# are ignored.
+#
+# This is an advanced feature which allows the hypervisor to signal to the
+# compute service that an unexpected state change has occurred in an instance
+# and that the instance can be shutdown automatically. Unfortunately, this can
+# race in some conditions, for example in reboot operations or when the compute
+# service or when host is rebooted (planned or due to an outage). If such races
+# are common, then it is advisable to disable this feature.
+#
+# Care should be taken when this feature is disabled and
+# 'sync_power_state_interval' is set to a negative value. In this case, any
+# instances that get out of sync between the hypervisor and the Nova database
+# will have to be synchronized manually.
+#
+# For more information, refer to the bug report:
+#
+#   https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1444630
+#
+# Interdependencies to other options:
+#
+# * If ``sync_power_state_interval`` is negative and this feature is disabled,
+#   then instances that get out of sync between the hypervisor and the Nova
+#   database will have to be synchronized manually.
+#  (boolean value)
+#handle_virt_lifecycle_events=true
+
+
+[wsgi]
+#
+# Options under this group are used to configure WSGI (Web Server Gateway
+# Interface). WSGI is used to serve API requests.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# This option represents a file name for the paste.deploy config for nova-api.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing file name for the paste.deploy config.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/api_paste_config
+api_paste_config=/etc/nova/api-paste.ini
+
+#
+# It represents a python format string that is used as the template to generate
+# log lines. The following values can be formatted into it: client_ip,
+# date_time, request_line, status_code, body_length, wall_seconds.
+#
+# This option is used for building custom request loglines.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * '%(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s'
+#   'len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f' (default)
+# * Any formatted string formed by specific values.
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/wsgi_log_format
+#wsgi_log_format=%(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f
+
+#
+# This option specifies the HTTP header used to determine the protocol scheme
+# for the original request, even if it was removed by a SSL terminating proxy.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * None (default) - the request scheme is not influenced by any HTTP headers.
+# * Valid HTTP header, like HTTP_X_FORWARDED_PROTO
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/secure_proxy_ssl_header
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header=<None>
+
+#
+# This option allows setting path to the CA certificate file that should be used
+# to verify connecting clients.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String representing path to the CA certificate file.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled_ssl_apis
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file=<None>
+
+#
+# This option allows setting path to the SSL certificate of API server.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String representing path to the SSL certificate.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled_ssl_apis
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file=<None>
+
+#
+# This option specifies the path to the file where SSL private key of API
+# server is stored when SSL is in effect.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * String representing path to the SSL private key.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * enabled_ssl_apis
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file=<None>
+
+#
+# This option sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket.
+# It specifies the duration of time to keep connection active. TCP generates a
+# KEEPALIVE transmission for an application that requests to keep connection
+# active. Not supported on OS X.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * keep_alive
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/tcp_keepidle
+#tcp_keepidle=600
+
+#
+# This option specifies the size of the pool of greenthreads used by wsgi.
+# It is possible to limit the number of concurrent connections using this
+# option.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/wsgi_default_pool_size
+#default_pool_size=1000
+
+#
+# This option specifies the maximum line size of message headers to be accepted.
+# max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically
+# those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs).
+#
+# Since TCP is a stream based protocol, in order to reuse a connection, the HTTP
+# has to have a way to indicate the end of the previous response and beginning
+# of the next. Hence, in a keep_alive case, all messages must have a
+# self-defined message length.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_header_line
+#max_header_line=16384
+
+#
+# This option allows using the same TCP connection to send and receive multiple
+# HTTP requests/responses, as opposed to opening a new one for every single
+# request/response pair. HTTP keep-alive indicates HTTP connection reuse.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * True : reuse HTTP connection.
+# * False : closes the client socket connection explicitly.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * tcp_keepidle
+#  (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/wsgi_keep_alive
+#keep_alive=true
+
+#
+# This option specifies the timeout for client connections' socket operations.
+# If an incoming connection is idle for this number of seconds it will be
+# closed. It indicates timeout on individual read/writes on the socket
+# connection. To wait forever set to 0.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/client_socket_timeout
+#client_socket_timeout=900
+
+
+[xenserver]
+#
+# XenServer options are used when the compute_driver is set to use
+# XenServer (compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver).
+#
+# Must specify connection_url, connection_password and ovs_integration_bridge to
+# use compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent's reply to a request.
+#
+# Nova configures/performs certain administrative actions on a server with the
+# help of an agent that's installed on the server. The communication between
+# Nova and the agent is achieved via sharing messages, called records, over
+# xenstore, a shared storage across all the domains on a Xenserver host.
+# Operations performed by the agent on behalf of nova are: 'version','
+# key_init',
+# 'password','resetnetwork','inject_file', and 'agentupdate'.
+#
+# To perform one of the above operations, the xapi 'agent' plugin writes the
+# command and its associated parameters to a certain location known to the
+# domain
+# and awaits response. On being notified of the message, the agent performs
+# appropriate actions on the server and writes the result back to xenstore. This
+# result is then read by the xapi 'agent' plugin to determine the
+# success/failure
+# of the operation.
+#
+# This config option determines how long the xapi 'agent' plugin shall wait to
+# read the response off of xenstore for a given request/command. If the agent on
+# the instance fails to write the result in this time period, the operation is
+# considered to have timed out.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``agent_version_timeout``
+# * ``agent_resetnetwork_timeout``
+#
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#agent_timeout=30
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent't reply to version request.
+#
+# This indicates the amount of time xapi 'agent' plugin waits for the agent to
+# respond to the 'version' request specifically. The generic timeout for agent
+# communication ``agent_timeout`` is ignored in this case.
+#
+# During the build process the 'version' request is used to determine if the
+# agent is available/operational to perform other requests such as
+# 'resetnetwork', 'password', 'key_init' and 'inject_file'. If the 'version'
+# call
+# fails, the other configuration is skipped. So, this configuration option can
+# also be interpreted as time in which agent is expected to be fully
+# operational.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#agent_version_timeout=300
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent's reply to resetnetwork
+# request.
+#
+# This indicates the amount of time xapi 'agent' plugin waits for the agent to
+# respond to the 'resetnetwork' request specifically. The generic timeout for
+# agent communication ``agent_timeout`` is ignored in this case.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#agent_resetnetwork_timeout=60
+
+#
+# Path to locate guest agent on the server.
+#
+# Specifies the path in which the XenAPI guest agent should be located. If the
+# agent is present, network configuration is not injected into the image.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# For this option to have an effect:
+# * ``flat_injected`` should be set to ``True``
+# * ``compute_driver`` should be set to ``xenapi.XenAPIDriver``
+#
+#  (string value)
+#agent_path=usr/sbin/xe-update-networking
+
+#
+# Disables the use of XenAPI agent.
+#
+# This configuration option suggests whether the use of agent should be enabled
+# or not regardless of what image properties are present. Image properties have
+# an effect only when this is set to ``True``. Read description of config option
+# ``use_agent_default`` for more information.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``use_agent_default``
+#
+#  (boolean value)
+#disable_agent=false
+
+#
+# Whether or not to use the agent by default when its usage is enabled but not
+# indicated by the image.
+#
+# The use of XenAPI agent can be disabled altogether using the configuration
+# option ``disable_agent``. However, if it is not disabled, the use of an agent
+# can still be controlled by the image in use through one of its properties,
+# ``xenapi_use_agent``. If this property is either not present or specified
+# incorrectly on the image, the use of agent is determined by this configuration
+# option.
+#
+# Note that if this configuration is set to ``True`` when the agent is not
+# present, the boot times will increase significantly.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``disable_agent``
+#
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_agent_default=false
+
+# Timeout in seconds for XenAPI login. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#login_timeout=10
+
+#
+# Maximum number of concurrent XenAPI connections.
+#
+# In nova, multiple XenAPI requests can happen at a time.
+# Configuring this option will parallelize access to the XenAPI
+# session, which allows you to make concurrent XenAPI connections.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#connection_concurrent=5
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Base URL for torrent files; must contain a slash character (see RFC 1808,
+# step 6).
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_base_url=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Probability that peer will become a seeder (1.0 = 100%) (floating
+# point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_seed_chance=1.0
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Number of seconds after downloading an image via BitTorrent that it should
+# be seeded for other peers.'
+#  (integer value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_seed_duration=3600
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Cached torrent files not accessed within this number of seconds can be reaped.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_max_last_accessed=86400
+
+# DEPRECATED: Beginning of port range to listen on (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_listen_port_start=6881
+
+# DEPRECATED: End of port range to listen on (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_listen_port_end=6891
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Number of seconds a download can remain at the same progress percentage w/o
+# being considered a stall.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_download_stall_cutoff=600
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Maximum number of seeder processes to run concurrently within a given dom0
+# (-1 = no limit).
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# The torrent feature has not been tested nor maintained, and as such is being
+# removed.
+#torrent_max_seeder_processes_per_host=1
+
+#
+# Cache glance images locally.
+#
+# The value for this option must be chosen from the choices listed
+# here. Configuring a value other than these will default to 'all'.
+#
+# Note: There is nothing that deletes these images.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * `all`: will cache all images.
+# * `some`: will only cache images that have the
+#   image_property `cache_in_nova=True`.
+# * `none`: turns off caching entirely.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: all, some, none
+#cache_images=all
+
+#
+# Compression level for images.
+#
+# By setting this option we can configure the gzip compression level.
+# This option sets GZIP environment variable before spawning tar -cz
+# to force the compression level. It defaults to none, which means the
+# GZIP environment variable is not set and the default (usually -6)
+# is used.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Range is 1-9, e.g., 9 for gzip -9, 9 being most
+#   compressed but most CPU intensive on dom0.
+# * Any values out of this range will default to None.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 9
+#image_compression_level=<None>
+
+# Default OS type used when uploading an image to glance (string value)
+#default_os_type=linux
+
+# Time in secs to wait for a block device to be created (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+#block_device_creation_timeout=10
+{%- if controller.block_device_creation_timeout is defined %}
+block_device_creation_timeout = {{ controller.block_device_creation_timeout }}
+{%- endif  %}
+
+#
+# Maximum size in bytes of kernel or ramdisk images.
+#
+# Specifying the maximum size of kernel or ramdisk will avoid copying
+# large files to dom0 and fill up /boot/guest.
+#  (integer value)
+#max_kernel_ramdisk_size=16777216
+
+#
+# Filter for finding the SR to be used to install guest instances on.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * To use the Local Storage in default XenServer/XCP installations
+#   set this flag to other-config:i18n-key=local-storage.
+# * To select an SR with a different matching criteria, you could
+#   set it to other-config:my_favorite_sr=true.
+# * To fall back on the Default SR, as displayed by XenCenter,
+#   set this flag to: default-sr:true.
+#  (string value)
+#sr_matching_filter=default-sr:true
+
+#
+# Whether to use sparse_copy for copying data on a resize down.
+# (False will use standard dd). This speeds up resizes down
+# considerably since large runs of zeros won't have to be rsynced.
+#  (boolean value)
+#sparse_copy=true
+
+#
+# Maximum number of retries to unplug VBD.
+# If set to 0, should try once, no retries.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#num_vbd_unplug_retries=10
+
+#
+# Whether or not to download images via Bit Torrent.
+#
+# The value for this option must be chosen from the choices listed
+# here. Configuring a value other than these will default to 'none'.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * `all`: will download all images.
+# * `some`: will only download images that have the image_property
+#           `bittorrent=true`.
+# * `none`: will turnoff downloading images via Bit Torrent.
+#  (string value)
+# Allowed values: all, some, none
+#torrent_images=none
+
+#
+# Name of network to use for booting iPXE ISOs.
+#
+# An iPXE ISO is a specially crafted ISO which supports iPXE booting.
+# This feature gives a means to roll your own image.
+#
+# By default this option is not set. Enable this option to
+# boot an iPXE ISO.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * `ipxe_boot_menu_url`
+# * `ipxe_mkisofs_cmd`
+#  (string value)
+#ipxe_network_name=<None>
+
+#
+# URL to the iPXE boot menu.
+#
+# An iPXE ISO is a specially crafted ISO which supports iPXE booting.
+# This feature gives a means to roll your own image.
+#
+# By default this option is not set. Enable this option to
+# boot an iPXE ISO.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * `ipxe_network_name`
+# * `ipxe_mkisofs_cmd`
+#  (string value)
+#ipxe_boot_menu_url=<None>
+
+#
+# Name and optionally path of the tool used for ISO image creation.
+#
+# An iPXE ISO is a specially crafted ISO which supports iPXE booting.
+# This feature gives a means to roll your own image.
+#
+# Note: By default `mkisofs` is not present in the Dom0, so the
+# package can either be manually added to Dom0 or include the
+# `mkisofs` binary in the image itself.
+#
+# Related Options:
+#
+# * `ipxe_network_name`
+# * `ipxe_boot_menu_url`
+#  (string value)
+#ipxe_mkisofs_cmd=mkisofs
+
+#
+# URL for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. A special value
+# of unix://local can be used to connect to the local unix socket.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents a URL. The connection_url is
+#   generally the management network IP address of the XenServer.
+# * This option must be set if you chose the XenServer driver.
+#  (string value)
+#connection_url=<None>
+
+# Username for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform (string value)
+#connection_username=root
+
+# Password for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform (string value)
+#connection_password=<None>
+
+#
+# The interval used for polling of coalescing vhds.
+#
+# This is the interval after which the task of coalesce VHD is
+# performed, until it reaches the max attempts that is set by
+# vhd_coalesce_max_attempts.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * `vhd_coalesce_max_attempts`
+#  (floating point value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vhd_coalesce_poll_interval=5.0
+
+#
+# Ensure compute service is running on host XenAPI connects to.
+# This option must be set to false if the 'independent_compute'
+# option is set to true.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Setting this option to true will make sure that compute service
+#   is running on the same host that is specified by connection_url.
+# * Setting this option to false, doesn't perform the check.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * `independent_compute`
+#  (boolean value)
+#check_host=true
+
+#
+# Max number of times to poll for VHD to coalesce.
+#
+# This option determines the maximum number of attempts that can be
+# made for coalescing the VHD before giving up.
+#
+# Related opitons:
+#
+# * `vhd_coalesce_poll_interval`
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#vhd_coalesce_max_attempts=20
+
+# Base path to the storage repository on the XenServer host. (string value)
+#sr_base_path=/var/run/sr-mount
+
+#
+# The iSCSI Target Host.
+#
+# This option represents the hostname or ip of the iSCSI Target.
+# If the target host is not present in the connection information from
+# the volume provider then the value from this option is taken.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents hostname/ip of Target.
+#  (string value)
+#target_host=<None>
+
+#
+# The iSCSI Target Port.
+#
+# This option represents the port of the iSCSI Target. If the
+# target port is not present in the connection information from the
+# volume provider then the value from this option is taken.
+#  (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#target_port=3260
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# Used to enable the remapping of VBD dev.
+# (Works around an issue in Ubuntu Maverick)
+#  (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# This option provided a workaround for issues in Ubuntu Maverick, which
+# was released in April 2010 and was dropped from support in April 2012.
+# There's no reason to continue supporting this option.
+#remap_vbd_dev=false
+
+#
+# Specify prefix to remap VBD dev to (ex. /dev/xvdb -> /dev/sdb).
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * If `remap_vbd_dev` is set to False this option has no impact.
+#  (string value)
+#remap_vbd_dev_prefix=sd
+
+#
+# Used to prevent attempts to attach VBDs locally, so Nova can
+# be run in a VM on a different host.
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``CONF.flat_injected`` (Must be False)
+# * ``CONF.xenserver.check_host`` (Must be False)
+# * ``CONF.default_ephemeral_format`` (Must be unset or 'ext3')
+# * Joining host aggregates (will error if attempted)
+# * Swap disks for Windows VMs (will error if attempted)
+# * Nova-based auto_configure_disk (will error if attempted)
+#  (boolean value)
+#independent_compute=false
+
+#
+# Wait time for instances to go to running state.
+#
+# Provide an integer value representing time in seconds to set the
+# wait time for an instance to go to running state.
+#
+# When a request to create an instance is received by nova-api and
+# communicated to nova-compute, the creation of the instance occurs
+# through interaction with Xen via XenAPI in the compute node. Once
+# the node on which the instance(s) are to be launched is decided by
+# nova-schedule and the launch is triggered, a certain amount of wait
+# time is involved until the instance(s) can become available and
+# 'running'. This wait time is defined by running_timeout. If the
+# instances do not go to running state within this specified wait
+# time, the launch expires and the instance(s) are set to 'error'
+# state.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#running_timeout=60
+
+# DEPRECATED:
+# The XenAPI VIF driver using XenServer Network APIs.
+#
+# Provide a string value representing the VIF XenAPI vif driver to use for
+# plugging virtual network interfaces.
+#
+# Xen configuration uses bridging within the backend domain to allow
+# all VMs to appear on the network as individual hosts. Bridge
+# interfaces are used to create a XenServer VLAN network in which
+# the VIFs for the VM instances are plugged. If no VIF bridge driver
+# is plugged, the bridge is not made available. This configuration
+# option takes in a value for the VIF driver.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIOpenVswitchDriver (default)
+# * nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIBridgeDriver (deprecated)
+#
+# Related options:
+#
+# * ``vlan_interface``
+# * ``ovs_integration_bridge``
+#  (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal since 15.0.0.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+# Reason:
+# There are only two in-tree vif drivers for XenServer. XenAPIBridgeDriver is
+# for
+# nova-network which is deprecated and XenAPIOpenVswitchDriver is for Neutron
+# which is the default configuration for Nova since the 15.0.0 Ocata release. In
+# the future the "use_neutron" configuration option will be used to determine
+# which vif driver to use.
+#vif_driver=nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIOpenVswitchDriver
+
+#
+# Dom0 plugin driver used to handle image uploads.
+#
+# Provide a string value representing a plugin driver required to
+# handle the image uploading to GlanceStore.
+#
+# Images, and snapshots from XenServer need to be uploaded to the data
+# store for use. image_upload_handler takes in a value for the Dom0
+# plugin driver. This driver is then called to uplaod images to the
+# GlanceStore.
+#  (string value)
+#image_upload_handler=nova.virt.xenapi.image.glance.GlanceStore
+
+#
+# Number of seconds to wait for SR to settle if the VDI
+# does not exist when first introduced.
+#
+# Some SRs, particularly iSCSI connections are slow to see the VDIs
+# right after they got introduced. Setting this option to a
+# time interval will make the SR to wait for that time period
+# before raising VDI not found exception.
+#  (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+#introduce_vdi_retry_wait=20
+
+#
+# The name of the integration Bridge that is used with xenapi
+# when connecting with Open vSwitch.
+#
+# Note: The value of this config option is dependent on the
+# environment, therefore this configuration value must be set
+# accordingly if you are using XenAPI.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * Any string that represents a bridge name.
+#  (string value)
+#ovs_integration_bridge=<None>
+
+#
+# When adding new host to a pool, this will append a --force flag to the
+# command, forcing hosts to join a pool, even if they have different CPUs.
+#
+# Since XenServer version 5.6 it is possible to create a pool of hosts that have
+# different CPU capabilities. To accommodate CPU differences, XenServer limited
+# features it uses to determine CPU compatibility to only the ones that are
+# exposed by CPU and support for CPU masking was added.
+# Despite this effort to level differences between CPUs, it is still possible
+# that adding new host will fail, thus option to force join was introduced.
+#  (boolean value)
+#use_join_force=true
+
+#
+# Publicly visible name for this console host.
+#
+# Possible values:
+#
+# * A string representing a valid hostname
+#  (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_public_hostname
+#console_public_hostname=lcy01-22
+
+
+[xvp]
+#
+# Configuration options for XVP.
+#
+# xvp (Xen VNC Proxy) is a proxy server providing password-protected VNC-based
+# access to the consoles of virtual machines hosted on Citrix XenServer.
+
+#
+# From nova.conf
+#
+
+# XVP conf template (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_conf_template
+#console_xvp_conf_template=$pybasedir/nova/console/xvp.conf.template
+
+# Generated XVP conf file (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_conf
+#console_xvp_conf=/etc/xvp.conf
+
+# XVP master process pid file (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_pid
+#console_xvp_pid=/var/run/xvp.pid
+
+# XVP log file (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_log
+#console_xvp_log=/var/log/xvp.log
+
+# Port for XVP to multiplex VNC connections on (port value)
+# Minimum value: 0
+# Maximum value: 65535
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/console_xvp_multiplex_port
+#console_xvp_multiplex_port=5900
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/nova-controller.conf.RedHat b/nova/files/pike/nova-controller.conf.RedHat
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..09c7524
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/nova-controller.conf.RedHat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+nova-controller.conf.Debian
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/nova-placement-api.conf b/nova/files/pike/nova-placement-api.conf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7cde11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/nova-placement-api.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+{%- from "nova/map.jinja" import controller with context %}
+Listen {{ controller.bind.private_address }}:8778
+
+<VirtualHost {{ controller.bind.private_address }}:8778>
+    WSGIScriptAlias / /usr/bin/nova-placement-api
+    WSGIDaemonProcess nova-placement processes=5 threads=1 user=nova group=nova display-name=%{GROUP}
+    WSGIProcessGroup nova-placement
+    WSGIApplicationGroup %{GLOBAL}
+    WSGIPassAuthorization On
+    LimitRequestBody 114688
+
+    <IfVersion >= 2.4>
+      ErrorLogFormat "%{cu}t %M"
+    </IfVersion>
+
+    ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/nova_placement_error.log
+    CustomLog /var/log/apache2/nova_placement_access.log "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %D %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\""
+
+    <Directory /usr/bin>
+        <IfVersion >= 2.4>
+            Require all granted
+        </IfVersion>
+        <IfVersion < 2.4>
+            Order allow,deny
+            Allow from all
+        </IfVersion>
+    </Directory>
+</VirtualHost>
diff --git a/nova/files/pike/qemu.conf.Debian b/nova/files/pike/qemu.conf.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6212dda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nova/files/pike/qemu.conf.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+{%- from "nova/map.jinja" import compute with context %}
+# Master configuration file for the QEMU driver.
+# All settings described here are optional - if omitted, sensible
+# defaults are used.
+
+# VNC is configured to listen on 127.0.0.1 by default.
+# To make it listen on all public interfaces, uncomment
+# this next option.
+#
+# NB, strong recommendation to enable TLS + x509 certificate
+# verification when allowing public access
+#
+#vnc_listen = "0.0.0.0"
+
+# Enable this option to have VNC served over an automatically created
+# unix socket. This prevents unprivileged access from users on the
+# host machine, though most VNC clients do not support it.
+#
+# This will only be enabled for VNC configurations that do not have
+# a hardcoded 'listen' or 'socket' value. This setting takes preference
+# over vnc_listen.
+#
+#vnc_auto_unix_socket = 1
+
+# Enable use of TLS encryption on the VNC server. This requires
+# a VNC client which supports the VeNCrypt protocol extension.
+# Examples include vinagre, virt-viewer, virt-manager and vencrypt
+# itself. UltraVNC, RealVNC, TightVNC do not support this
+#
+# It is necessary to setup CA and issue a server certificate
+# before enabling this.
+#
+#vnc_tls = 1
+
+
+# Use of TLS requires that x509 certificates be issued. The
+# default it to keep them in /etc/pki/libvirt-vnc. This directory
+# must contain
+#
+#  ca-cert.pem - the CA master certificate
+#  server-cert.pem - the server certificate signed with ca-cert.pem
+#  server-key.pem  - the server private key
+#
+# This option allows the certificate directory to be changed
+#
+#vnc_tls_x509_cert_dir = "/etc/pki/libvirt-vnc"
+
+
+# The default TLS configuration only uses certificates for the server
+# allowing the client to verify the server's identity and establish
+# an encrypted channel.
+#
+# It is possible to use x509 certificates for authentication too, by
+# issuing a x509 certificate to every client who needs to connect.
+#
+# Enabling this option will reject any client who does not have a
+# certificate signed by the CA in /etc/pki/libvirt-vnc/ca-cert.pem
+#
+#vnc_tls_x509_verify = 1
+
+
+# The default VNC password. Only 8 bytes are significant for
+# VNC passwords. This parameter is only used if the per-domain
+# XML config does not already provide a password. To allow
+# access without passwords, leave this commented out. An empty
+# string will still enable passwords, but be rejected by QEMU,
+# effectively preventing any use of VNC. Obviously change this
+# example here before you set this.
+#
+#vnc_password = "XYZ12345"
+
+
+# Enable use of SASL encryption on the VNC server. This requires
+# a VNC client which supports the SASL protocol extension.
+# Examples include vinagre, virt-viewer and virt-manager
+# itself. UltraVNC, RealVNC, TightVNC do not support this
+#
+# It is necessary to configure /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf to choose
+# the desired SASL plugin (eg, GSSPI for Kerberos)
+#
+#vnc_sasl = 1
+
+
+# The default SASL configuration file is located in /etc/sasl2/
+# When running libvirtd unprivileged, it may be desirable to
+# override the configs in this location. Set this parameter to
+# point to the directory, and create a qemu.conf in that location
+#
+#vnc_sasl_dir = "/some/directory/sasl2"
+
+
+# QEMU implements an extension for providing audio over a VNC connection,
+# though if your VNC client does not support it, your only chance for getting
+# sound output is through regular audio backends. By default, libvirt will
+# disable all QEMU sound backends if using VNC, since they can cause
+# permissions issues. Enabling this option will make libvirtd honor the
+# QEMU_AUDIO_DRV environment variable when using VNC.
+#
+#vnc_allow_host_audio = 0
+
+
+
+# SPICE is configured to listen on 127.0.0.1 by default.
+# To make it listen on all public interfaces, uncomment
+# this next option.
+#
+# NB, strong recommendation to enable TLS + x509 certificate
+# verification when allowing public access
+#
+#spice_listen = "0.0.0.0"
+
+
+# Enable use of TLS encryption on the SPICE server.
+#
+# It is necessary to setup CA and issue a server certificate
+# before enabling this.
+#
+#spice_tls = 1
+
+
+# Use of TLS requires that x509 certificates be issued. The
+# default it to keep them in /etc/pki/libvirt-spice. This directory
+# must contain
+#
+#  ca-cert.pem - the CA master certificate
+#  server-cert.pem - the server certificate signed with ca-cert.pem
+#  server-key.pem  - the server private key
+#
+# This option allows the certificate directory to be changed.
+#
+#spice_tls_x509_cert_dir = "/etc/pki/libvirt-spice"
+
+
+# The default SPICE password. This parameter is only used if the
+# per-domain XML config does not already provide a password. To
+# allow access without passwords, leave this commented out. An
+# empty string will still enable passwords, but be rejected by
+# QEMU, effectively preventing any use of SPICE. Obviously change
+# this example here before you set this.
+#
+#spice_password = "XYZ12345"
+
+
+# Enable use of SASL encryption on the SPICE server. This requires
+# a SPICE client which supports the SASL protocol extension.
+#
+# It is necessary to configure /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf to choose
+# the desired SASL plugin (eg, GSSPI for Kerberos)
+#
+#spice_sasl = 1
+
+# The default SASL configuration file is located in /etc/sasl2/
+# When running libvirtd unprivileged, it may be desirable to
+# override the configs in this location. Set this parameter to
+# point to the directory, and create a qemu.conf in that location
+#
+#spice_sasl_dir = "/some/directory/sasl2"
+
+
+# By default, if no graphical front end is configured, libvirt will disable
+# QEMU audio output since directly talking to alsa/pulseaudio may not work
+# with various security settings. If you know what you're doing, enable
+# the setting below and libvirt will passthrough the QEMU_AUDIO_DRV
+# environment variable when using nographics.
+#
+#nographics_allow_host_audio = 1
+
+
+# Override the port for creating both VNC and SPICE sessions (min).
+# This defaults to 5900 and increases for consecutive sessions
+# or when ports are occupied, until it hits the maximum.
+#
+# Minimum must be greater than or equal to 5900 as lower number would
+# result into negative vnc display number.
+#
+# Maximum must be less than 65536, because higher numbers do not make
+# sense as a port number.
+#
+#remote_display_port_min = 5900
+#remote_display_port_max = 65535
+
+# VNC WebSocket port policies, same rules apply as with remote display
+# ports.  VNC WebSockets use similar display <-> port mappings, with
+# the exception being that ports start from 5700 instead of 5900.
+#
+#remote_websocket_port_min = 5700
+#remote_websocket_port_max = 65535
+
+# The default security driver is SELinux. If SELinux is disabled
+# on the host, then the security driver will automatically disable
+# itself. If you wish to disable QEMU SELinux security driver while
+# leaving SELinux enabled for the host in general, then set this
+# to 'none' instead. It's also possible to use more than one security
+# driver at the same time, for this use a list of names separated by
+# comma and delimited by square brackets. For example:
+#
+#       security_driver = [ "selinux", "apparmor" ]
+#
+# Notes: The DAC security driver is always enabled; as a result, the
+# value of security_driver cannot contain "dac".  The value "none" is
+# a special value; security_driver can be set to that value in
+# isolation, but it cannot appear in a list of drivers.
+#
+#security_driver = "selinux"
+
+# If set to non-zero, then the default security labeling
+# will make guests confined. If set to zero, then guests
+# will be unconfined by default. Defaults to 1.
+#security_default_confined = 1
+
+# If set to non-zero, then attempts to create unconfined
+# guests will be blocked. Defaults to 0.
+#security_require_confined = 1
+
+# The user for QEMU processes run by the system instance. It can be
+# specified as a user name or as a user id. The qemu driver will try to
+# parse this value first as a name and then, if the name doesn't exist,
+# as a user id.
+#
+# Since a sequence of digits is a valid user name, a leading plus sign
+# can be used to ensure that a user id will not be interpreted as a user
+# name.
+#
+# Some examples of valid values are:
+#
+#       user = "qemu"   # A user named "qemu"
+#       user = "+0"     # Super user (uid=0)
+#       user = "100"    # A user named "100" or a user with uid=100
+#
+#user = "root"
+
+# The group for QEMU processes run by the system instance. It can be
+# specified in a similar way to user.
+#group = "root"
+
+# Whether libvirt should dynamically change file ownership
+# to match the configured user/group above. Defaults to 1.
+# Set to 0 to disable file ownership changes.
+#dynamic_ownership = 1
+
+{%- if compute.qemu is defined %}
+{%- if compute.qemu.user is defined %}
+user = "{{ compute.qemu.user }}"
+{%- endif %}
+
+{%- if compute.qemu.group is defined %}
+group = "{{ compute.qemu.group }}"
+{%- endif %}
+
+{%- if compute.qemu.dynamic_ownership is defined %}
+dynamic_ownership = "{{ compute.qemu.dynamic_ownership }}"
+{%- endif %}
+{%- endif %}
+
+# What cgroup controllers to make use of with QEMU guests
+#
+#  - 'cpu' - use for schedular tunables
+#  - 'devices' - use for device whitelisting
+#  - 'memory' - use for memory tunables
+#  - 'blkio' - use for block devices I/O tunables
+#  - 'cpuset' - use for CPUs and memory nodes
+#  - 'cpuacct' - use for CPUs statistics.
+#
+# NB, even if configured here, they won't be used unless
+# the administrator has mounted cgroups, e.g.:
+#
+#  mkdir /dev/cgroup
+#  mount -t cgroup -o devices,cpu,memory,blkio,cpuset none /dev/cgroup
+#
+# They can be mounted anywhere, and different controllers
+# can be mounted in different locations. libvirt will detect
+# where they are located.
+#
+#cgroup_controllers = [ "cpu", "devices", "memory", "blkio", "cpuset", "cpuacct" ]
+
+# This is the basic set of devices allowed / required by
+# all virtual machines.
+#
+# As well as this, any configured block backed disks,
+# all sound device, and all PTY devices are allowed.
+#
+# This will only need setting if newer QEMU suddenly
+# wants some device we don't already know about.
+#
+#cgroup_device_acl = [
+#    "/dev/null", "/dev/full", "/dev/zero",
+#    "/dev/random", "/dev/urandom",
+#    "/dev/ptmx", "/dev/kvm", "/dev/kqemu",
+#    "/dev/rtc","/dev/hpet", "/dev/vfio/vfio"
+#]
+
+
+# The default format for Qemu/KVM guest save images is raw; that is, the
+# memory from the domain is dumped out directly to a file.  If you have
+# guests with a large amount of memory, however, this can take up quite
+# a bit of space.  If you would like to compress the images while they
+# are being saved to disk, you can also set "lzop", "gzip", "bzip2", or "xz"
+# for save_image_format.  Note that this means you slow down the process of
+# saving a domain in order to save disk space; the list above is in descending
+# order by performance and ascending order by compression ratio.
+#
+# save_image_format is used when you use 'virsh save' or 'virsh managedsave'
+# at scheduled saving, and it is an error if the specified save_image_format
+# is not valid, or the requested compression program can't be found.
+#
+# dump_image_format is used when you use 'virsh dump' at emergency
+# crashdump, and if the specified dump_image_format is not valid, or
+# the requested compression program can't be found, this falls
+# back to "raw" compression.
+#
+# snapshot_image_format specifies the compression algorithm of the memory save
+# image when an external snapshot of a domain is taken. This does not apply
+# on disk image format. It is an error if the specified format isn't valid,
+# or the requested compression program can't be found.
+#
+#save_image_format = "raw"
+#dump_image_format = "raw"
+#snapshot_image_format = "raw"
+
+# When a domain is configured to be auto-dumped when libvirtd receives a
+# watchdog event from qemu guest, libvirtd will save dump files in directory
+# specified by auto_dump_path. Default value is /var/lib/libvirt/qemu/dump
+#
+#auto_dump_path = "/var/lib/libvirt/qemu/dump"
+
+# When a domain is configured to be auto-dumped, enabling this flag
+# has the same effect as using the VIR_DUMP_BYPASS_CACHE flag with the
+# virDomainCoreDump API.  That is, the system will avoid using the
+# file system cache while writing the dump file, but may cause
+# slower operation.
+#
+#auto_dump_bypass_cache = 0
+
+# When a domain is configured to be auto-started, enabling this flag
+# has the same effect as using the VIR_DOMAIN_START_BYPASS_CACHE flag
+# with the virDomainCreateWithFlags API.  That is, the system will
+# avoid using the file system cache when restoring any managed state
+# file, but may cause slower operation.
+#
+#auto_start_bypass_cache = 0
+
+# If provided by the host and a hugetlbfs mount point is configured,
+# a guest may request huge page backing.  When this mount point is
+# unspecified here, determination of a host mount point in /proc/mounts
+# will be attempted.  Specifying an explicit mount overrides detection
+# of the same in /proc/mounts.  Setting the mount point to "" will
+# disable guest hugepage backing.
+#
+# NB, within this mount point, guests will create memory backing files
+# in a location of $MOUNTPOINT/libvirt/qemu
+#
+#hugetlbfs_mount = "/dev/hugepages"
+#hugetlbfs_mount = ["/run/hugepages/kvm", "/mnt/hugepages_1GB"]
+{%- if compute.hugepages is defined %}
+hugetlbfs_mount = [{%- for mount in compute.hugepages.mount_points %}"{{ mount.path }}"{% if not loop.last %}, {% endif %}{%- endfor %}]
+security_driver="none"
+{%- endif %}
+
+# Path to the setuid helper for creating tap devices.  This executable
+# is used to create <source type='bridge'> interfaces when libvirtd is
+# running unprivileged.  libvirt invokes the helper directly, instead
+# of using "-netdev bridge", for security reasons.
+#bridge_helper = "/usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper"
+
+
+
+# If clear_emulator_capabilities is enabled, libvirt will drop all
+# privileged capabilities of the QEmu/KVM emulator. This is enabled by
+# default.
+#
+# Warning: Disabling this option means that a compromised guest can
+# exploit the privileges and possibly do damage to the host.
+#
+#clear_emulator_capabilities = 1
+
+
+# If enabled, libvirt will have QEMU set its process name to
+# "qemu:VM_NAME", where VM_NAME is the name of the VM. The QEMU
+# process will appear as "qemu:VM_NAME" in process listings and
+# other system monitoring tools. By default, QEMU does not set
+# its process title, so the complete QEMU command (emulator and
+# its arguments) appear in process listings.
+#
+#set_process_name = 1
+
+
+# If max_processes is set to a positive integer, libvirt will use
+# it to set the maximum number of processes that can be run by qemu
+# user. This can be used to override default value set by host OS.
+# The same applies to max_files which sets the limit on the maximum
+# number of opened files.
+#
+{%- if compute.qemu is defined %}
+
+{%- if compute.qemu.max_processes is defined %}
+max_processes = {{ compute.qemu.max_processes }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+{%- if compute.qemu.max_files is defined %}
+max_files = {{ compute.qemu.max_files }}
+{%- endif %}
+
+{%- endif %}
+
+# mac_filter enables MAC addressed based filtering on bridge ports.
+# This currently requires ebtables to be installed.
+#
+#mac_filter = 1
+
+
+# By default, PCI devices below non-ACS switch are not allowed to be assigned
+# to guests. By setting relaxed_acs_check to 1 such devices will be allowed to
+# be assigned to guests.
+#
+#relaxed_acs_check = 1
+
+
+# If allow_disk_format_probing is enabled, libvirt will probe disk
+# images to attempt to identify their format, when not otherwise
+# specified in the XML. This is disabled by default.
+#
+# WARNING: Enabling probing is a security hole in almost all
+# deployments. It is strongly recommended that users update their
+# guest XML <disk> elements to include  <driver type='XXXX'/>
+# elements instead of enabling this option.
+#
+#allow_disk_format_probing = 1
+
+
+# To enable 'Sanlock' project based locking of the file
+# content (to prevent two VMs writing to the same
+# disk), uncomment this
+#
+#lock_manager = "sanlock"
+
+
+
+# Set limit of maximum APIs queued on one domain. All other APIs
+# over this threshold will fail on acquiring job lock. Specially,
+# setting to zero turns this feature off.
+# Note, that job lock is per domain.
+#
+#max_queued = 0
+
+###################################################################
+# Keepalive protocol:
+# This allows qemu driver to detect broken connections to remote
+# libvirtd during peer-to-peer migration.  A keepalive message is
+# sent to the daemon after keepalive_interval seconds of inactivity
+# to check if the daemon is still responding; keepalive_count is a
+# maximum number of keepalive messages that are allowed to be sent
+# to the daemon without getting any response before the connection
+# is considered broken.  In other words, the connection is
+# automatically closed approximately after
+# keepalive_interval * (keepalive_count + 1) seconds since the last
+# message received from the daemon.  If keepalive_interval is set to
+# -1, qemu driver will not send keepalive requests during
+# peer-to-peer migration; however, the remote libvirtd can still
+# send them and source libvirtd will send responses.  When
+# keepalive_count is set to 0, connections will be automatically
+# closed after keepalive_interval seconds of inactivity without
+# sending any keepalive messages.
+#
+#keepalive_interval = 5
+#keepalive_count = 5
+
+
+
+# Use seccomp syscall whitelisting in QEMU.
+# 1 = on, 0 = off, -1 = use QEMU default
+# Defaults to -1.
+#
+#seccomp_sandbox = 1
+
+
+
+# Override the listen address for all incoming migrations. Defaults to
+# 0.0.0.0, or :: if both host and qemu are capable of IPv6.
+#migration_address = "127.0.0.1"
+
+
+# Override the port range used for incoming migrations.
+#
+# Minimum must be greater than 0, however when QEMU is not running as root,
+# setting the minimum to be lower than 1024 will not work.
+#
+# Maximum must not be greater than 65535.
+#
+#migration_port_min = 49152
+#migration_port_max = 49215
+cgroup_device_acl = [
+    "/dev/null", "/dev/full", "/dev/zero",
+    "/dev/random", "/dev/urandom",
+    "/dev/ptmx", "/dev/kvm", "/dev/kqemu",
+    "/dev/rtc", "/dev/hpet","/dev/net/tun",
+    {%- if compute.get('sriov', false) %}
+    "/dev/vfio/vfio",
+    {% endif %}
+]